Redlands City Council
October 21, 2025

VAV TERMINAL WITH

ELECTRIC HEATING COIL
(TYP)
100% SUBMITTAL

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

BENCHMARK
CITY OF REDLANDS BENCH BRASS DISK IN TOP OF CURB @
SE CORNER OF CHRYSOLITE AVE. AND SAN BERNARDINO AVE.

EAST END OF RETURN, R-13 BM
ELEVATION = 1197.40'

CITY OF REDLANDS
Revisions
Sheet of
Description
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Letter Initial
Date:

Date:

Date:

Checked by:

Checked by:

Drawn by:

Date:

Design by:

Date Initial
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646
Sheets
Scale Horiz.

Vert. AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN
DATE
WW-00007
600 Wilshire Blvd
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
HVAC FLOW DIAGRAMS 1
M-8
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
S. GOPIKUMAR
G. NITHIYAN
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
Time: Last Saved by: 5/12/2025 10:31:56 AM
Autodesk Docs://Joint Utilities Laboratory/HWZ000LB.rvt G. NITHIYAN
NTS

NEW BUILDING ADDITION HVAC AIRFLOW DIAGRAM
5/14/2025 81 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025 83 126
PACU-2

CHEMISTRY LAB MICROBIOLOGY MEDIA PREP
PHASE 2-A

SAMPLE RECEIVING

AND INDUSTRIAL

WASTE STATION

SAMPLE RETENTION INSTRUMENTATION CLASSROOM

BREAKROOM

KITCHEN

CHEMISTRY LAB
PHASE 2-B
EAV-9
FUME
HOOD
FUME
HOOD
LAB
TABLE
LAB
TABLE
FUME
HOOD
FUME
HOOD
LAB
TABLE
LAB
TABLE
VAV-9VAV-8
VAV-17VAV-18VAV-15VAV-10VAV-11VAV-12VAV-13VAV-14
EAV-10EAV-11
EAV-3EAV-1EAV-2EAV-5EAV-4EAV-6EAV-7EAV-8
CANOPY
HOOD
HVAC KEYNOTES:

INDOOR SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR WITH SUMMER SET POINT OF 75 °F (±2°F) AND WINTER SET POINT OF 70 °F (±2°F) TO CONTROL THE OPERATION OF ASSOCIATED VAV TERMINAL.

POINT OF USE (POU) EXHAUST DUCT CONNECTION BELOW CEILING FOR LAB TABLE USE.

POINT OF USE (POU) EXHAUST DUCT CONNECTION BELOW CEILING FOR GCMS.
(TYP)
(TYP)
PHASE 2-B PHASE 2-A
EF-2

CONNECT TO

EXISTING

RESTROOMS

EXHAUST DUCT

POU POU POU POU

FOR GCMS
T 2
T
T
T
T
1 T T
3 T T T
1 2
3 EF-3

EXISTING

MEN'S RESTROOMS/LOCKERS

WOMEN'S RESTROOMS/LOCKERS
T
VAV-16
VFD
SP
VFD
LEGEND:

SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR/THERMOSTAT.

DUCT STATIC PRESSURE SENSOR.

DUCT TEMPERATURE SENSOR.

SD DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR.

SP
TS
T
LAB BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM CONTROL SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS:

GENERAL NOTES:

1. PROVIDED WITH A DEDICATED DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLLER (DDC) TO MONITOR AND CONTROL THE OPERATIONS OF THE NEW HVAC SYSTEM SERVING THE LAB BUILDING ACCORDING TO THE CONTROL SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING.

2. ALL FIELD CONTROL WIRING AND CONDUITS BETWEEN HVAC EQUIPMENT, SENSORS, ACTUATORS, VAV TERMINALS, EAV TERMINALS, DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS AND THE DDC CONTROLLER ARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE HVAC CONTROLS CONTRACTOR.

3. HVAC UNIT PACU-2 SHALL BE INTERLOCKED TO SHUT DOWN WHEN DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR (INSTALLED IN PACU-2 SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK) IS ACTIVATED.

1. 100% OUTSIDE AIR.

2. FILTERS (MERV 8 AND MERV 13).

3. DX COOLING/HEATING COIL (HEAT PUMP).

4. SUPPLY FAN WITH VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD).

HVAC UNIT PACU-2 CONFIGURATION:

LAB BUIILDING HVAC SYSTEM CONTROL SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:

1. PACKAGED AIR CONDITIONING UNIT PACU-2 SHALL RUN UNDER MANUFACTURER PROVIDED TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER TO MAINTAIN SUPPLY AIR DUCTS DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE AT 55 DEG F (ADJUSTABLE).

2. LAB EXHAUST FAN EF-3 SHALL BE ENABLED TO START BY THE DDC CONTROLLER WHEN PACU-2 IS ACTIVATED. PROOF OF PACU-2 RUNNING SHOULD BE ESTABLISHED BEFORE EF-3 IS ENABLED TO START.

3. SUPPLY AIR VOLUME CONTROL: PACU-2 SUPPLY FAN VFD WILL CONTROL SUPPLY FAN SPEED TO MAINTAIN SUPPLY AIR DUCT STATIC PRESSURE SETPOINT AS MEASURED BY AN IN-DUCT STATIC PRESSURE SENSOR LOCATED DOWNSTREAM OF THE SUPPLY FAN.

4. EXHAUST AIR VOLUME CONTROL: EXHAUST FAN EF-3 VFD WILL CONTROL EXHAUST FAN SPEED TO MAINTAIN EXHAUST AIR DUCT STATIC PRESSURE SETPOINT AS MEASURED BY AN IN-DUCT STATIC PRESSURE SENSOR LOCATED UPSTREAM OF THE EXHAUST FAN.

5. VAV TERMINAL CONTROL-SUPPLY AIR: SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SHALL MODULATE VAV TERMINAL VOLUME CONTROL DAMPER TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT OF 75 DEG F (ADJUSTABLE) DURING COOLING AND 70 DEG F (ADJUSTABLE) DURING HEATING. IF DAMPER IS AT MINIMUM POSITION AND SPACE TEMPERATURE IS BELOW SETPOINT, ELECTRIC HEATING COIL STAGES SHALL ACTIVATE TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE SETPOINT. PROOF OF AIRFLOW VIA DISCHARGE AIRFLOW SWITCH SHALL BE ESTABLISHED BEFORE THE ELECRIC HEATING COIL IS ACTIVATED.

6. EAV TERMINAL CONTROL-EXHAUST AIR: FOR EAV TERMINALS SERVING INDIVIDUAL ROOMS, THE EAV TERMINAL CONTROLLER SHALL

MODULATE EAV TERMINAL VOLUME DAMPER TO MAINTAIN A FIXED DIFFERENTIAL FLOW (CFM) BETWEEN THE EAV TERMINAL AND ASSOCIATED SUPPLY AIR VAV TERMINAL SERVNG THE SAME SPACE. THIS SEQUENCE DOES NOT APPLY TO EAV TERMINALS SERVING INDIVIDUAL FUME HOODS.

7. TOILETS AND KITCHEN AREA EXHAUST FAN EF-2 CONTROL: EXHAUST FAN EF-2 SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY DURING OCCUPIED HOURS AS SCHEDULED BY THE DDC CONTROLLER. VAV TERMINALS VAV-14 AND VAV-16 SHALL RUN AS CONSTANT VOLUME TERMINALS.

8. LAB FUME HOOD EXHAUST CONTROL: EACH FUME HOOD EXHAUST IS CONNECTED TO A DEDICATED EXHAUST AIR VAV TERMINAL. EAV

TERMINAL CONTROLLER SHALL MODULATE EAV TERMINAL VOLUME CONTROL DAMPER TO MAINTAIN MAKEUP AIR VELOCITY THROUGH FUME HOOD SASH OPENING AT 100 FT/MIN.

SD
SP
TS

EXHAUST AIR VAV TERMINAL
(TYP)

SUPPLY AIR VAV TERMINAL

WITH ELECTRIC HEATING COIL
(TYP)
100% SUBMITTAL

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

BENCHMARK
CITY OF REDLANDS BENCH BRASS DISK IN TOP OF CURB @
SE CORNER OF CHRYSOLITE AVE. AND SAN BERNARDINO AVE.

EAST END OF RETURN, R-13 BM
ELEVATION = 1197.40'

CITY OF REDLANDS
Revisions
Sheet of
Description
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Letter Initial
Date:

Date:

Date:

Checked by:

Checked by:

Drawn by:

Date:

Design by:

Date Initial
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646
Sheets
Scale Horiz.

Vert. AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN
DATE
WW-00007
600 Wilshire Blvd
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
HVAC FLOW DIAGRAMS 2
M-9
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
S. GOPIKUMAR
G. NITHIYAN
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
Time: Last Saved by: 5/12/2025 10:31:57 AM
Autodesk Docs://Joint Utilities Laboratory/HWZ000LB.rvt G. NITHIYAN

LAB AREA HVAC AIRFLOW DIAGRAM
NTS
5/14/2025 82 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025
NOT IN SCOPE- PHASE 2
A ADDENDUM 1 08/15 VN RC 84 126
100% SUBMITTAL

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

BENCHMARK
CITY OF REDLANDS BENCH BRASS DISK IN TOP OF CURB @
SE CORNER OF CHRYSOLITE AVE. AND SAN BERNARDINO AVE.

EAST END OF RETURN, R-13 BM
ELEVATION = 1197.40'

CITY OF REDLANDS
Revisions
Sheet of
Description
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Letter Initial
Date:

Date:

Date:

Checked by:

Checked by:

Drawn by:

Date:

Design by:

Date Initial
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646
Sheets
Scale Horiz.

Vert. AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN
DATE
WW-00007
600 Wilshire Blvd
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200

HVAC SCHEDULES
M-10
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
S. GOPIKUMAR
G. NITHIYAN
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
MAY 2025

FAN SCHEDULE
TAG NO. AREA SERVED FAN TYPE AIRFLOW
(CFM)
ESP
(IN. WG)
MOTOR
HP
MOTOR

FLA V/PH/HZ MATERIAL MANUFACTURER MODEL
WEIGHT
(lb)
NOTES
EF-1 ADMIN BUILDING UNISEX ROOM CEILING MOUNTED 125 0.25 N/A 0.5 115/1/60 ALUMINUM GREENHECK SPA-A-200 - 1,3 EF-2 RESTROOMS/BREAKROOM AREA ROOF MOUNTED 2000 0.5 3/4 NA 115/1/60 ALUMINUM GREENHECK G-130-VG 100 2,3,4 EF-3 LAB BUILDING HIGH PLUME DILUTION
LABORATORY EXHAUST 7205 3.0 10 NA 460/3/60 STEEL GREENHECK VK-MD-18 1800 5,6 NOTES:

1. PROVIDE WITH ALUMINUM GRILLE, HOODED WALL CAP ANS SOLID FAN SPEED CONTROLLER.

2. PROVIDE WITH ALUMINUM BIRD SCREEN.

3. PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL BACKDRAFT DAMPER.

4. PROVIDE WITH EC MOTOR AND SPEED ADJUSTMENT DAIL ON MOTOR FOR BALANCING (GREENHECK VARI-GREEN CONTROLL OR EQUAL).

5. PROVIDE WITH VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE. COORDINATE LOCATION OF FAN VFD WITH ELECTRICAL TRADES.

6. PROVIDE WITH FACTORY APPLIED CORROSION RESISTANCE COATING THAT CAN WITHSTAND 4000 HOURS OF SALT SPRAY TEST ACCORDING TO ASTM B117. SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 233423.

VAV BOX SCHEDULE
TAG NO. BUILDING AREA SERVED INLET SIZE
(INCH)

VAV BOX AIR FLOW (CFM)
MAX NC

ELECTRIC HEATING COIL

MANUFACTURER MODEL NOTES

MIN FLOW MAX FLOW DESIGN FLOW
(COOLING) MIN STOP

CAPACITY
(kW)
EAT DB (°F) LAT DB (°F) V/PHASE
VAV-1 ADMINISTRATION BUILDING OFFICE 1 6 105 500 365 50% 30 2 60 80 208/3 TITUS DESV 1,2 VAV-2 ADMINISTRATION BUILDING OFFICE 2 6 105 500 230 50% 30 1.5 60 80 208/3 TITUS DESV 1,2 VAV-3 ADMINISTRATION BUILDING OFFICE 3 6 105 500 230 50% 30 1.5 60 80 208/3 TITUS DESV 1,2 VAV-4 ADMINISTRATION BUILDING CONFERENCE ROOM 8 190 900 540 50% 30 4 60 80 208/3 TITUS DESV 1,2 VAV-5 ADMINISTRATION BUILDING OPEN OFFICE 8 190 900 740 50% 30 5 60 80 208/3 TITUS DESV 1,2 VAV-6 ADMINISTRATION BUILDING MAIL/COPY AREA 6 105 500 400 50% 30 2.5 60 80 208/3 TITUS DESV 1,2 VAV-7 ADMINISTRATION BUILDING ELECTRICAL ROOM 10 300 1400 685 50% 30 0.5 60 80 208/3 TITUS DESV 1,2 VAV-8 LAB BUILDING - PHASE 2-A MEDIA PREP 101 6 105 500 385 50% 30 3 60 80 208/3 TITUS DESV 1,2 VAV-9 LAB BUILDING - PHASE 2-A MICROBIOLOGY 102 6 105 500 300 50% 30 2 60 80 208/3 TITUS DESV 1,2 VAV-10 LAB BUILDING - PHASE 2-A CHEMISTRY LAB 103 10 300 1400 750 50% 30 5 60 80 208/3 TITUS DESV 1,2 VAV-11 LAB BUILDING - PHASE 2-A SAMPLE RECEIVING AND
INDUSTRIAL WASTE STATION 6 105 500 350 50% 30 1.5 60 80 208/3 TITUS DESV 1,2 VAV-12 LAB BUILDING - PHASE 2-A SAMPLE RETENTION 107 6 105 500 220 50% 30 0.5 60 80 208/3 TITUS DESV 1,2 VAV-13 LAB BUILDING - PHASE 2-A INSTRUMENT LAB 109 6 105 500 350 50% 30 0.5 60 80 208/3 TITUS DESV 1,2 VAV-14 LAB BUILDING - PHASE 2-A BREAKROOM AREA/CORRIDOR 12 425 2000 1470 50% 30 5 60 80 208/3 TITUS DESV 1,2 VAV-15 LAB BUILDING - PHASE 2-A CHEMISTRY LAB 103 10 300 1400 750 50% 30 5 60 80 208/3 TITUS DESV 1,2 VAV-16 LAB BUILDING - PHASE 2-A EXISTING RESTROOMS 10 300 1400 1000 100% 30 5 60 80 208/3 TITUS DESV 1,2 VAV-17 LAB BUILDING - PHASE 2-B CHEMISTRY LAB 103 10 300 1400 750 50% 30 5 60 80 208/3 TITUS DESV 1,2 VAV-18 LAB BUILDING - PHASE 2-B CHEMISTRY LAB 103 10 300 1400 750 50% 30 5 60 80 208/3 TITUS DESV 1,2

AIR HANDLING UNIT SCHEDULE (HEAT PUMP)
TAG NO. AREA SERVED

SUPPLY FAN DX COOLING COIL
NO OF

COMPRESSORS
MIN. SYSTEM
IEER
MAX. WEIGHT
(LBS)

BASED ON ELECTRICAL

FILTERS NOTES
SA CFM MIN. OA
CFM
ESP (IN.

WG)
VOLUME

CONTROL
EAT
(DB/WB) °F
LAT
(DB/WB) °F
MAX. FACE

VELOCITY FPM

SENSIBILE

COOLING

CAPACITY
(MBH)

TOTAL COOLING

CAPACITY (MBH)

HEATING CAPACITY
(MBH)

REFRIGERANT MANUFACTURER MODEL VOLT/PH/HZ MCA/MOCP
PACU-1 NEW ADMINISTRATION BUILDING 3000 450 2.0 VFD 82/65 55/54 500 77 88 50 R454B 2 17.5 1200 TRANE WHK102A 460/3/60 27/35 SEE NOTES 1,2,4,5,6,7 PACU-2 EXISTING LAB BUILDING 7000 7000 2.0 VFD 110/76 52/50 500 412 565 115 R454B 2 12.2 7000 TRANE OANE 540 460/3/60 105/110 SEE NOTES 1,2,3,4,5,7,8 NOTES:

1. PROVIDE WITH FACTORY INSTALLED STEP DOWN POWER TRANSFORMER AND DDC CONTROLLER TO CONTROL VAV TERMINAL OPERATION DURING HEATING AND COOLING MODES.

2. PROVIDE WITH AIRFLOW SWITCH.

NOTES:

1. PROVIDE UNIT WITH 2 INCH MERV 8 AND 2 INCH MERV 13 FILTERS SECTION.

2. PROVIDE UNIT WITH SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTION AND FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH.

3. PROVIDE UNIT WITH LOW AMBIENT KIT DOWN TO 20 DEG F.

4. EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (ESP) DOES NOT INCLUDE FILTERS.

5. PROVIDE SUPPLY FAN VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD) INSTALLED IN UNIT.

6. PROVIDE WITH COMPARATIVE ENTHALPY ECONOMIZER.

7. EQUIPMENT SELECTION IS BASED ON MAX AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OF 110 DEG F.

8. PROVIDE WITH NON-FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH .

Time: Last Saved by: 5/12/2025 10:31:58 AM
Autodesk Docs://Joint Utilities Laboratory/HWZ000LB.rvt G. NITHIYAN

AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE
TAG NO. DESCRIPTION

NECE SIZE
(INCH)
MAX. APD
(IN. WC)
MAX. NC MATERIAL MANUFACTURER MODEL NOTES
DG-1 DOOR MOUNTED GRILLE 16"x6" 0.1 30 ALUMINUM PRICE STG 5 EAD-1 EXHAUST AIR DIFFUSER, 24"x24" FACE SIZE 8" 0.1 30 ALUMINUM TITUS PAR 1,2,4 EAD-2 EXHAUST AIR DIFFUSER, 24"x24" FACE SIZE 12" 0.1 30 ALUMINUM TITUS PAR 1,2,4 EAD-3 EXHAUST AIR DIFFUSER, 12"x12" FACE SIZE 6'' 0.1 30 ALUMINUM TITUS - - RG-1 RETURN AIR GRILLE, 24"x24" FACE SIZE 22"X22" 0.1 30 ALUMINUM TITUS PAR 1,2,4 RG-2 RETURN AIR GRILLE, 3/4" BLADE SPACING, 0° DEFLECTION 12"x6" 0.1 30 ALUMINUM TITUS 350RL 1,2,4 RG-3 RETURN AIR GRILLE, 3/4" BLADE SPACING, 0° DEFLECTION 18"x12" 0.1 30 ALUMINUM TITUS 350RL 1,2,4 SAD-1 SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER, 24"x24" FACE SIZE 10" 0.1 30 ALUMINUM TITUS OMNI 1,2,3,4 SR-1 SUPPLY REGISTER, DOUBLE DEFLECTION, 3/4" BLADE SPACING, 45° DEFLECTION 12"x6" 0.1 30 ALUMINUM TITUS 350FL 1,2,3,4 SR-2 SUPPLY REGISTER, DOUBLE DEFLECTION, 3/4" BLADE SPACING, 45° DEFLECTION 18"x12" 0.1 30 ALUMINUM TITUS 350FL 1,2,3,4 NOTES:

1. DESIGN CFM AS NOTED ON HVAC PLANS.

2. DUCT SIZE DIFFUSER/REGISTER/GRILLE SHALL BE EQUAL TO NECK SIZE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTES (UON).

3. PROVIDE WITH VOLUME CONTROL DAMPER.

4. MANUFACTURER STANDARD OFF-WHITE FINISH.

5. DOOR GRILLE COLOR SHALL MATCH DOOR COLOR.

EXHAUST AIR VALVE SCHEDULE
TAG NO. AREA SERVED SYSTEM SERVED INLET SIZE (IN.) AIRFLOW (CFM) V/PHASE BASIS OF DESIGN NOTES MANUFACTURER MODEL
EAV-1 CHEMISTRY LAB - PHASE 2 FUME HOOD 12 750 120/1 PHOENIX CONTROLS ACCELII 1 EAV-2 CHEMISTRY LAB - PHASE 2 FUME HOOD 12 750 120/1 PHOENIX CONTROLS ACCELII 1 EAV-3 CHEMISTRY LAB - PHASE 2 LAB TABLE 12 1300 120/1 PHOENIX CONTROLS ACCELII 1 EAV-4 MEDIA PREP GENERAL EXHAUST 8 385 120/1 PHOENIX CONTROLS ACCELII 1 EAV-5 MICROBIOLOGY GENERAL EXHAUST 8 300 120/1 PHOENIX CONTROLS ACCELII 1 EAV-6 SAMPLE RECEIVING AND
INDUSTRIAL WASTE STATION CANOPY HOOD 8 350 120/1 PHOENIX CONTROLS ACCELII 1 EAV-7 SAMPLE RETENTION FOR GCMS 8 220 120/1 PHOENIX CONTROLS ACCELII 1 EAV-8 NSTRUMENTATION GENERAL EXHAUST 8 450 120/1 PHOENIX CONTROLS ACCELII 1 EAV-9 CHEMISTRY LAB - PHASE 3 FUME HOOD 12 750 120/1 PHOENIX CONTROLS ACCELII 1 EAV-10 CHEMISTRY LAB - PHASE 3 FUME HOOD 12 750 120/1 PHOENIX CONTROLS ACCELII 1 EAV-11 CHEMISTRY LAB - PHASE 3 LAB TABLE 12 1200 120/1 PHOENIX CONTROLS ACCELII 1 NOTES:

1. PROVIDE WITH FACTORY INSTALLED STEP DOWN POWER TRANSFORMER AND DDC CONTROLLER TO CONTROL EAV TERMINAL OPERATION.
5/14/2025 83 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025 85 126
LOW PRESSURE SUPPLY DUCT.

DUCT SIZES ON PLAN ARE

INTERIOR CLEAR DIMENSIONS

OR THREE DUCT
DIAMETERS MIN LENGTH.

TRANSITION
(IF REQUIRED)

RUNOUT DUCT- SIZE

EQUALS VAV BOX

INLET DIAMETER

STRAIGHT, RIGID DUCT AT
BOX INLET. THREE DUCT
DIAMETERS MIN LENGTH.

CONICAL TEE
CONNECTION.

MEDIUM

PRESSURE
SUPPLY DUCT.

1. ALL TRADES TO MAINTAIN MINIMUM 24 INCHES CLEAR SPACE FOR ACCESS TO VAV TERMINAL CONTROLS AND HEATING COIL REMOVAL.

2. METAL STRAP HANGERS OR HANGER RODS FOR SUPPORT OF VAV TERMINAL SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH ACCESS TO TERMINAL CONTROLS AND/OR HEATING COIL.

NOTES:

DDC

CONTROLLER

HEATING COIL
(WHERE APPLICABLE)
3/8" DIA ROD, OR 1"x16 GA

HANGER STRAP, (TYP)

ATTCAH TO UNI STRUT
1"x18 GA STRAP

OVER DUCT (TYP)

SHEET METAL

SCREWS (TYP)
TRIM AT 45° ANGLE 60" MAX
(TYP)

EACH STRAP ADJACENT

TO ONE ANOTHER AT

HANGER LOCATION (TYP)
1"x16 GA CONTINUOUS

COLLAR DRAWN TIGHT

AROUND DUCT
1"x16 GA HANGER
STRAP
1/4" BOLT, NUT & STAR

WASHER (TYP)

RECTANGULAR DUCT HANGER ROUND DUCT HANGER

DOUBLE THICKNESS

TURNING VANES
DUCT

4.5" R

3.25"
FLEXIBLE DUCT 24"
MAX. LENGTH. 30° MAX.

OFFSET, SAME SIZE AS

DIFFUSER NECK
(TYP)
1 x DUCT DIA.
(MIN)

DIFFUSER

CEILING

TAKE-OFF

FITTING
45°

TAKE-OFF

CONICAL

RECTANGULAR
DUCT
DAMPER
1 x DUCT DIA.
(MIN)

CEILING

DIFFUSER
VOLUME
DAMPER
VOLUME

CONICAL BELL MOUTH

OR MITERED

RECTANGULAR TO

ROUND TAKE-OFF
FITTING.

ROUND DUCT SAME SIZE AS
DIFFUSER NECK U.N.O.

LOW

PRESSURE

SUPPLY DUCT
LOW

PRESSURE

SUPPLY DUCT
FLEXIBLE DUCT 24"
MAX. LENGTH. 30° MAX.

OFFSET, SAME SIZE AS

DIFFUSER NECK
(TYP)

CLEAN-OUT PLUG
(TYP)

AIR HANDLING UNIT

CONDENSATE PAN

PITCH DOWN TOWARD
DRAIN
(MIN. 1/4" PER FOOT)
H1
PITCH

DRAIN LINE SHALL BE AT LEAST THE

SAME SIZE AS THE NIPPLE ON THE DRAIN
PAN.

TRAP SEAL HEIGHT:

H1 (MIN.) = TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE (IN) + 1 INCH
H2
H2 (MIN.) = H1/2
NOTES:

1. PROVIDE TEES W/ CLEAN-OUT PLUGS AT ALL 90° BENDS.

2. ALLOW SUFFICIENT SPACE BELOW DRAIN PAN FOR TRAPS.

3. SUPPORT LENGTHY DRAIN LINES TO PREVENT SAG AND CONDENSATE OVERFLOW.

4. MANUALLY PRIME FILL TRAP BEFORE START UP TO FORM INITIAL DRAIN SEAL.

5. CONDENSATE DISCHARGE MUST BE BELOW LEVEL OF DRAIN PAN.

6. PROVIDE CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPE WITH INSULATION ACCORDING TO SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 220719 (PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION).
20 GAGE GALVANIZED STEEL

COLLAR (FOR EXPOSED DUCT
PENETRATIONS).

SECURE TO WALL ON 6 INCH
CENTERS (MIN. 4 FASTENERS
PER SIDE).
2"x2"x1/4" ANGLE

TACKWELDED OR
RIVETED TO 16

GAGE SLEEVE
WALL
1" ALL SIDES
DUCT
16 GAGE

GALVANIZED

STEEL SLEEVE

DUCT INSULATION
PACKED

GLASS FIBER

DUCT SIZE TO
MATCH FAN INLET.

NOTES:

FLASH INTO ROOF FOR

WEATHER TIGHTNESS

LOW-LEAK BACKDRAFT
DAMPER.

HINGED CURB CAP, FASTEN TO ROOF CURB PER

MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS

FINISHED ROOF

CURB SEAL
3"x3"x1/4" GALVANIZED STEEL

ANGLE FRAME ALL AROUND OPENING
12" HIGH FACTORY INSULATED PREFABRICATED

ROOF CURB WITH RAISED CANT, WOOD NAILER

AND ROOF FLASHING FLANGE

FAN HOUSING

1. ROOF CURB IS PROVIDED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY ARCHITECTURAL TRADES.

2. FAN AND CURB SHALL BE FROM SAME MANUFACTURER.

3. ROOF CURB SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION ON A SLOPED ROOF. COORDINATE EXACT ROOF SLOPE WITH ARCHITECTURAL TRADES.
36"

1. EQUIPMENT SUPPORT RAIL IS PROVIDED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY ARCHITECTURAL TRADES.

2. BOLTS, NUTS, BRACKETS, FASTENERS AND MOUNTING HARDWARE SHALL BE TYPE 316 STAINLESS STEEL

3. PROVIDE METAL FRAMING ASSEMBLY WITH CORROSION RESISTANT COATING SUITABLE FOR WASTE WATER TREATMENT APPLICATIONS.

NOTES:

PREFABRICATED EQUIPMENT SUPPORT
RAIL, 9'-0" O.C. PROVIDE WITH FACTORY

APPLIED CORROSION RESISTANT COATING

FINISHED ROOF

PROVIDE NEOPRENE GASKET BETWEEN POST

PLATE AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORT (TYPICAL)

AND CONTINUOUS SEAL AROUND ALL SIDES

OF POST PLATE
UNISTRUT 1 5/8" METAL FRAMING

WITH DESIGN LOAD AS REQUIRED
(4) 1/2" DIA. EXPANSION ANCHORS - (2)
1/2" EMBED AND (2) 1/2" DIA. HEADED

STUDS (TYPICAL)

DUCTWORK
(SIZE VARIES SEE PLAN)
(2) 3/8" STAINLESS

STEEL SUPPORT ROD
8" MIN
.
100% SUBMITTAL

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

BENCHMARK
CITY OF REDLANDS BENCH BRASS DISK IN TOP OF CURB @
SE CORNER OF CHRYSOLITE AVE. AND SAN BERNARDINO AVE.

EAST END OF RETURN, R-13 BM
ELEVATION = 1197.40'

CITY OF REDLANDS
Revisions
Sheet of
Description
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Letter Initial
Date:

Date:

Date:

Checked by:

Checked by:

Drawn by:

Date:

Design by:

Date Initial
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646
Sheets
Scale Horiz.

Vert. AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN
DATE
WW-00007
600 Wilshire Blvd
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200

HVAC DETAILS
M-11
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
S. GOPIKUMAR
G. NITHIYAN
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
Time: Last Saved by: 5/12/2025 10:31:59 AM
Autodesk Docs://Joint Utilities Laboratory/HWZ000LB.rvt G. NITHIYAN
_
DETAIL
NTS
G

VAV TERMINAL CONNECTION
_
DETAIL
NTS
E

DUCT HANGERS
_
DETAIL
NTS
D

SHEET METAL DUCT TURNING VANES
_
DETAIL
NTS
F

DIFFUSER INSTALLATION
_
DETAIL
NTS
B

CONDENSATION DRAIN FOR DRAW-THROUGH UNIT
_
DETAIL
NTS
C

DUCT WALL PENETRATION (NON FIRE RATED WALL)
_
DETAIL
NTS
A

ROOF EXHAUST FAN
_
DETAIL
NTS
H

DUCT SUPPORT ON ROOF
5/14/2025 84 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025 86 126
100% SUBMITTAL

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

BENCHMARK
CITY OF REDLANDS BENCH BRASS DISK IN TOP OF CURB @
SE CORNER OF CHRYSOLITE AVE. AND SAN BERNARDINO AVE.

EAST END OF RETURN, R-13 BM
ELEVATION = 1197.40'

CITY OF REDLANDS
Revisions
Sheet of
Description
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Letter Initial
Date:

Date:

Date:

Checked by:

Checked by:

Drawn by:

Date:

Design by:

Date Initial
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646
Sheets
Scale Horiz.

Vert. AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN
DATE
WW-00007
600 Wilshire Blvd
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
TITLE 24 MECHANICAL FORMS - SHEET 1
M-12
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
S. GOPIKUMAR
G. NITHIYAN
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
Time: Last Saved by: 5/12/2025 10:32:13 AM
Autodesk Docs://Joint Utilities Laboratory/HWZ000LB.rvt G. NITHIYAN
5/14/2025 85 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025 87 126
100% SUBMITTAL

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

BENCHMARK
CITY OF REDLANDS BENCH BRASS DISK IN TOP OF CURB @
SE CORNER OF CHRYSOLITE AVE. AND SAN BERNARDINO AVE.

EAST END OF RETURN, R-13 BM
ELEVATION = 1197.40'

CITY OF REDLANDS
Revisions
Sheet of
Description
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Letter Initial
Date:

Date:

Date:

Checked by:

Checked by:

Drawn by:

Date:

Design by:

Date Initial
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646
Sheets
Scale Horiz.

Vert. AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN
DATE
WW-00007
600 Wilshire Blvd
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
TITLE 24 MECHANICAL FORMS - SHEET 2
M-13
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
S. GOPIKUMAR
G. NITHIYAN
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
Time: Last Saved by: 5/12/2025 10:32:28 AM
Autodesk Docs://Joint Utilities Laboratory/HWZ000LB.rvt G. NITHIYAN
5/14/2025 86 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025 88 126
100% SUBMITTAL

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

BENCHMARK
CITY OF REDLANDS BENCH BRASS DISK IN TOP OF CURB @
SE CORNER OF CHRYSOLITE AVE. AND SAN BERNARDINO AVE.

EAST END OF RETURN, R-13 BM
ELEVATION = 1197.40'

CITY OF REDLANDS
Revisions
Sheet of
Description
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Letter Initial
Date:

Date:

Date:

Checked by:

Checked by:

Drawn by:

Date:

Design by:

Date Initial
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646
Sheets
Scale Horiz.

Vert. AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN
DATE
WW-00007
600 Wilshire Blvd
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
TITLE 24 MECHANICAL FORMS - SHEET 3
M-14
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
S. GOPIKUMAR
G. NITHIYAN
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
Time: Last Saved by: 5/12/2025 10:32:42 AM
Autodesk Docs://Joint Utilities Laboratory/HWZ000LB.rvt G. NITHIYAN
5/14/2025 87 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025 89 126
100% SUBMITTAL

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

BENCHMARK
CITY OF REDLANDS BENCH BRASS DISK IN TOP OF CURB @
SE CORNER OF CHRYSOLITE AVE. AND SAN BERNARDINO AVE.

EAST END OF RETURN, R-13 BM
ELEVATION = 1197.40'

CITY OF REDLANDS
Revisions
Sheet of
Description
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Letter Initial
Date:

Date:

Date:

Checked by:

Checked by:

Drawn by:

Date:

Design by:

Date Initial
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646
Sheets
Scale Horiz.

Vert. AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN
DATE
WW-00007
600 Wilshire Blvd
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
TITLE 24 MECHANICAL FORMS - SHEET 4
M-15
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
S. GOPIKUMAR
G. NITHIYAN
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
Time: Last Saved by: 5/12/2025 10:32:57 AM
Autodesk Docs://Joint Utilities Laboratory/HWZ000LB.rvt G. NITHIYAN
5/14/2025 88 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025 90 126
100% SUBMITTAL

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

BENCHMARK
CITY OF REDLANDS BENCH BRASS DISK IN TOP OF CURB @
SE CORNER OF CHRYSOLITE AVE. AND SAN BERNARDINO AVE.

EAST END OF RETURN, R-13 BM
ELEVATION = 1197.40'

CITY OF REDLANDS
Revisions
Sheet of
Description
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Letter Initial
Date:

Date:

Date:

Checked by:

Checked by:

Drawn by:

Date:

Design by:

Date Initial
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646
Sheets
Scale Horiz.

Vert. AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN
DATE
WW-00007
600 Wilshire Blvd
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
TITLE 24 MECHANICAL FORMS - SHEET 5
M-16
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
S. GOPIKUMAR
G. NITHIYAN
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
Time: Last Saved by: 5/12/2025 10:33:11 AM
Autodesk Docs://Joint Utilities Laboratory/HWZ000LB.rvt G. NITHIYAN
5/14/2025 89 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025 91 126
A

GENERAL ABBREVIATIONS
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
N
O
P
R
S
T
U
V
W

SYMBOLS

SYMBOLS
VALVE

WATER PROOF SLEEVE

FLOOR DRAIN

EMERGENCY SHOWER / EYEWASH STATION

FLOW ALARM SWITCH

CHECK VALVE

LOCKABLE BALL VALVE

NEW CONNECTION TO EXISTING

UP OR RISE

DN OR DROP

UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE

INSTALLED BY OTHER SECTION
LS
LSV
LHW

LAB SINK

LOCK SHIELD VALVE

LAB HOT WATER
LCW
HB
HEV
INV
IPS
KU
LAV
GPM
GAL
HW
HWR
LAB
IOS
KS
INVERT

LAB COLD WATER

IRON PIPE SIZE

KITCHEN UNIT

LAVATORY

LABORATORY

KITCHEN SINK

HOSE BIBB

HOSE END VALVE

HOT WATER RETURN

HOT WATER

GALLONS PER MINUTE

GALLONS
WH
W&T
W&V
WHS
WC
WF
WCO
VE
W
VTR
W/
VAC
VB
V

WASTE & TRAP

WATER CLOSET

WALL CLEANOUT

WASH FOUNTAIN

WATER HEATER

WASH HOSE STATION

WASTE & VENT

VACUUM BREAKER

VENT THROUGH ROOF

VACUUM EXHAUST
WASTE
WITH
VACUUM
VENT

ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR

FLOOR CLEANOUT

CONTINUOUS, CONTINUE

ELECTRIC WATER COOLER

FIRE HOSE VALVE AND CABINET
EL
ES
EWU
FD
FCO
FS
FAS
E
EWC
FE
FHV&C
ECO
FV
F/BS

FLOW ALARM SWITCH

FLOOR DRAIN

FLOW SWITCH

FIRE EXTINGUISHER

FIRE VALVE

FACE/BODY SPRAY

ELEVATION

EMERGENCY SHOWER

EYE WASH UNIT

EMERGENCY WATER

EXTERIOR CLEANOUT
DN
CS
CW
BWV
CI
CO
CA
CONT
BLDG
CU FT
D
CV

CUP SINK, CARBON STEEL

COLD WATER

CUBIC FEET
DRAIN

CHECK VALVE
DOWN

BACKWATER VALVE

CAST IRON

CLEANOUT

COMPRESSED AIR

CENTERLINE

BUILDING
AD
AFF
AW
AV
@

AREA DRAIN

ACID WASTE

ACID VENT
AT

PRESSURE & TEMPERATURE

TRENCH OR TROUGH DRAIN

POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH

REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLE
SSK
THK
TWR
TD
SK
SS
SQ
SF
SH
SHT
SP
SA
RM
RPP
S

SERVICE SINK

SANITARY SEWER

THICK(NESS)

TEPID WATER RETURN
SINK
SQUARE

SHOCK ABSORBER

SQUARE FOOT

SPRINKLER
SHOWER
SHEET
ROOM
SOIL
PRLV
PTW
PVC
RD
P&T
PSI
PD
PG
PHW
PH
ORL
ORD

PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE

PROTECTED WATER

ROOF DRAIN

OVERFLOW RAIN LEADER

OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN

PRESSURE GAUGE

PUMP DISCHARGE

PROTECTED HOT WATER

POST HYDRANT

OPEN END OR OPEN EQUIPMENT DRAIN
MS
MIN
OED
NO
MAX

MOP SINK / BASIN

NUMBER/NORMALLY OPEN

MINIMUM

MAXIMUM
THE TERMS "DN" "DROP" "UP" & "RISE" ARE

USED TO INDICATE THE VERTICAL DIRECTION

IN WHICH A PIPE LINE CONTINUES FROM THE
DIRECTION OF FLOW WITHIN THE PIPE LINE.
"DN" DENOTES PIPES WHICH PENETRATE THE FLOOR BELOW.
"UP" DENOTES PIPES WHICH PENETRATE THE FLOOR ABOVE.
"DROP" DENOTES PIPES WHICH DO NOT.
"RISE" DENOTES PIPES WHICH DO NOT.

IMAGINARY PLANE OF VIEW.

THE TERMS HAVE NO RELEVANCE TO THE
℄

BACKFLOW PREVENTER

CO CLEANOUT

FLOOR CLEANOUT
NOTE:

SHOCK ABSORBER W/ ISOLATION VALVE

S SOLENOID VALVE

WCO WALL CLEANOUT

THIS IS A GENERAL LIST OF SYMBOLS AND
ABBREVIATIONS. NOT ALL ITEMS SHOWN
HERE APPEAR ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS.

NOTE:

GATE VALVE

BALL VALVE

TEMPERATURE & PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

RAIN LEADER DISCHARGE SPOUT

BOP BOTTOM OF PIPE

BAFP BACKFLOW PREVENTER

NPW NON-POTABLE WATER

ESEW EMERGENCY SHOWER / EYEWASH STATION

T&P TEMPERATURE & PRESSURE RELIEF

DOUBLE CLEANOUT
DCO

DW DISHWASHER

WT (SANITARY) WASTE

RWL RAINWATER LEADER

UR URINAL

DCO DOUBLE CLEANOUT

UNION-FLANGED

UNION-SCREWED
TEE

TEE DOWN
TEE UP
P-TRAP

TOP CONNECTION

ELBOW DOWN

BOTTOM CONNECTION
CAP

ELBOW UP

DI DUCTILE IRON/DEIONIZED WATER

LBV LOCKABLE BALL VALVE

NG NATURAL GAS

TW TEPID WATER

TP TRAP PRIMER

HD HUB DRAIN

SLAB PENETRATION

INLINE CIRCULATION PUMP

Y-PATTERN STRAINER
"TO DRAIN"

REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLE BACKFLOW PREVENTER (RPP)

DWG DRAWING

NC NORMALLY CLOSED

PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

PW POTABLE WATER

CU COPPER

WW WASTE WATER

WD WALL HYDRANT

TYP TYPICAL

PRESSURE GAUGE

THERMOMETER

PI PRESSURE INDICATOR

BUTTERFLY VALVE

FLOW BALANCING AND SHUTOFF VALVE

GLOBE VALVE

PLUMBING SECTION

EQUIPMENT PROVIDED UNDER

PLUG VALVE

OPEN END OR EQUIPMENT DRAIN

HOSE BIBB

HOSE REEL
100% SUBMITTAL

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

BENCHMARK
CITY OF REDLANDS BENCH BRASS DISK IN TOP OF CURB @
SE CORNER OF CHRYSOLITE AVE. AND SAN BERNARDINO AVE.

EAST END OF RETURN, R-13 BM
ELEVATION = 1197.40'

CITY OF REDLANDS
Revisions
Sheet of
Description
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Letter Initial
Date:

Date:

Date:

Checked by:

Checked by:

Drawn by:

Date:

Design by:

Date Initial
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646
Sheets
Scale Horiz.

Vert. AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN
DATE
WW-00007
600 Wilshire Blvd
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200

PLUMBING ABBREVATION, SYMBOLS AND GENERAL
NOTES
P-1
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
S. GOPIKUMAR
G. NITHIYAN
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
Time: Last Saved by: 5/12/2025 10:49:19 AM
Autodesk Docs://Joint Utilities Laboratory/PWZ000LB.rvt G. NITHIYAN
5/14/2025 90 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025 92 126
T ectoni Cp yright 207
T ectoni Cp yright 207
T ectoni Cp yright 207
T ectoni Cp yright 207
T ectoni Cp yright 207
T ectoni Cp yright 207
T ectoni Cp yright 207

MEDIA PREP
111

MICROBIOLOGY
112

CHEMISTRY LAB
113 MECH. EQUIP.
114
STORAGE 1
115
OFFICE 1
123
OFFICE 2
120

CONFERENCE
ROOM
119

CUBICLES
126
OFFICE 3
125
OFFICE

SUPPLIES/ MAIL/
COPY
124

LACTATION
ROOM
127

ELECTRICAL
129
UNISEX

RESTROOM
122

VESTIBULE
121

INSTRUMENT LAB
118
SAMPLE

RETENTION
117
SAMPLE

RECEIVING AND

INDUSTRIAL

WASTE STATION
116

CLASS ROOM
100

BREAKROOM
101

CORRIDOR
104

JANITOR
103

KITCHEN
102
MEN'S TOIL.
105

SERVER ROOM
107

WOMEN'S
LOCKER
108

MEN'S LOCKER
106
ELECT. EQUIP.
109

CONSTRUCTION PHASES
PHASE 1
PHASE 2-A
PHASE 2-B
100% SUBMITTAL

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

BENCHMARK
CITY OF REDLANDS BENCH BRASS DISK IN TOP OF CURB @
SE CORNER OF CHRYSOLITE AVE. AND SAN BERNARDINO AVE.

EAST END OF RETURN, R-13 BM
ELEVATION = 1197.40'

CITY OF REDLANDS
Revisions
Sheet of
Description
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Letter Initial
Date:

Date:

Date:

Checked by:

Checked by:

Drawn by:

Date:

Design by:

Date Initial
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646
Sheets
Scale Horiz.

Vert. AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN
DATE
WW-00007
600 Wilshire Blvd
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200

PLUMBING CONSTRUCTION PHASES
P-2
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
S. GOPIKUMAR
G. NITHIYAN
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
3/16" = 1'-0"

PLUMBING PLAN
Time: Last Saved by: 5/12/2025 10:49:22 AM
Autodesk Docs://Joint Utilities Laboratory/PWZ000LB.rvt G. NITHIYAN
4 0 4 8
3/16" = 1'- 0"
N
5/14/2025 91 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025 93 126
OFFICE 1
123
OFFICE 2
120

CONFERENCE
ROOM
119

CUBICLES
126
OFFICE 3
125
OFFICE

SUPPLIES/ MAIL/
COPY
124

LACTATION
ROOM
127

ELECTRICAL
129
UNISEX

RESTROOM
122

VESTIBULE
121
P-3
1 P-3
2 4" WCO
EXIST 4" SAN
4" WCO
EXIST 4" SAN
2 4" SAN DRAIN, SEE CIVIL

DRAWINGS FOR CONTINUATION
I.E. 3'-16" FROM BUILDING

FINISHED FLOOR
4" DCO
4" SAN
2 UNISEX

RESTROOM
122
1 1" CW
2" CW
1" CW DN TO LAV-1
AND EWH-1

TANKLESS ELECTRIC
WATER HEATER EWH-1
1" CW DN TO WC-1
2" BFP ASSEMBLY
2" CW, SEE CIVIL

DRAWINGS FOR

CONTINUATION
1" HW DN TO LAV-1

LACTATION
ROOM
127
1" CW DN TO SK-1
1" HW DN TO SK-1
3/4" HOSE BIBB
UNISEX

RESTROOM
122
LAV-1
1 1/2" SAN DN
1 1/2" VENT UP
FROM LAV-1
3" VTR
4" WCO
4" SAN
4" SAN DN
2" VENT UP
FROM WC-1

LACTATION
ROOM
127
1 1/2" SAN DN
1 1/2" VENT UP
FROM SK-1
EXISTING 4" SAN
EXISTING 4" SAN
4" WCO
4" WCO
3" VTR
2" V
1 1/2" V
4" SAN
1 1/2" SAN
4" SAN
4" WCO
4" DCO
4" SAN DRAIN. SEE CIVIL

DRAWINGS FOR CONTINUATION
I.E. 3'-16" FROM BUILDING
FINISHED FLOOR.

LAV-1
WC-1
SK-1
1 1/2" SAN
1 1/2" V
2" CW
WC-1
LAV-1

TANKLESS ELECTRIC
WATER HEATER EWH-1
2" BFP ASSEMBLY
2" CW. SEE CIVIL

DRAWINGS FOR

CONTINUATION
1" CW
1" CW
1" HW
SK-1
1" HW
1" CW
3/4" HOSE BIBB
100% SUBMITTAL

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

BENCHMARK
CITY OF REDLANDS BENCH BRASS DISK IN TOP OF CURB @
SE CORNER OF CHRYSOLITE AVE. AND SAN BERNARDINO AVE.

EAST END OF RETURN, R-13 BM
ELEVATION = 1197.40'

CITY OF REDLANDS
Revisions
Sheet of
Description
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Letter Initial
Date:

Date:

Date:

Checked by:

Checked by:

Drawn by:

Date:

Design by:

Date Initial
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646
Sheets
Scale Horiz.

Vert. AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN
DATE
WW-00007
600 Wilshire Blvd
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
PLUMBING PLANS - PHASE 1
P-3
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
S. GOPIKUMAR
G. NITHIYAN
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
4 0 4 8
3/16" = 1'- 0"
N
Time: Last Saved by: 5/12/2025 10:49:24 AM
Autodesk Docs://Joint Utilities Laboratory/PWZ000LB.rvt G. NITHIYAN
3/16" = 1'-0"
3 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - PHASE 1
PLUMBING KEY NOTES:

TANKLESS ELECTRIC WATER HEATER EWH-1: PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLEXIBLE HOSE PIPE CONNECTIONS BETWEEN WATER HEATER AND LAVATORY LAV-1. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL REQUIRED MOUNTING SUPPORTS TO INSTALL THE WATER HEATER ON A FLOOR PAD.

REMOVE EXISTING 4" WALL CLEANOUT ON EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL. EXTEND EXISTING 4" SAN PIPE TO RUN THROUGH NEW WALL AND TERMINATE WITH NEW 4" WCO.
1 2
P-3 3/8" = 1'-0"
2 PLUMBING DOMESTIC WATER ENLARGED PLAN - PHASE 1
P-3 3/8" = 1'-0"
1 PLUMBING SANITARY ENLARGED PLAN - PHASE 1
PLUMBING NOTES:

1. INSTALL PLUMBING PIPING SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE, 2024 EDITION.

2. INSTALL SANITARY DRAIN PIPING AT 1/4" PER FOOT SLOPE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

3. ALL PIPING SHOWN WITH DASHED LINETYPE ARE LOCATED UNDERGROUND. _
DETAIL
NTS
4 SANITARY ISOMETRIC - PHASE 1
_
DETAIL
NTS
5 WATER ISOMETRIC - PHASE 1
2 0 2 4
3/8" = 1'- 0"
5/14/2025 92 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025 94 126
T ectoni Cp yright 207
T ectoni Cp yright 207
T ectoni Cp yright 207
T ectoni Cp yright 207
T ectoni Cp yright 207
T ectoni Cp yright 207
T ectoni Cp yright 207

MEDIA PREP
111

MICROBIOLOGY
112

CHEMISTRY LAB
113
MECH. EQUIP.
114
STORAGE 1
115
OFFICE 1
123
OFFICE 2
120

CONFERENCE
ROOM
119

CUBICLES
126
OFFICE 3
125
OFFICE

SUPPLIES/ MAIL/
COPY
124

LACTATION
ROOM
127

ELECTRICAL
129
UNISEX

RESTROOM
122

VESTIBULE
121

INSTRUMENT LAB
118
SAMPLE

RETENTION
117
SAMPLE

RECEIVING AND

INDUSTRIAL

WASTE STATION
116

CLASS ROOM
100

BREAKROOM
101

CORRIDOR
104

JANITOR
103

KITCHEN
102
MEN'S TOIL.
105

SERVER ROOM
107

WOMEN'S
LOCKER
108

MEN'S LOCKER
106
ELECT. EQUIP.
109
STORAGE 2
128
4" SAN
1 1/2" SAN
1 1/2" SAN
4" SAN, FOR CONTINUATION

SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS
I.E. 4'-0" FROM BUILDING

FINISHED FLOOR
4" SAN SK-1
EW-1
1" CW
1" HW
SK-1
EW-1
DW-1
7 14
8 5
1 1/2" V
3" VTR
13 4 5
5 1 1/2" SAN
1" CW
1 1/2" HW
1 1/2" CW
1 1/2" CW
1 1/2" HW
EWH-2
10 1 1/2" CW

EXISTING DOMESTIC WATER

MAIN ABOVE CEILING
9 SK-1
11 1 1/2" CW
1 1/2" HW
SK-1
5 4 6
DW-1
12 4" DCO
EXIST 4" SAN
EXIST 4" SAN
EXIST 6" SAN
1 1/2" V
3" VTR
1 1/2" V
EXIST 3" VTR
2 3
EXIST 4" SAN
1 EXIST 3" VTR
EXIST 6" SAN
1/2" VAC PIPE

ABOVE CEILING
18 18
1/2" VAC PIPE

ABOVE CEILING
17 15

EXISTING LAB GAS TANKS
(HE, O2, N2) RELOCATED

AND RE-INSTALLED
1/2" LAB GAS (HE, O2, N2) PIPES
(ROUTE PIPES ABOVE CEILING)
16 16
16 100% SUBMITTAL

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

BENCHMARK
CITY OF REDLANDS BENCH BRASS DISK IN TOP OF CURB @
SE CORNER OF CHRYSOLITE AVE. AND SAN BERNARDINO AVE.

EAST END OF RETURN, R-13 BM
ELEVATION = 1197.40'

CITY OF REDLANDS
Revisions
Sheet of
Description
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Letter Initial
Date:

Date:

Date:

Checked by:

Checked by:

Drawn by:

Date:

Design by:

Date Initial
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646
Sheets
Scale Horiz.

Vert. AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN
DATE
WW-00007
600 Wilshire Blvd
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
PLUMBING MODIFICATIONS FLOOR PLAN - PHASE 2-A
P-4
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
S. GOPIKUMAR
G. NITHIYAN
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
Time: Last Saved by: 5/12/2025 10:49:28 AM
Autodesk Docs://Joint Utilities Laboratory/PWZ000LB.rvt G. NITHIYAN
3/16" = 1'-0"
PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - PHASE 2-A
N
1 PLUMBING NOTES:

PLUMBING KEY NOTES:

CONNECT NEW 1 1/2" SAN TO EXISTING 4" SAN.

CONNECT NEW 1 1/2" SAN TO NEW LAB SINK SK-1.

ROUTE NEW 1 1/2" SAN SERVING NEW LAB SINK SK-1 IN NEW PIPE CHASE. 1 1/2" SAN DN AND 1 1/2" VENT UP FROM LAB SINK THROUGH PIPE CHASE.

TRANSITION 1 1/2" VENT UP TO 3" VTR.

CUT EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB AND REPLACE IN KIND TO INSTALL NEW SANITARY DRAIN PIPES. COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL. SHADED AREA IS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING TO IDENTIFY THE EXTEND OF CONCRETE CUT.
1/2" DOMESTIC COLD WATER AND HOT WATER DN THROUGH PIPE CHASE TO LAB SINK SK-1 AND DISHWASHER DW-1.
1 1/2" VENT DN TO LAB SINK SK-1.
1 1/2" SAN DN FROM LAB SINK SK-1.

CONNECT NEW 1 1/2" DOMESTIC WATER PIPE TO EXISTING DOMESTIC WATER MAIN ABOVE CEILING.
1 1/2" CW AND HW DN AND CONNECT TO TANKLESS ELECTRIC WATER HEATER.

CONNECT 1 1/4" CW AND 1 1/4" HW TO NEW MIXING VALVE SERVING EXISTING EMERGENCY SHOWER AND EYEWASH (ESEW) STATION. BALANCE MIXING VALVE TO DELIVER 85 DEG F TEPID WATER TO THE ESEW.
1/2" CW AND 1/2" HW VALVED AND CAPPED FOR PHASE 2-B WORK. FOR CONTINUATION SEE PLUMBING DRAWING P-5.
1/2" DOMESTIC COLD WATER AND HOT WATER DN THROUGH PIPE CHASE TO LAB SINK SK-1, DISHWASHER DW-1 AND EYEWASH EW-1.
1/2" DOMESIC COLD WATER AND HOT WATER DN THROUGH PIPE CHASE TO LAB SINK - SK-1 AND EYEWASH EW-1.

CONNECT NEW 1/2" LAB GAS PIPES (HE, O2, N2) TO EXISTING LAB GAS STORAGE TANKS. 1/2" LAB GAS PIPES (HE, O2, N2) DOWN THROUGH CEILING, ROUTE PIPES ALONG WALL AND CONNECT TO LAB GAS (HE, O2, N2) CONNECTION ABOVE LAB TABLE. COORDINATE ACTUAL LAB GAS CONNECTION SIZE AND LOCATION WITH LAB EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER.

CONNECT NEW 1/2" VAC PIPE TO EXISTING VAC PUMP PIPING IN MECH ROOM.

CONNECT 1/2" VAC PIPE TO VAC PIPE NOZZLE LOCATED ON LAB TABLE. COORDINATE ACTUAL VAC PIPE CONNECTION SIZE AND LOCATION WITH LAB EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. 1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10
11 12
13 14

1. INSTALL PLUMBING PIPING SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE, 2024 EDISON.

2. INSTALL SANITARY DRAIN PIPING AT 1/4" PER FOOT SLOPE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

3. ALL PIPING SHOWN WITH DASHED LINETYPE ARE LOCATED UNDERGROUND. 4 0 4 8
3/16" = 1'- 0"
15 16
17 18
5/14/2025 93 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025
NOT IN SCOPE- PHASE 2
A ADDENDUM 1 08/15 VN RC 95 126
T ectoni Cp yright 207
T ectoni Cp yright 207
T ectoni Cp yright 207
T ectoni Cp yright 207
T ectoni Cp yright 207
T ectoni Cp yright 207
T ectoni Cp yright 207

MEDIA PREP
111

MICROBIOLOGY
112
MECH. EQUIP.
114
STORAGE 1
115
OFFICE 1
123
OFFICE 2
120

CONFERENCE
ROOM
119

CUBICLES
126
OFFICE 3
125
OFFICE

SUPPLIES/ MAIL/
COPY
124

LACTATION
ROOM
127

ELECTRICAL
129
UNISEX

RESTROOM
122

VESTIBULE
121

INSTRUMENT LAB
118
SAMPLE

RETENTION
117
SAMPLE

RECEIVING AND

INDUSTRIAL

WASTE STATION
116

CLASS ROOM
100

BREAKROOM
101

CORRIDOR
104

JANITOR
103

KITCHEN
102
MEN'S TOIL.
105

SERVER ROOM
107

WOMEN'S
LOCKER
108

MEN'S LOCKER
106
ELECT. EQUIP.
109
EXIST 6" SAN
EXIST 6" SAN
EXIST 6" SAN
EXIST 4" SAN
EXIST 4" SAN
EXIST 4" SAN
EXIST 4" SAN
EXIST 3" VTR
EXIST 3" VTR

CHEMISTRY LAB
113
STORAGE 2
128
3 DW-1
7 5 4
SK-1
SK-1
EW-1
6 2 1
8 8
100% SUBMITTAL

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

BENCHMARK
CITY OF REDLANDS BENCH BRASS DISK IN TOP OF CURB @
SE CORNER OF CHRYSOLITE AVE. AND SAN BERNARDINO AVE.

EAST END OF RETURN, R-13 BM
ELEVATION = 1197.40'

CITY OF REDLANDS
Revisions
Sheet of
Description
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Letter Initial
Date:

Date:

Date:

Checked by:

Checked by:

Drawn by:

Date:

Design by:

Date Initial
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646
Sheets
Scale Horiz.

Vert. AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN
DATE
WW-00007
600 Wilshire Blvd
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
PLUMBING MODIFICATIONS PLAN - PHASE 2-B
P-5
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
S. GOPIKUMAR
G. NITHIYAN
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
Time: Last Saved by: 5/12/2025 10:49:30 AM
Autodesk Docs://Joint Utilities Laboratory/PWZ000LB.rvt G. NITHIYAN
3/16" = 1'-0"
PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - PHASE 2-B
PLUMBING NOTES:

1. INSTALL PLUMBING PIPING SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE, 2024 EDITION.

2. INSTALL SANITARY DRAIN PIPING AT 1/4" PER FOOT SLOPE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

3. ALL PIPING SHOWN WITH DASHED LINETYPE ARE LOCATED UNDERGROUND. 1 PLUMBING KEY NOTES:

CONNECT NEW 1 1/2" SAN FROM NEW LAB SINK TO EXISTING SANITARY DRAIN.

CONNECT NEW 1 1/2" SAN FROM NEW LAB SINK TO EXISTING SANITARY DRAIN. ROUTE NEW 1 1/2" SAN DRAIN PIPE BELOW SINK COUNTERTOP.

CONNECT 1/2" CW AND 1/2" HW SERVING PHASE 2-B TO 1/2" CW AND 1/2" HW FROM PHASE 2-A.
1 1/2" SAN DN AND 1 1/2" VENT UP FROM LAB SINK THROUGH PIPE CHASE.

TRANSITION 1 1/2" VENT UP TO 3" VTR.

CUT EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB AND REPLACE IN KIND TO INSTALL NEW SANITARY DRAIN PIPES. COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL. SHADED AREA IS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING TO IDENTIFY THE EXTEND OF CONCRETE CUT.
1/2" DOMESTIC COLD WATER AND HOT WATER DN THROUGH PIPE CHASE TO LAB SINK, CONNECT 1/2" HW TO DISWASHER AND EYEWASH.

CONNECT 1 1/2" SAN DRAIN TO EXISTING 6" SAN DRAIN.

CONNECT 1/2" VAC PIPE TO EXISTING 1/2" VAC PIPE IN PIPE TRENCH AND TO VAC PIPE NOZZLE LOCATED ON LAB TABLE. COORDINATE ACTUAL VAC PIPE CONNECTION SIZE AND LOCATION WITH LAB EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER.
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 N
4 0 4 8
3/16" = 1'- 0"
8 5/14/2025 94 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025
NOT IN SCOPE- PHASE 2
A ADDENDUM 1 08/15 VN RC 96 126
1 1/2" SAN
1 1/2" V
3" VTR
SK-1
1 1/2" SAN
SK-1
1 1/2" V
3" VTR
1 1/2" SAN
1 1/2" SAN
4" SAN 1 1/2" V
3" VTR
4" DCO
4" SAN, FOR CONTINUATION

SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS
I.E. 4'-0" FROM BUILDING

FINISHED FLOOR
4" SAN
SK-1
EXIST 6" SAN
EXIST 6" SAN
EXIST 3" VTR
EXIST 3" VTR
EXIST 4" SAN
EXIST 4" SAN
1 1/2" V
SK-1
EWH-2
1 1/2" HW
1 1/2" CW
SK-1
EW-1
DW-1
1/2" HW
1/2" CW
SK-1
EW-1
1" HW
1" CW
1" CW
1" HW
1 1/2" HW
1 1/2" HW
1 1/2" CW

EXISTING DOMESTIC WATER

MAIN ABOVE CEILING

EXISTING ESEW
1 1/4" HW
1 1/4" CW
SK-1 CONNECT TO PHASE 2-B
1/2" CW
1/2" HW
1/2" HW
1/2" CW

MIXING VALVE
SK-1
1 1/2" V
3" VTR
EXIST 6" SAN
EXIST 6" SAN
EXIST 4" SAN
EXIST 4" SAN
EXIST 3" VTR
EXIST 3" VTR
EXIST 4" SAN
1 1/2" SAN
SK-1
1 1/2" SAN
EXIST 2" SAN
1/2" HW
1/2" CW
SK-1

CONNECT FROM
PHASE 2-A
100% SUBMITTAL

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

BENCHMARK
CITY OF REDLANDS BENCH BRASS DISK IN TOP OF CURB @
SE CORNER OF CHRYSOLITE AVE. AND SAN BERNARDINO AVE.

EAST END OF RETURN, R-13 BM
ELEVATION = 1197.40'

CITY OF REDLANDS
Revisions
Sheet of
Description
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Letter Initial
Date:

Date:

Date:

Checked by:

Checked by:

Drawn by:

Date:

Design by:

Date Initial
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646
Sheets
Scale Horiz.

Vert. AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN
DATE
WW-00007
600 Wilshire Blvd
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200

PLUMBING ISOMETRIC PLANS
P-6
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
S. GOPIKUMAR
G. NITHIYAN
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
Time: Last Saved by: 5/12/2025 10:49:32 AM
Autodesk Docs://Joint Utilities Laboratory/PWZ000LB.rvt G. NITHIYAN
_
DETAIL
NTS
1 SANITARY ISOMETRIC - PHASE 2-A
_
DETAIL
NTS
2 WATER ISOMETRIC - PHASE 2-A
_
DETAIL
NTS
3 SANITARY ISOMETRIC - PHASE 2-B
_
DETAIL
NTS
4 WATER ISOMETRIC - PHASE 2-B
5/14/2025 95 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025
NOT IN SCOPE- PHASE 2
A ADDENDUM 1 08/15 VN RC 97 126
100% SUBMITTAL

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

BENCHMARK
CITY OF REDLANDS BENCH BRASS DISK IN TOP OF CURB @
SE CORNER OF CHRYSOLITE AVE. AND SAN BERNARDINO AVE.

EAST END OF RETURN, R-13 BM
ELEVATION = 1197.40'

CITY OF REDLANDS
Revisions
Sheet of
Description
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Letter Initial
Date:

Date:

Date:

Checked by:

Checked by:

Drawn by:

Date:

Design by:

Date Initial
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646
Sheets
Scale Horiz.

Vert. AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN
DATE
WW-00007
600 Wilshire Blvd
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200

PLUMBING SCHEDULES
P-7
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
S. GOPIKUMAR
G. NITHIYAN
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
Time: Last Saved by: 5/12/2025 10:49:32 AM
Autodesk Docs://Joint Utilities Laboratory/PWZ000LB.rvt G. NITHIYAN

ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SCHEDULE

TAG DESCRIPTION LOCATION FLOW
(GPM)

TEMPERATURE

RISE (F)
HEATER

CAPACITY
(KW)

ELECTRICAL
(VOLT/PHASE/HZ) MANUFACTURER MODEL NOTES
EWH-1 TANKLESS WATER
HEATER

UNISEX ADMINISTRATION
BUILDING, PHASE 1 0.5 48 3.5 120/1/60 RHEEM RTX-04 1, 3 EWH-2 TANKLESS WATER
HEATER
LAB BUILDING PHASE 2-A
AND PHASE 2-B 23 NA 60 460/3/60 STIEBEL ELTRON CES 2, 3

PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE

TAG PLUMBING FIXTURE

POINT CONNECTION
NOTES

COLD WATER HOT WATER WASTE VENT
WC-1 WATER CLOSET (FLUSH VALVE) 1" - 4" 2"
LAV-1 LAVATORY 1/2" 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1
SK-1 LAB SINK 1/2" 1/2" 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1,2
DW-1 DISHWASHER 1/2" 1/2" 1 1/2" - 2
EW-1 EYEWASH 1/2" - - - 2
NOTES:

1. TANKLESS TYPE WATER HEATER, UL 499 CERTIFIED, LEAD FREE NSF CERTIFIED FOR POTABLE WATER USE. PROVIDE WITH EXTERNAL DIGITAL TEMPERATURE DISPLAY AND CONTROL OF OUTLET WATER TEMPERATURE. RATED FOR 150 PSI PRESSURE, 0.3 GPM MIN ACTIVATION FLOW.

2. FACTORY PACKAGED WATER HEATER FOR EMERGENCY DRENCH APPLICATION SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR TEPID WATER DELIVERY TO EMERGENCY SAFETY SHOWER / EYEWASH FIXTURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI Z358.1.

3. PROVIDE WITH WALL MOUNTING BRACKETS.

NOTES:

1. PROVIDE WITH MIXING VALVE.

2. FIXTURE IS PROVIDED BY OTHERS.
5/14/2025 96 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025 98 126

DOMESTIC COLD WATER
2" TO WATER HEATER AND

PLUMBING FIXTURES
2"

TRANSITION TO
COPPER
APPROX 2" AFF 36"
AFF
RPZ

BACKFLOW

PREVENTER

FINISHED
FLOOR
CW

CONCRETE ENCASE

PIPING BENEATH

BUILDING SLAB
2"
WATER
MATER

PRESSURE

GAUGE CONCRETE
SLAB
1 1/2"
MIN.

EXPANDABLE NONSHRINK
FOAM
MORTAR (2"
MIN)
3/16
3/16
2"
4" PIPE AND SMALLER
1/4" STL PLATE SEEP
RING,
6" PIPE AND LARGER
3/8" STL PLATE SEEP RING

GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE SLEEVE
2" MINIMUM OF MORTAR,
TROWELED SMOOTH.

SANDED AND GROUND SMOOTH

DIMENSIONVARIES

DIMENSION
VARIES

CONCRETE ENCASE

WHERE SHOWN ON

DRAWINGS

HANGER ROD

AND NUTS

CLEVIS HANGER

MATERIAL AS

SPECIFIED

METAL INSULATION SHEILD
FOR INSULATED PIPES.

MATERIAL SHALL MATCH
HANGER. REFER TO
SPECIFICATIONS FOR LENGTH.

PIPE

INSULATION AS

SPECIFIED

THERMAL HANGER

SHEILD INSERT
NOTES:

1. ALL HANGER RODS, BOLTS, NUTS AND SCREWS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL FLOW
C.O FERRULE COVER GRADE
& PLUG
18"X18"X6"
CONC. BLOCK
4" RISER

TWO-WAY

FITTING

MINERAL WOOL

INSULATION OR BACKER
ROD
PIPE

CAULKING

BOTH SIDES
(TYP)
NOTES:

1. GROUT WALL SLEEVE IN PLACE WITH NONSHRINK GROUT. APPLY BONDING AGENT TO

CLEAN DRY SURFACES BEFORE PLACING
GROUT.

WALL SLEEVE
WALL

MINERAL WOOL

INSULATION OR BACKER
ROD
PIPE

CAULKING

BOTH SIDES
(TYP)

NON-FIRE

RATED WALL GALVANIZED

STEEL WALL
SLEEVE
WALL

INTERMEDIATE FLANGE/WATER

STOP NOT REQUIRED FOR

SLEEVES INSTALLED IN CMU,

BRICK OR CAVITY WALLS
CONCRETE AND MASONRY WALL PENETRATIONS (2"∅ AND SMALLER) CONCRETE AND MASONRY WALL PENETRATIONS (GREATER THAN 2"∅) NOTES:

1. WALL SLEEVES INSTALLED IN BRICK, CMU OR CAVITY WALLS SHALL BE GROUTED IN PLACE WITH NON-SHRINK GROUT. APPLY BONDING AGENT TO CLEAN

DRY SURFACES BEFORE PLACING GROUT
100% SUBMITTAL

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

BENCHMARK
CITY OF REDLANDS BENCH BRASS DISK IN TOP OF CURB @
SE CORNER OF CHRYSOLITE AVE. AND SAN BERNARDINO AVE.

EAST END OF RETURN, R-13 BM
ELEVATION = 1197.40'

CITY OF REDLANDS
Revisions
Sheet of
Description
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Letter Initial
Date:

Date:

Date:

Checked by:

Checked by:

Drawn by:

Date:

Design by:

Date Initial
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646
Sheets
Scale Horiz.

Vert. AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN
DATE
WW-00007
600 Wilshire Blvd
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200

PLUMBING DETAILS
P-8
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
S. GOPIKUMAR
G. NITHIYAN
S. IBRAHIM
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
Time: Last Saved by: 5/12/2025 10:49:33 AM
Autodesk Docs://Joint Utilities Laboratory/PWZ000LB.rvt G. NITHIYAN
_
DETAIL
NTS
A

NON POTABLE WATER SERVICE
_
DETAIL
NTS
B

TYPICAL CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE PIPE

PENETRATION
_
DETAIL
NTS
C

HANGER SUPPORT SYSTEM INSULATED HORIZONTAL PIPING
_
DETAIL
NTS
D

DOUBLE CLEANOUT
_
DETAIL
NTS
E

PIPE WALL PENETRATIONS
5/14/2025 97 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025 99 126
SYMBOL FIRE ALARM LEGENDDESCRIPTION FIRE ALARM WIRE SCHEDULE FIRE ALARM CONDUIT SCHEDULE 40% AREA SQ.mm CONDUIT THREAD SIZE 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" TOTAL AREA SQ./mm INTERNAL DIAM./mm CONDUIT THREAD SIZE WIRE TYPE FPL FPLR THHN,THWN FIRE ALARM CONDUIT FILL CHART SIGNALING LINE CIRCUIT CALL-OUT LEGEND NOTIFICATION DEVICE CALL-OUT LEGEND # N# -# SAMPLE: 1N1-1 PT SAMPLE: PT# # REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS FIRE ALARM CONDUIT WIRE FILL CHART WIRE GAUGE MAXIMUM CONDUCTERS ABBREVIATIONS SCOPE OF WORK 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 3" ········ – ·· ' GENERAL NOTES DELEGATED DESIGN STATEMENT: CITY OF REDLANDS BENCHMARK 100% SUBMITTAL 600 Wilshire Blvd #750 Los Angeles, CA 90017 Tel: (213) 457-2200 Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT PROJECT No. 521028 JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING WW-00007 GENERAL NOTES AND LEGENDFA-1 96 122 - THESE PLANS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND SHOWING THE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SYSTEM. - A SEPARATE SUBMITTAL / PERMIT IS REQUIRED FOR THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS. A A ADDENDUM 1 08/15 PV JG NOTES Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646 DATE
6/11/2025
6/11/2025 100 126
R C CC C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C HIGH AND LOW ADA COUNTER OVEN CANOPY DW REFRIGERATORS (81" LONG EACH) 3'-4" X 3'-6" AUTOCLAVE PORTABLE TABLE FOR COPIER + WATER SAMPLES INCUBATORS 42" W X 31"D OUTLET ON THE 2 SIDES NEW SIDEWALK EXISTING SIDEWALK DW FUTURE DW SOLIDS STATION SPEC/ ALKALINITY/ TURBIDITY STATION TBD STATION BOD STATION FUTURE TABLE BY OWNER FUTURE TABLE BY OWNER BALANCE TABLE STAINLESS STEEL COUNTERTOP @ SINK ONLY STAINLESS STEEL COUNTERTOP @ SINK ONLY (R) HOOD (R) HOOD CW & CS ACID BASE CW & CS ACID BASE SS

FIXED CORE UTILITY

CHASE BENCHES VAC AIR

FIXED BENCHES

FIXED BENCHES

FIXED CORE UTILITY
CHASE BENCHESPOU EXHAUST @ CEILING POU EXHAUST VAC AIR POU EXHAUST @ CEILING VAC AIR POU EXHAUST VAC AIR (R) HOOD (R) HOOD

SPACE FOR SCRUBBER KNEE SPACE
KNEE
SPACE

BENCHTOP
SINK
EW AUTOCLAVES REQUIRE 220 V KNEE SPACE REFRIG REFRIG SINGLE BOWL 40W18D18H DI, EW PASSTHROUGH 12" X 12" (R) REFRIG (R) REFRIG P.O.U. EXHAUST KNEE SPACE KNEE SPACE HEN2 O2 HEN2 O2 HEN2 O2 KNEE SPACE VAC AIR GLASS CABINETS

GLASS CABINETS GLASS CABINETS

GLASS CABINETS MIX OF DOORS AND DRAWERS MIX OF DOORS AND DRAWERS GLASS CABINETS DI, UPW, EW TANK STORAGE SLAB BY OTHERS GCMS GLASS CABINETS DA-213 DA-219 DA-210 DA-192 DA-234 DA-220 DA-174 DA-175 DA-205 DA-216 DA-217 DA-239 DA-228 DA-240 DA-112 DA-110 MECH. EQUIP. 114 CLASS ROOM 100 BREAKROOM 101 KITCHEN 102 JANITOR 103 CORRIDOR 104 MEN'S LOCKER 106 MEN'S TOIL. 105 SERVER ROOM 107 WOMEN'S LOCKER 108 ELECT. EQUIP. 109 STORAGE 110 STORAGE 3 129 CHEMISTRY LAB 113 SAMPLE RECEIVING AND INDUSTRIAL WASTE STATION 116 SAMPLE RETENTION 117 INSTRUMENT LAB 118 STORAGE 1 115 STORAGE 2 128 MEDIA PREP 111 MICROBIOLOGY 112 OFFICE 1 123 OFFICE 2 120 CONFERENCE ROOM 119 OFFICE 3 125 CUBICLES 126 OFFICE SUPPLIES/ MAIL/ COPY 124 ELECTRICAL 127 UNISEX RESTROOM 122 VESTIBULE 121 EXISTING TO BE REMODELED NEW CONSTRUCTION CITY OF REDLANDS BENCHMARK 100% SUBMITTAL 600 Wilshire Blvd #750 Los Angeles, CA 90017 Tel: (213) 457-2200 Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT PROJECT No. 521028 JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING WW-00007 PLAN NOTES (E) SK-5208 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. RELOCATE TO THE NEW "STORAGE 2" WEST WALL. 2 GENERAL NOTES 1. THE FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF ALL NOTIFICATION AND DETECTION DEVICES WITH ALL TRADES. NO FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHOUT COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS. CONFLICTS DUE TO INSTALLATION SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AND CORRECTIONS MADE DURING THE SHOP DRAWING PROCESS. 3 (E) FIRE ALARM TERMINAL CABINET. RELOCATE TO THE NEW "STORAGE 2" WEST WALL. SEE NOTE 4 BELOW. 4 RELOCATED FIRE ALARM PANEL AND TERMINAL CABINET. 5 MOVE (E) FIRE ALARM REMOTE ANNUNCIATION PANEL TO THE INDICATED LOCATION. 6 (E) FLOW SWITCH ON SPRINKLER RISER TO REMAIN. 7 REPLACE (E) TAMPER SWITCH ON RELOCATED PIV WITH NEW AND REWIRE BACK TO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR DETAILS. 8 (N) MANUAL FIRE ALARM BOX. FURNISH AND INSTALL TWO (2) NEW TAMPER SWITCHES FOR THE NEW BACKFLOW DEVICE. PROVIDE WIRING BACK TO ALARM SYSTEM. 12 FIRE ALARM PLAN FA-2 2 3 4 5 6 7 ADD, REMOVE, AND RELOCATE EXISTING AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTION DEVICES TO PROVIDE PROPER COVERAGE AT THE INDICATED AREAS. 1 1 1 1 8 9 (E) MANUAL FIRE ALARM BOX TO REMAIN. 9 REPLACE (E) SMOKE DETECTORS WITH NEW AND PROVIDE PROPER COVERAGE. 11 REPLACE (E) SMOKE DETECTORS WITH NEW AND INSTALL ON THE NEW CEILING. MAINTAIN A PROPER COVERAGE PER NFPA 72. 10 10 10 11 11 11 12 (E) ELECTRIC FIRE ALARM BELL TO REMAIN. 13 14 (N) MULTI-CANDELA FIELD SELECTABLE HORN-STROBE NOTIFICATION. 14 15 (N) DUCT DETECTOR REMOTE TEST AND INDICATING KEYED-SWITCH. 15 15 15 SCALE: 1'= 1/8" FIRE ALARM PLAN 13 14 14 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE PLAN N 97 122 A ADDENDUM 1 08/15 PV JG - THESE PLANS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND SHOWING THE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SYSTEM. - A SEPARATE SUBMITTAL / PERMIT IS REQUIRED FOR THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS. A NOTES Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646 DATE
6/11/2025
6/11/2025 101 126
FIRE/FM SUPERVISING STATION BATT FACP DEDICATED 120 VAC LOCKABLE CIRCUIT BREAKER PAINTED RED AND LABELED AS FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT VERIFY CKT/PANEL # BLDG SECURITY 1 MANUAL PULL STATIONS 2 SMOKE DETECTOR FOR FA PANEL PROTECTION 3 DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR 4 SPRINKLER WATER FLOW SWITCH 5 WATER SUPPLY CONTROL VALVE SUPERVISORY SWITCH 6 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AC POWER FAILURE 7 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM LOW BATTERY 8 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM OPEN CIRCUIT 9 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM GROUND FAULT 10 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM BATTERY DISCONNECT 11 NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE SHORT CIRCUIT

SYSTEM INPUTS

GENERAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

TYPICAL ALL LOCATIONS WHERE APPLIED
ACTUATE COMMON ALARM SIGNAL INDICATOR ACTUATE AUDIBLE ALARM SIGNAL ACTUATE COMMON SUPERVISORY SIGNAL INDICATOR ACTUATE AUDIBLE SUPERVISORY SIGNAL ACTUATE COMMON TROUBLE SIGNAL INDICATOR ACTUATE AUDIBLE COMMON TROUBLE SIGNAL ACTUATE ZONE OR DEVICE ADDRESS ALARM INDICATOR DISPLAY AND PRINT CHANGE OF STATUS AND TIME OF INITIATING EVENT TRANSMIT FIRE ALARM SIGNAL TO SUPERVISORY STATION INITIATE FIRE ALARM HORN AND STROBE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES TRANSMIT SUPERVISORY SIGNAL TO SUPERVISING STATION TRANSMIT TROUBLE SIGNAL TO SUPERVISING STATION SYSTEM OUTPUTS SHUTDOWN AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT ACTIVATE EXTERIOR STROBES AT FIRE DEPARTMENT RESPONSE POINT ACTIVATE EXTERIOR HORN/BELL AT SPRINKLER RISER ROOMCONTROL UNIT ANNUNCIATOR NOTIFICATION REQUIRED FIRE SAFETY CONTROLSUPPLEMENTARY A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R DACT * DE-RATED STROBES SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF 2022 NFPA 72 SECTION 18.5.5.7.6 "PERFORMANCE - BASED ALTERNATIVE". FINISHED FLOOR 80" (2.03m)A.F.F MIN OR VISUAL VISUAL APPLIANCE AUDIBLE/ 96" (2.44m) A.F.F MAX 90" (2.03m)A.F.F MIN APPLIANCE AUDIBLE 6" (150mm)MINFIRE MANUAL STATION 10' A.F.F ANYTHING ABOVE 30' SHALL BE DERATED PER NFPA 72* F I R E CEILING AUDIBLE/ VISUAL VISUAL, SUPPLY DIFFUSER HVAC/VENT (DEAD SPACE) WALL MOUNT DETECTOR 48" (1.22m)max. AFF TO CENTER TOP OF SMOKE DETECTOR 102mm CEILING DETECTOR NEVER HERE (MINIMUM) 915mm 12"(300mm) max. 4" (100mm) (MINIMUM) TOP OF HEAT DETECTOR 42" (1.07m)min. 6" (150mm)MAX FOR LOW CEILINGS 5'-0" (1.5m) MAX HINGED SIDE ANNUNCIATOR 72" max. (1.8m) CONTROL PANEL 15" min. (375mm) FIRE ALARM DOCUMENT CABINET 72" (1,830mm)A.F.F (max.) (3'-0") (MINIMUM) (0'-4") & VISUAL DEVICES MOUNT AUDIBLE BOXES. IN APPROVED NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE INSTALL PER CONDUIT 3 SCALE= NTS FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INPUT/OUTPUT MATRIX 4 SCALE= NTS NFPA FIRE ALARM AND ADA DEVICE MOUNTING ELEVATIONS 1 SCALE= NTS FIRE ALARM SYSTEM RISER DIAGRAM FOR SYSTEM CFM LARGER THAN 2000 DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR IS REQUIRED AT EACH LOCATION PRIOR TO THE CONNECTION TO A COMMON RETURN AND PRIOR TO ANY RECIRCULATION OR FRESH AIR INLET CONNECTION IN AIR RETURN SYSTEMS SERVING MORE THAN ONE STORY. 2 SCALE= NTS DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR LOCATION DIAGRAM FAA (E) FA HORNS AT ENTRY LOBBIES AND CONFERENCE ROOM --- --- --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CITY OF REDLANDS BENCHMARK 100% SUBMITTAL 600 Wilshire Blvd #750 Los Angeles, CA 90017 Tel: (213) 457-2200 Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT PROJECT No. 521028 JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING WW-00007 RISER DIAGRAM & SYSTEM I/O MATRIX FA-3 98 122
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646 DATE
6/11/2025
6/11/2025 102 126
FIRE SPRINKLER LEGEND GENERAL NOTES ---- [ +XX'-X" ] XX'-X" EFNSAS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION FIRE SPRINKLER LEGEND (CONT.) SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SCOPE OF WORK REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS PROJECT NOTES SHEET INDEX ABBREVIATIONS ABBRV DESCRIPTION HAZARD CLASSIFICATION LEGEND ········· – ··BUILDING DATA DELEGATED DESIGN STATEMENT: HYDRANT FLOW TEST DATA CITY OF REDLANDS BENCHMARK 100% SUBMITTAL 600 Wilshire Blvd #750 Los Angeles, CA 90017 Tel: (213) 457-2200 Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT PROJECT No. 521028 JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING WW-00007 GENERAL NOTES AND LEGENDFP-1 99 122 A ADDENDUM 1 08/15 PV JG - THESE PLANS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND SHOWING THE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SYSTEM. - A SEPARATE SUBMITTAL / PERMIT IS REQUIRED FOR THE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. A NOTES Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646 DATE
6/11/2025
6/11/2025 103 126
ICV TPB E ∅12'' R C C CC C C C C C C C C C C CC C C C C C C C C CC CC C C C C C C C HIGH AND LOW ADA COUNTER CANOPY ABOVE OVEN CANOPY DW REFRIGERATORS (81" LONG EACH) 3'-4" X 3'-6" AUTOCLAVE PORTABLE TABLE FOR COPIER + WATER SAMPLES INCUBATORS 42" W X 31"D OUTLET ON THE 2 SIDES NEW SIDEWALK EXISTING SIDEWALK DW FUTURE DW SOLIDS STATION SPEC/ ALKALINITY/ TURBIDITY STATION TBD STATION BOD STATION FUTURE TABLE BY OWNER FUTURE TABLE BY OWNER BALANCE TABLE BOD INCUBATOR BOD INCUBATOR STAINLESS STEEL COUNTERTOP @ SINK ONLY STAINLESS STEEL COUNTERTOP @ SINK ONLY (R) HOOD (R) HOOD CW & CS ACID BASE CW & CS ACID BASE SS

FIXED CORE UTILITY

CHASE BENCHES VAC AIR

FIXED BENCHES

FIXED BENCHES

FIXED CORE UTILITY
CHASE BENCHESPOU EXHAUST @ CEILING POU EXHAUST VAC AIR POU EXHAUST @ CEILING VAC AIR POU EXHAUST VAC AIR (R) HOOD (R) HOOD

SPACE FOR SCRUBBER KNEE SPACE
KNEE
SPACE

BENCHTOP
SINK
EW AUTOCLAVES REQUIRE 220 V KNEE SPACE REFRIG REFRIG

STAINLESS STEEL
COUNTERTOP SINGLE BOWL 40W18D18H DI, EW PASSTHROUGH 12" X 12" (R) REFRIG (R) REFRIG P.O.U. EXHAUST KNEE SPACE KNEE SPACE HEN2 O2 HEN2 O2 HEN2 O2 KNEE SPACE VAC AIR VENTILATION NEEDED THIS ROOK WASTE COLLECTION GLASS CABINETS

GLASS CABINETS GLASS CABINETS GLASS CABINETS

GLASS CABINETS MIX OF DOORS AND DRAWERS MIX OF DOORS AND DRAWERS GLASS CABINETS DI, UPW, EW RAMP RAMP GRASS GCMS GLASS CABINETS DA-196 DA-190 DA-213 DA-219 DA-210 DA-192 DA-234 DA-220 DA-174 DA-175 DA-205 DA-216 DA-217 DA-222 DA-239 DA-228 DA-240 EXISTING TO BE REMODELED NEW CONSTRUCTION MECH. EQUIP. 104 CLASS ROOM 110 BREAKROOM 111 KITCHEN 112 JANITOR 113 CORRIDOR 114 MEN'S LOCKER 115 MEN'S TOIL. 116 SERVER ROOM 117 WOMEN'S LOCKER 118 ELECT. EQUIP. 119 STORAGE 132 STORAGE 136 SAMPLE RECEIVING AND INDUSTRIAL WASTE STATION 106 SAMPLE RETENTION 107 INSTRUMENT LAB 109 STORAGE 1 105 MEDIA PREP 101 MICROBIOLOGY 102 OFFICE 1 128 OFFICE 2 121 CONFERENCE ROOM 120 OFFICE 3 130 CUBICLES 133 OFFICE SUPPLIES/ MAIL/ COPY 129 ELECTRICAL 134 UNISEX RESTROOM 126 VESTIBULE 124 STORAGE 2 135 103 CHEMISTRY LAB CITY OF REDLANDS BENCHMARK 100% SUBMITTAL 600 Wilshire Blvd #750 Los Angeles, CA 90017 Tel: (213) 457-2200 Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT PROJECT No. 521028 JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING WW-00007 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM SCHEDULE PLAN NOTES 1 RECESSED SPRINKLERS IN DROP CEILING GENERAL NOTES 1. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF ALL SPRINKLERS WITH ALL TRADES. NO FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHOUT COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS. CONFLICTS DUE TO INSTALLATION SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AND CORRECTIONS MADE DURING THE SHOP DRAWING PROCESS. 2. PIPE PENETRATION THROUGH RATED WALL SHOULD HAVE FIRE BARRIER CAULK AROUND PIPE. 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 ADD NEW, AND RELOCATE OR REMOVE (E) SPRINKLERS PER NFPA 13 TO ACCOMMODATE FOR NEW SPACING & WALLS 2 2 2 2 2 3 (E) 4" SPRINKLER RISER WITH TAMPER AND FLOW SWITCH 3 4 6" FIRE SERVICE U/G PIPE ENTRY 45 5 RELOCATE (E) MAIN DRAIN VALVE AND PIPING TO THE NORTH WALL. EXACT LOCATION TO BE FIELD VERIFIED 6 (E) RELOCATED FREESTANDING 2-WAY FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION WITH CHECK VALVE 6 7 7 (E) RELOCATED POST INDICATING VALVE WITH ELECTRIC MONITORING SWITCH 8 REMOVED (E) BACKFLOW AND REPLACED WITH A NEW 6" WATTS SERIES 774DCDA DOUBLE CHECK DETECTOR ASSEMBLY 8 9 FIRE PROTECTION PLAN FP-2 SCALE: 1'= 1/8" FIRE SUPPRESSION PLAN 9 (E) FIRE ALARM BELL TO REMAIN CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCES 1 PHASE I: PROVIDE A COMPLETE NEW SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN THE AREA INDICATED AS PHASE I PER LIGHT HAZARD OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION IN OFFICE AND SIMILAR ROOMS. PROVIDE ORDINARY HAZARD I SYSTEM DESIGN IN ELECTRICAL AND STORAGE ROOMS. 2 PHASE 2A: REMODEL THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN THE INDICATED "PHASE 2A" PER NEW ROOM DIMENSIONS, AREAS SPACING, AND WALL ALTERATIONS. ADD, REMOVE, AND RELOCATE SPRINKLER HEADS AND DROPS TO ACCOMMODATE NEW SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGN PER HAZARD CLASSIFICATION AND NFPA 13. PROVIDE ORDINARY HAZARD CLASS I SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE PLAN 3 PHASE 2B: REMODEL THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN THE INDICATED "PHASE 2B" AREA (THE REST OF THE LAB BUILDING) PER NEW ROOM DIMENSIONS, AREAS SPACING, AND WALL ALTERATIONS. ADD, REMOVE, AND RELOCATE SPRINKLER HEADS AND DROPS TO ACCOMMODATE NEW SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGN PER HAZARD CLASSIFICATION AND NFPA 13. PROVIDE ORDINARY HAZARD CLASS I SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. 4 EXISTING AREA: NOT IN THE SOW. 1 1 1 2 3 4 2 2 N 10 REPLACE ALL (E) SPRINKLER HEADS IN ALL ROOMS AND AREAS WITH NEW QUICK RESPONSE K-5.6 FACTOR (TYP ALL). 10 (TYP. ALL) 10 (TYP. ALL) 10 (TYP. ALL) 10 (TYP. ALL) (N) SPRINKLER QUICK RESPONSE K-5.6 FACTOR THROUGHOUT NEW AREAS (TYP. ALL NEW AREAS). 11 11 11 11 100 122 - THESE PLANS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND SHOWING THE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SYSTEM. - A SEPARATE SUBMITTAL / PERMIT IS REQUIRED FOR THE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. A A ADDENDUM 1 08/15 PV JG NOTES Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646 DATE
6/11/2025
6/11/2025 104 126
SPRIG UP SPRINKLER HEAD DETAIL NOT TO SCALE (E) MAIN DRAIN CONNECTION NOT TO SCALE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER EXPOSED AREAS NOT TO SCALE GENERAL SPRINKLER CABINET NOTES: FIRE SPRINKLER CABINET NOTES AND DETAILS NOT TO SCALE DISTANCE FROM SPRINKLERS TO SIDE OF OBSTRUCTION (A) MAX. ALLOWANCE DISTANCE OF DEFLECTOR ABOVE BOTTOM OF OBSTRUCTION (IN.) (B) AB SPRINKLER OBSTRUCTION TABLE NOT TO SCALE PIPE HANGER 1NOT TO SCALE NO. OF SPRINKLERS SYSTEM DEMAND 1. GPM DISCHARGE 2. RESIDUAL PRESSURE AT THE BASE OF THE RISER BASIS OF DESIGN 1. DENSITY 2. DESIGNED AREA OF DISCHARGE HYDRAULIC-SYSTEM THIS BUILDING IS PROTECTED BY A HYDRAULICALLY DESIGNED AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM LOCATION SPRINKLER SYSTEM HYDRAULIC PLACARD NOT TO SCALE WHEN BELL RINGS SPRINKLER FIRE - ALARM CALL FIRE DEP'T. OR POLICE IDENTIFICATION SIGN - OUTSIDE ALARM DEVICENOT TO SCALE SECTION A.8.17.1 NFPA 13 PENDENT SPRINKLER HEAD DETAIL NOT TO SCALE (N) AUTOMATIC AIR VENT VALVE Section 7.1.5 NOT TO SCALE (N) 1/2" RELIEF VALVE SET TO 175 PSI Section 8.1.2 NOT TO SCALE TO BE REROUTED TO THE NORTH WALL ADD TO (E) INSPECTORS TEST AND DRAIN Beam Clamps Part No. B3042T-3/8 B3042T-1/2 Rod Size Size 3/8"-16 1/2"-13 For Pipe Size (mm) in. Up to 4" (up to 100) 6" (150) Approx. Wt./100 Lbs. (kg) 50.6 (22.9) 50.0 (22.7) BEAM CLAMP - BAR JOIST HANGER NOT TO SCALE CITY OF REDLANDS BENCHMARK 100% SUBMITTAL 600 Wilshire Blvd #750 Los Angeles, CA 90017 Tel: (213) 457-2200 Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT PROJECT No. 521028 JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING WW-00007 FIRE PROTECTION DETAILS FP-3 101 122
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646 DATE
6/11/2025
6/11/2025 105 126

CITY OF REDLANDS

BENCHMARK
100% SUBMITTAL
600 Wilshire Blvd #750
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department

RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028
JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING WW-00007 XREFs: [Redlands MUED Title Block - 24x36 (xRef)] Images: [] Last saved by: KUMARD Time: 13-05-2025 16:10:11 C:\Users\KUMARD\DC\ACCDocs\CDM Smith Inc\Joint Utilities Laboratory\Project Files\09 Elec\10 CADD\ED01NFOL.dwg A. DINESH
MAY 2025
M. SHERLY
MAY 2025
V. VIDHU PRIYA
MAY 2025
M. SEJAL
MAY 2025 XXX ED-1

ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION- MCC OB

ONELINE DIAGRAM

ONE-LINE DIAGRAM
6-4-25 104 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025
NOT IN SCOPE- PHASE 2 A ADDENDUM 1 8/15 SM SM 106 126
OB-101
a,b
OB-101
OB-101
c,d
c,d
OB-109
OB-101 OB-101
OB-101
OB-104
OB-104
a,b
a,b
e,f e,f
a
OB-105 OB-105 OB-104
OB-105
OB-105
b
OB-106 OB-106
OB-106
OB-106
OB-105 OB-105
c d
b
a
b
a
OB-102 OB-102
c d
e,f
g,h
OB-102
OB-102
OB-102 OB-102
OB-102
OB-102
a a
a
a a
a OB-124
OB-123
OB-101
OB-101
OB-101
i i
OB-101 OB-101
OB-124
OB-105
OB-105
OB-105
b
a
c
d
a
i
h
f
e
a
b
a
b
a
c d
c
c d
3 3
f
e
d
c
b
c
a,b
OB-101 e,f e,f
e,f e,f e,f g,h
g,h
g,h
g,h
g,h
g,h
OB-109 OB-109
OB-109 OB-109 OB-109 OB-109
OB-124 OB-124
OB-124
e,f
OB-105
e,f
OB-105
e,f
OB-105
e,f
OB-105
e,f
OB-105
OB-104
OB-104
OB-104 OB-104
c,d
OB-103
L
L
L
MECH. EQUIP.
114
ELECT. EQUIP.
109

CORRIDOR
104

INSTRUMENT
LAB
118

CHEMISTRY LAB
113
SAMPLE

RETENTION
117
SAMPLE

RECEIVING AND

INDUSTRIAL

WASTE STATION
116

MEDIA PREP
111

MICROBIOLOGY
112

STORAGE
115

NON-HAZARDOUS

STORAGE
128
a
OB-102
OB-103
OB-104
OB-101
M
M
OB-103
2 ED-3
1 1
2 2
2 2
2 2
3 3
PHASE 2A
PHASE 2B
100% SUBMITTAL

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

BENCHMARK
CITY OF REDLANDS BENCH BRASS DISK IN TOP OF CURB @
SE CORNER OF CHRYSOLITE AVE. AND SAN BERNARDINO AVE.

EAST END OF RETURN, R-13 BM
ELEVATION = 1197.40'

CITY OF REDLANDS
Revisions
Sheet of
Description
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Letter Initial
Date:

Date:

Date:

Checked by:

Checked by:

Drawn by:

Date:

Design by:

Date Initial
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646
Sheets
Scale Horiz.

Vert. AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN
DATE
WW-00007
600 Wilshire Blvd
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
124

ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION LIGHTING PLAN
ED-2
A. DINESH
MAY 2025
M. SHERLY
V. VIDHU PRIYA
M. SEJAL
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
105
PLAN
3/16" = 1'-0"
N
GENERAL NOTES:

1. DRAWING IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR TO

FIELD VERIFY EXISTING LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND
DEMOLISH IT IN ITS ENTIRITY.

2. PRIOR TO DEMOLISHING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, TRACE
EXISTING WIRING TO ITS POWER SOURCE AND LOCK OUTTAG OUT THE EQUIPMENT, DISCONNECTING MEANS WITH THE SUPPLY.

3. REMOVE EXPOSED CONDUITS, OUTLET BOXES,

PULLBOXES, AND HANGERS MADE OBSOLETE BY THE
DEMOLITION, UNLESS DESIGNATED TO REMAIN. PATCH

SURFACES AND PROVIDE BLANK COVERS FOR ABANDONED
OUTLETS.

4. ABANDONED CONDUITS CONCEALED IN FLOOR OR CEILING

SLABS OR IN WALLS SHALL BE CUT FLUSH WITH THE SLAB
OR WALL AT THE POINT OF ENTRANCE. FILL AND PATCH

SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE FINSIH
MATERIALS AND FINISHES.

5. REFER TO MECHANICAL, ARCHITECTURAL, AND

LABORATORY DEMOLITION SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL
EQUIPMENT SCHEDULED TO BE DEMOLISHED.
4 0 4 8
3/16" = 1'-0"
Time: Last Saved by: 5/22/2025 6:32:14
P
M
Autodesk D
ocs://Joint Utilities Laboratory/E
W
Z000LB.rvt
V. VIDHU PRIYA
KEY NOTES:

LIGHT WILL BE DEMOLISHED ON PHASE 1.

LIGHTS IN ROOMS 111, 112, 116, 117, 118, 125 AND PARTIAL OF ROOM 113 WILL BE DEMOLISHED ON PHASE 2A.

LIGHTS IN PARTIAL OF ROOM 113 AND ROOM 115 WILL BE
DEMOLISHED ON PHASE 2B.
1 2
3 Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646 DATE
6/11/2025 6/11/2025 5-14-2025
phase 1
A ADDENDUM 1 8/15 SM SM 107 126
PF
GFCI

GLASS STILL
OUTLET

UNDERCOUNTER

DISHWASHER
INCUBATOR PH.ANALYZER

UNDERCOUNTER

REFRIGERATOR

INCUBATOR

REFRIGERATOR
30AMP RATED

RECEPTACLE
MCC OB

TELEPHONE

TERMINAL
BOARD "TTB"

GATE INTERCOM
EQUIPMENT PANEL "GP"

WEST AUTOCLAVE

PNL TX-C

EAST AUTOCLAVE

PNL TX-C

PANEL TX-C

FIRE ALARM SERVICE

TRANSFORMER AND

CIRCUIT BREAKERS

LIGHTING

TRANSFORM
ER "OB"
EXISTING 30KVA

TRANSFORMER
FACP
OB-110
OB-110
OB-110
OB-110
OB-112
OB-112
OB-112
OB-111
OB-111
OB-111
OL-137 OL-135
OL-137
OL-137
OL-104
OL-407
OL-112
OL-112
OL-112
OL-133
OL-133
OL-130
OL-111
OL-108 OL-108
OL-203/
205
OL-203/
205
OL-104
OL-104 240V
OL-104
OL-207/
209
SPARE
OL-111
OL-234/
236
OL-110
OL-110
OL-111
DI RECIRC.

PUMP
OB-116 OB-116
OB-116
OB-114 OB-115
OB-114
OB-111
OB-111
240V
OB-403
OB-110
OB-110
OL-133
OL-133
OL-132
OL-132
OL-132
OL-132

CANOPY HOOD
P.B. STATIONS
OL-407 CANOPY HOOD NO.8
T
T
OL-128

AUDIBLE FIRE
ALARM

FIRE SUPPLY

PRESSURE

FLOW SWITCHES
OL-123
OL-114
GFCI

GFCI GFCI

GFCI GFCI

GFCI GFCI
GFCI
OB-110
OB-110

ENTRY GATE CONTROL

PUSHBUTTON STATION

ENTRY GATE

INTERCOM STATION

AT ROOF
OB-128
OL-409
OL-117
OL-112 OL-106
OL-112
OB-116
OB-404
OB-411 OB-412
OL-104
OL-131
OL-102 OL-102
OL-101
OL-138
J
OL-39
OL-123
OL-226/
228
OL-227/
229
OL-125
OL-122
OL-124
OL-122
OL-124
OB-409
OB-410
OB-111
OB-414
OB-119
OB-118

PANELBOARD-OB
4 IRRIGATION

SYSTEM AND

DISCONNECT

EXHAUST FAN

DISCONNECT
5 EXISTING NETWORK
RACK
3 -
2 -
4 -

MEDIA PREP
111

MICROBIOLOGY
112

CHEMISTRY LAB
113
SAMPLE

RECEIVING AND

INDUSTRIAL

WASTE STATION
116
SAMPLE

RETENTION
117

INSTRUMENT
LAB
118

CORRIDOR
104
STORAGE 2
128
MECH. EQUIP.
114
STORAGE 1
115
PHASE 2A 9
10 8
PHASE 2B
8 8
8 11
3 2
1 100% SUBMITTAL

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

BENCHMARK
CITY OF REDLANDS BENCH BRASS DISK IN TOP OF CURB @
SE CORNER OF CHRYSOLITE AVE. AND SAN BERNARDINO AVE.

EAST END OF RETURN, R-13 BM
ELEVATION = 1197.40'

CITY OF REDLANDS
Revisions
Sheet of
Description
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Letter Initial
Date:

Date:

Date:

Checked by:

Checked by:

Drawn by:

Date:

Design by:

Date Initial
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646
Sheets
Scale Horiz.

Vert. AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN
DATE
WW-00007
600 Wilshire Blvd
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200

ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION POWER PLAN
ED-3
A. DINESH
MAY 2025
M. SHERLY
V. VIDHU PRIYA
M. SEJAL
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
PLAN
3/16" = 1'-0"
N
GENERAL NOTES:

1. DRAWING IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR

TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING LOCATION OF
EQUIPMENT AND DEMIOLISH IT IN ITS ENTIRITY.

2. PRIOR TO DEMOLISHING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT,

TRACE EXISTING WIRING TO ITS POWER SOURCE

AND LOCK OUT- TAG OUT THE EQUIPMENT,
DISCONNECTING MEANS WITH THE SUPPLY.

3. REMOVE EXPOSED CONDUITS, OUTLET BOXES,

PULLBOXES, AND HANGERS MADE OBSOLETE BY

THE DEMOLITION, UNLESS DESIGNATED TO
REMAIN. PATCH SURFACES AND PROVIDE BLANK
COVERS FOR ABANDONED OUTLETS.

4. ABANDONED CONDUITS CONCEALED IN FLOOR OR

CEILING SLABS OR IN WALLS SHALL BE CUT FLUSH

WITH THE SLAB OR WALL AT THE POINT OF
ENTRANCE. FILL AND PATCH SURFACES TO MATCH

ADJACENT SURFACE FINSIH MATERIALS AND
FINISHES.

5. REFER TO MECHANICAL, ARCHITECTURAL, AND

LABORATORY DEMOLITION SHEETS FOR

ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULED TO BE
DEMOLISHED.

KEY NOTES:

REPLACE THE CONDUIT AND CIRCUIT, THEN RE-ROUTE TO
THE NEW SWBD OB.

CUT AND RE-ROUTE THE CONDUIT AND CIRCUIT TO THE
NEW SWBD OB. THE CONDUCTORS SHALL BE REPLACED.

DEMOLISH THE EXISTING CONDUIT AND CIRCUITS, AND
RE-ROUTE THE NEW CIRCUITS TO THE NEW SWBD OB.

IRRIGATION SYSTEM AND DISCONNECT SWITCH SHALL BE

RELOCATED TO EAST WALL OF MECHANICAL ROOM AND ALL

ASSOCIATED CONDUITS AND CIRCUITS SHALL BE
RE-ROUTED. REFER TO SHEET E-7 FOR DETAILS ON NEW
LOCATION.

FAN DISCONNECT SWITCH SHALL BE RELOCATED TO EAST

WALL OF MECHANICAL ROOM AND ALL ASSOCIATED
CONDUITS AND CIRCUITS SHALL BE RE-ROUTED.

LIGHT FIXTURE SHALL BE RELOCATED ABOVE NEW DOOR

OF MECHANICAL ROOM AND ALL ASSOCIATED CONDUITS
AND CIRCUITS SHALL BE RE-ROUTED.

CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY, IF THERE IS ANY

CIRCUIT ROUTED THROUGH THIS CONDUIT AND RE-ROUTE
AS NEEDED. OTHERWISE DEMOLISH THE CONDUIT.

ELECTRICAL OUTLETS, DATA AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES
WILL BE DEMOLISHED ON PHASE 1.

ELECTRICAL OUTLETS, DATA AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES
WILL BE DEMOLISHED ON PHASE 2A.

ELECTRICAL OUTLETS, DATA AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES
WILL BE DEMOLISHED ON PHASE 2B.

FACP WILL BE RELOCATED TO NEW LOCATION. REFER TO
SHEET E-7 FOR NEW LOCATION.
1 2
3 4
5 6

PHOTOGRAPH
3/16" = 1'-0" ED-3
3 MCC OB_LOCATED IN EXISTING ELECTRICAL
ROOM

PHOTOGRAPH
3/64" = 1'-0" ED-3
2 MECHANICAL ROOM
6 4
5 4 0 4 8
3/16" = 1'-0"
NTS

PHOTOGRAPH
1" = 200'-0" ED-3
4 MECHANICAL ROOM 1
7 7
NTS
NTS
Time: Last Saved by: 5/12/2025 5:53:38 P
M
Autodesk D
ocs://Joint Utilities Laboratory/E
W
Z000LB.rvt
V. VIDHU PRIYA
8 9
10 11
6-4-25 106 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025
Phase 1
Not in scope Not in scope Not in scope
Phase 1
Not in scope Not in scope Not in scope Not in scope A ADDENDUM 1 8/15 SM SM 108 126

CITY OF REDLANDS

BENCHMARK
100% SUBMITTAL
600 Wilshire Blvd #750
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department

RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028
JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING WW-00007
INTERNAL SPD : INTERNAL SPD :

XREFs: [Redlands MUED Title Block - 24x36 (xRef)] Images: []Last saved by: KUMARD Time: 13-05-2025 15:55:33C:\Users\KUMARD\DC\ACCDocs\CDM Smith Inc\Joint Utilities Laboratory\Project Files\09 Elec\10 CADD\ED04NFPB.dwg A. DINESH
MAY 2025
M. SHERLY
MAY 2025
V. VIDHU PRIYA
MAY 2025
M. SEJAL
MAY 2025 XXX ED-4

ELECTRICAL

DEMOLITION PANELBOARD SCHEDULES
125
6-4-25 107 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025
NOT IN SCOPE- PHASE 2 A ADDENDUM 1 8/15 SM SM 109 126

CITY OF REDLANDS

BENCHMARK
100% SUBMITTAL
600 Wilshire Blvd #750
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department

RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028
JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING WW-00007 XREFs: [Redlands MUED Title Block - 24x36 (xRef)] Images: [RedlandsMUEDTitleBlock-24x36-CDMSmith_logo_web_Black-4877] Last saved by: KUMARD Time: 13-05-2025 16:16:48 C:\Users\KUMARD\DC\ACCDocs\CDM Smith Inc\Joint Utilities Laboratory\Project Files\09 Elec\10 CADD\E001NFLG.dwg A. DINESH
MAY 2025
M. SHERLY
MAY 2025
V. VIDHU PRIYA
MAY 2025
M. SEJAL
MAY 2025 XXX E-1
ELECTRICAL LEGEND 1
6-4-25 108 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025 110 126

DETAIL A
SECTION 1

CITY OF REDLANDS

BENCHMARK
100% SUBMITTAL
600 Wilshire Blvd #750
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department

RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028
JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING WW-00007 XREFs: [Redlands MUED Title Block - 24x36 (xRef)] Images: [] Last saved by: ARAVINDS Time: 5/12/2025 5:44:06 PM C:\Users\aravinds\DC\ACCDocs\CDM Smith Inc\298407 - Joint Utilities Laboratory\Project Files\09 Elec\10 CADD\E002NFLG.dwg A. DINESH
MAY 2025
M. SHERLY
MAY 2025
V. VIDHU PRIYA
MAY 2025
M. SEJAL
MAY 2025 XXX E-2
ELECTRICAL LEGEND 2
6-4-25 109 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025 111 126
····

CITY OF REDLANDS

BENCHMARK
100% SUBMITTAL
600 Wilshire Blvd #750
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department

RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028
JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING WW-00007 XREFs: [Redlands MUED Title Block - 24x36 (xRef), PE STAMP] Images: [] Last saved by: VIDHUP Time: 6/17/2025 3:03:21 PM C:\Users\vidhup\DC\ACCDocs\CDM Smith Inc\298407 - Joint Utilities Laboratory\Project Files\09 Elec\10 CADD\E003NFNT.dwg A. DINESH
MAY 2025
M. SHERLY
MAY 2025
V. VIDHU PRIYA
MAY 2025
M. SEJAL
MAY 2025
110

AS SHOWN
AS SHOWN E-3

ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES
6/11/2025 6/11/2025 B ADDENDUM 2 8/22 SM SM B
112 126
E E

CITY OF REDLANDS

BENCHMARK
100% SUBMITTAL
600 Wilshire Blvd #750
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department

RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028
JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING WW-00007 N
SECTION 2 XREFs: [Redlands MUED Title Block - 24x36 (xRef), CEP001, EEP001, CEP000ST, CWP000ST, AEZ000LB-Alt-3C -EXPORT-2D PLAN, AEZ000LB-Alt-3C - EXPORT - 2d plan, HWZ000LB, EWP001] Images: [] Last saved by: KUMARD Time: 13-05-2025 16:19:06 C:\Users\KUMARD\DC\ACCDocs\CDM Smith Inc\Joint Utilities Laboratory\Project Files\09 Elec\10 CADD\E004STPL.dwg PHOTOGRAPH 1
PLAN
A. DINESH
MAY 2025
M. SHERLY
MAY 2025
V. VIDHU PRIYA
MAY 2025
M. SEJAL
MAY 2025 XXX E-4

ELECTRICAL

OVERALL SITE PLAN
DETAIL
SECTION 1
6-4-25 111 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025 113 126

CITY OF REDLANDS

BENCHMARK
100% SUBMITTAL
600 Wilshire Blvd #750
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department

RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028
JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING WW-00007 XREFs: [Redlands MUED Title Block - 24x36 (xRef), PE STAMP] Images: [] Last saved by: KUMARD Time: 6/16/2025 12:48:57 PM C:\Users\KUMARD\DC\ACCDocs\CDM Smith Inc\Joint Utilities Laboratory\Project Files\09 Elec\10 CADD\E05ANFOL.dwg

ONE-LINE DIAGRAM
A. DINESH
MAY 2025
M. SHERLY
MAY 2025
V. VIDHU PRIYA
MAY 2025
M. SEJAL
MAY 2025
112

AS SHOWN
AS SHOWN E-5A

ELECTRICAL EXISTING MCC OB

ONELINE DIAGRAM
6/11/2025 6/11/2025 2 2 B ADDENDUM 2 8/22 SM SM 3

CONTRACTOR TO REPLACE SPARE

CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH NEW CIRCUIT

BREAKER AND PROVIDE TEMPORARY
FEEDER FROM MCC OB TO PACU-1. B B 3
114 126

CITY OF REDLANDS

BENCHMARK
100% SUBMITTAL
600 Wilshire Blvd #750
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department

RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028
JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING WW-00007 XREFs: [Redlands MUED Title Block - 24x36 (xRef)] Images: [] Last saved by: KUMARD Time: 13-05-2025 15:48:28 C:\Users\KUMARD\DC\ACCDocs\CDM Smith Inc\Joint Utilities Laboratory\Project Files\09 Elec\10 CADD\E05BNFOL.dwg

ELEVATION

ONE-LINE DIAGRAM
A. DINESH
MAY 2025
M. SHERLY
MAY 2025
V. VIDHU PRIYA
MAY 2025
M. SEJAL
MAY 2025 XXX E-5B

ELECTRICAL SWBD OB

ONELINE DIAGRAM
6-4-25 113 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025
NOT IN SCOPE- PHASE 2 A ADDENDUM 1 8/15 SM SM 115 126

CITY OF REDLANDS

BENCHMARK
100% SUBMITTAL
600 Wilshire Blvd #750
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department

RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028
JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING WW-00007

SCHEDULE
XREFs: [Redlands MUED Title Block - 24x36 (xRef)] Images: []Last saved by: KUMARD Time: 13-05-2025 12:22:21C:\Users\KUMARD\DC\ACCDocs\CDM Smith Inc\Joint Utilities Laboratory\Project Files\09 Elec\10 CADD\E006NFLF.dwg A. DINESH
MAY 2025
M. SHERLY
MAY 2025
V. VIDHU PRIYA
MAY 2025
M. SEJAL
MAY 2025 XXX E-6

ELECTRICAL LIGHTING FIXTURE

SCHEDULE AND RISER DIAGRAM
6-4-25 114 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025 Phase 1 Phase 1 Phase 1 Phase 1 Phase 1 Phase 1 Phase 1 Phase 1 Phase 1 Phase 1 Phase 1 A ADDENDUM 1 8/15 SM SM 116 126 PF
R
C
C
C
C
C
C C
C
C
C
C
C C
C
C
C
C C C
C
C
C
C
C C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
CCTV
CCTV
CCTV
C
R
C C C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
CCTV
BFP
C

MEDIA PREP
111

MICROBIOLOGY
112 CHEMISTRY LAB
113
STORAGE 2
128
MECH. EQUIP.
114
STORAGE 1
115
SAMPLE

RECEIVING AND

INDUSTRIAL

WASTE STATION
116
SAMPLE

RETENTION
117

CLASS ROOM
100

BREAKROOM
101

JANITOR
103

CORRIDOR
104
MEN'S TOIL.
105

KITCHEN
102

MEN'S LOCKER
106

SERVER ROOM
107 WOMEN'S
LOCKER
108
ELECT. EQUIP.
109

INSTRUMENT
LAB
118

STORAGE
110

VESTIBULE
121
UNISEX

RESTROOM
122
OFFICE

SUPPLIES/ MAIL/
COPY
124
OFFICE 3
125

CUBICLES
126
OFFICE 1
123
OFFICE 2
120

CONFERENCE
ROOM
119
B
E-15

GROUND ROD TEST
WELL STATION (TYP.)

IRRIGATION SYSTEM

AND DISCONNECT
SWITCH

FAN DISCONNECT
SWITCH

EXISTING NETWORK
RACK
WAP

WIRELESS

ACCESS POINT
WAP-101
C
E-15

GROUND ROD (TYP)
#4/0 BARE COPPER

CONDUCTOR GROUND
LOOP (TYP.)
2 DEDICATED

RECEPTACLE FOR

REFRIGERATOR

AND FREEZER

DEDICATED RECEPTACLE

FOR AUTOCLAVES

INCUBATOR
OVEN
A-250
A-252
A-253

BOD INCUBATOR
J
J
J
J
1 JUCNTION BOX FOR

POWER CONNECTED TO
LP-OL-1 CKT- 8

JUCNTION BOX FOR

POWER CONNECTED TO
LP-OL-1 CKT- 10

JUCNTION BOX FOR
DATA OUTLET A-237,
A-243, A-244 & A-245

JUNCTION BOX TO
DATA OUTLET A-241,
A-240,A-241 & A-242
A-201
A-203
A-202
A-206
A-204
A-205
A-207
A-208
A-209

RECEPTACLE

AND DATA JACK

FLOOR BOX
3 A-212
A-211
A-210
A-230
A-213
A-228 A-229
A-214
A-227
A-226
A-225
A-224 A-223
A-215 A-216
A-219 A-220
A-218 A-217
A-222 A-221
AD-302
AD-301
A-231
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL
CTRL

FAA (FIRE ALARM REMOTE

ANNUNCIATION PANEL)
E-10
1 4 12
WP/
GFCI
CTRL
CTRL
78 WP/
GFCI
CTRL
CTRL

DEDICATED RECEPTACLE

FOR OVEN
4 4
CCTV-4
4 4
4 4
31 31
21 27 27 29 29
21 2
2 2
2 6
6 4 20
18 18 18 12
12 14 14
20 32 30
20 28 26 24 LPOB-2,4
20 13
17 13
13 13
15 6
2 2
2 4 4
6 6
6 14
14 14
20 14 78
16 16
20 2
10 10
10 10
12 12
12 12
4 4
CCTV-3
CCTV-2
8 8
22 14
14 14
14 26
14 14
14 16
16 16
16 16
16 16
16 M
EF-1

EXHAUST FAN

DEDICATED RECEPTACLE

FOR PRINTER
A-232
ANIONS
27 ULTRASONIC BATH
A-233
27 PERCHLORATE

INSTRUMENT
A-234
31 TOC 1

INSTRUMENT
1 A-236
17 7 5
1 1

FUMEHOOD

MOISTURE

BALANCE

DEDICATED

RECEPTACLE FOR

FURNACE

CANOPY HOOD
1 1 TECTA

WATER BATH

FLOURESCENSE
16 QUANTI-TRAY
A-248
A-246
HOT
PLATE

SPORE HEATING
BLOCK
2 4
A-249

DISTILLATOR
A-251
COLONY

COUNTER
A-247
A-239
15 13
11 9

FUMEHOOD

VOLATILE ACID

DIGESTER
A-237

REFRIGERATOR BELOW
PC
A-238
5 1
6 6
6 6
6 6
1 7
7 7
7 7
7 7
7 7
7 6
6 1
1 1
A-235
4 16 16
2 18
8 8
10 10
10 10
10 10
6 23
VORTEX

DEDICATED RECEPTACLE

FOR REFRIGERATOR
25 FUMEHOOD
9 EXTRACTION

FUMEHOOD

DIGESTER
BLOCK
19 DEDICATED

RECEPTACLE

FOR REFRIDGERATOR
1 9
24 22

DEDICATED RECEPTACLE

FOR REFRIGERATORS

DEDICATED RECEPTACLE

FOR DISHWASHER

DEDICATED RECEPTACLES

FOR REFRIGERATOR
12 RECEPTACLE FOR

REFRIGERATOR

DEDICATED

RECEPTACLE FOR

DISHWASHER

DEDICATED

RECEPTACLE FOR

DISHWASHER
FACP
FATC
CCTV-1
NEW PATCH PANEL IN SERVER CLOSET(MDF) 11

LOCATED ABOVE

LOCATED ABOVE
PACU-2
42 WP/
GFCI
EWH-1
EWH-2
12 12
12 12
12 12
13 13
13 HVAC DDC CONTROLLER-1
18 18

EQUIPMENT
PAD
XFMR-D

FUTURE SOLAR
PANEL

FUTURE SOLAR

INVERTOR
CTRL

PANELBOARD
LP-D

ELECTRICAL
129

LACTATION
ROOM
127
14 15
10 6 8
30 32
22 13
100% SUBMITTAL

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

BENCHMARK
CITY OF REDLANDS BENCH BRASS DISK IN TOP OF CURB @
SE CORNER OF CHRYSOLITE AVE. AND SAN BERNARDINO AVE.

EAST END OF RETURN, R-13 BM
ELEVATION = 1197.40'

CITY OF REDLANDS
Revisions
Sheet of
Description
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Letter Initial
Date:

Date:

Date:

Checked by:

Checked by:

Drawn by:

Date:

Design by:

Date Initial
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646
Sheets
Scale Horiz.

Vert. AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN
DATE
WW-00007
600 Wilshire Blvd
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200

ELECTRICAL POWER, DATA, COMMUNICATION,

SECURITY & GROUNDING PLAN
E-7
A. DINESH
MAY 2025
M. SHERLY
V. VIDHU PRIYA
M. SEJAL
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
PLAN
3/16" = 1'-0"
N
GENERAL NOTES:

1. MOUNT RECEPTACLES 18-INCHES ABOVE FINISHED
FLOOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

2. ALL RECEPTACLES SHOWN IN THIS SHEET ARE FED

FROM PANELBOARD PANEL D & PANEL OL UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED.

3. TWO DROPS SHALL BE CONSIDERED FOR DATA
OUTLET, CCTV AND WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS.

4. PRIOR TO CORING CONCRETE IN EXISTING

BUILDING, SCAN SLAB OR WALL TO LOCATED
REBAR AND/OR CONDUIT AND WIRING.

5. CUT FLUSH AND SLAB, CEILING OR WALL
ABANDONED CONCEALED CONDUIT. SUITABLY
PLUG CONDUITS.

KEY NOTES:

COORDINATE JUNTCION BOX AND RECEPTACLES

LOCATION FOR POWER AND TELECOM CONNECTION

WITH ARCHITECTURE PLAN AND DETAILS SHEETS
BOND #4/0 BARE COPPER TO BUILDING STRUCTURAL
STEEL.

PROVIDE FLOOR BOX UNDERNEATH THE CONFERENCE

ROOM TABLE

RELOCATE THE EXISTING IRRIGATION SYSTEM, IT'S

ASSOCIATED DISCONNECT SWITCH AND FAN
DISCONNECT SWITCH HERE.

RECEPTACLES ARE FED FROM EXISTING PANELBOARD
TX-C.

FOR ROOMS 113,115 AND 128 REFER PANELBOARD LPOL-1. FOR ROOMS 111,112, 116 TO 118 REFER PANEL BOARD LP-OL-2.

FOR ROOMS 119-127 AND 129 REFER PANEL BOARD LP-D.

POWER AND DATA OUTLETS FOR FUTURE CUBICLES.

ROUTE POWER AND DATA CONDUITS THROUGH THE
POWER POLE FROM THE ISLAND TO THE CEILING.

COORDINATE WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL PLAN FOR

DETAILS

THE CUBICLE'S RECEPTACLES AND DATA OUTLETS ARE
SUPPLIED BY THE VENDOR. THE CONTRACTOR IS

RESPONSIBLE FOR ROUTING POWER CIRCUITS TO THE

RECEPTACLES AND INSTALLING CONDUITS TO THE DATA
OUTLETS. PLEASE REFER TO THE RISER DIAGRAM ON
SHEET E-6 FOR DETAILED CONDUIT SIZE REQUIREMENTS
FOR DATA OUTLETS.

CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONDUIT FROM THE

PATCH PANEL THROUGH CEILING AND WALLS TO THE
DATA DROPS, CCTV DROPS AND ACCESS POINTS. DATA

DROPS, CCTV DROPS AND ACCESS POINT LOCATIONS
ARE SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. REFER TO THE RISER
DIAGRAM ON SHEET E-6 FOR DETAILS ON THE CONDUIT
SIZING. PATCH PANEL WILL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED
BY OTHERS. COORDINATE THE LOCATION WITH OWNER.

CONDUITS FOR POWER AND DATA TO EACH CUBICLE

WILL BE ROUTED THROUGH A POWER POLE FROM THE

CUBICLES TO THE CEILING, AND FROM THE CEILING TO
THE POWER SOURCE AND PATCH PANEL. FOR FUTURE

CUBICLES, TERMINATE THE CONDUIT IN J-BOX IN THE
CEILING ABOVE THE CUBICLES.

CONNECT TO EXISTING GROUND SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR

TO FIELD VERIFY THE EXISTING GROUNDING SYSTEM
LOCATION.

RELOCATE EXISTING FACP PANEL HERE.

WIRING FROM HVAC DDC CONTROLLER-1 TO VAVS WILL
BE DONE BY HVAC CONTRACTOR.
1 4 0 4 8
3/16" = 1'-0"
2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
10 Time: Last Saved by: 13-05-2025 11:56:08
Autodesk D
ocs://Joint Utilities Laboratory/E
W
Z000LB.rvt
V. VIDHU PRIYA
11 12
13 14
15 6-4-25 115 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025 NOT IN SCOPE NOT IN SCOPE NOT IN SCOPE NOT IN SCOPE ?? NOT IN SCOPE ?? NOT IN SCOPE NOT IN SCOPE NOT IN SCOPE FLOOR PLAN LEGEND 117 126
OS
OS
OS
CCTV
C

MICROBIOLOGY
112
STORAGE 2
128
STORAGE 1
115
OFFICE 1
123
OFFICE 2
120

CONFERENCE
ROOM
119
SAMPLE

RECEIVING AND

INDUSTRIAL

WASTE STATION
116
SAMPLE

RETENTION
117

INSTRUMENT
LAB
118

JANITOR
103

CORRIDOR
104

WOMEN'S
LOCKER
108
ELECT. EQUIP.
109

SERVER ROOM
107
MEN'S TOIL.
105

MEN'S LOCKER
106

CLASS ROOM
100

BREAKROOM
101

KITCHEN
102

STORAGE
110

VESTIBULE
121
UNISEX

RESTROOM
122
OFFICE 3
125

CUBICLES
126

MEDIA PREP
111
OFFICE

SUPPLIES/ MAIL/
COPY
124

CHEMISTRY LAB
113
MECH. EQUIP.
114
AL1
AL1E
AL1
AL1E
AL1 AL1E
AL1 AL1
AL1E AL1
AL1E AL1
AL1E AL1
AL1
AL3E
AL3
E1
E1
AL1E
AL1
AL1 AL1 AL1 AL1E
AL1
AL1E AL1 AL1
LL2
WL1E
AL1E
AL1 AL1E
AL1
AL1E
AL1 AL1E
AL1
AL1E
AL1E AL1 AL1 AL1E AL1 AL1E AL1
AL1E
AL1E
E1
VAV-7
VAV-1
1 (TYP.)
T
T
T
AL1
AL1
T
T
T
T
T T
T
T
T
WL1E WL1E
g
b
E1
AL1E
1 1 1
1 1 1
1 1
7 7
7 1
1 1 1 3 3
1 1 1 3 3
7 7 7 7 7 7
5 5
5 5
5 5
5 3
1 1 1
1 3
5 9
LL2E 1 3
a
b a
a b
a b
9 9
os
c
os
OS OS
d
9 51
7 5
7 3
c
3 a
5 3
3 CAN LIGHT
b
d e d e d
e
f g f g f
f g f g f
f
VAV-6
VAV-5
VAV-3
j j
j j
j
k k
k k
3 l
l
l
b
WL1E
53 WL1E
53 k
f g
3 3 3
h
hg f
3 3 3 3
de
3 3 3
h
4 4 4
g
33 VAV-2
c
2 (TYP.)
(TYP) 1
53 AL1 3
g
3g
VAV-4
VAV-10
3 a
3 3
AL1E 3
AL1 3 AL1 3
AL1 3
3 4 (TYP)
4 (TYP.)
4 (TYP)
4 (TYP)
4 (TYP)
4 (TYP)
4 (TYP)
4 (TYP)
(TYP) 4
(TYP) 4
(TYP) 4
11 F
E-15

PENDENT MOUNTED

LIGHTING FIXTURE
VAV-18 VAV-17
T
T
T
VAV-15

SWITCH FOR
EF-1
OB-105
OB-105
OB-105
T
8 (TYP.)
LL2 1
h
6 6
D
D
h h
E1 7
E1
WL2E 11
AL1E 3
f
AL2
AL2E
AL2
7 7
7 5 (TYP)
T
(TYP)
os

PANELBOARD
LP-D

ELECTRICAL
129

LACTATION
ROOM
127

PANELBOARD
LP-OL-1

PANELBOARD
LP-OL-2
J
9 JB-1
J
9 JB-2
J
9 JB-4
J
9 JB-3
J
JB-6
10 7
J
JB-5
10 AL3E
AL3
7 7
AL3
7 100% SUBMITTAL

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

BENCHMARK
CITY OF REDLANDS BENCH BRASS DISK IN TOP OF CURB @
SE CORNER OF CHRYSOLITE AVE. AND SAN BERNARDINO AVE.

EAST END OF RETURN, R-13 BM
ELEVATION = 1197.40'

CITY OF REDLANDS
Revisions
Sheet of
Description
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Letter Initial
Date:

Date:

Date:

Checked by:

Checked by:

Drawn by:

Date:

Design by:

Date Initial
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646
Sheets
Scale Horiz.

Vert. AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN
DATE
WW-00007
600 Wilshire Blvd
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200

ELECTRICAL LIGHTING AND CEILING POWER PLAN
E-8
A. DINESH
MAY 2025
M. SHERLY
V. VIDHU PRIYA
M. SEJAL
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
PLAN
3/16" = 1'-0"
N
GENERAL NOTES:

KEY NOTES:

LIGHT FIXTURE 'WL1' AND 'WL1E' TO BE INSTALLED 1'-0"
ABOVE THE NEW DOOR.

PENDANT MOUNT LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE 'LL2' AND 'LL2E'
LIGHTING FIXTURE AT 8'-6" A.F.F.

CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE CAN LIGHT LOCATION

WITH ARCHITECTURE PLAN AND DETAILS SHEETS FOR
CIRCUITING FROM PANELBOARD LP-OL-1.

RECESSED MOUNT LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE 'AL1' AND 'AL1E' AT
9'-0" A.F.F UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

PENDANT MOUNT LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE 'AL2' AND 'AL2E'
LIGHTING FIXTURE AT 9'-4" A.F.F.

HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL
SMOKE DETECTOR. PROVIDE POWER TO SMOKE DETECTOR
FROM LP-D-35.

RELOCATED THE EXISTING LIGHT ABOVE THE NEW DOOR.

REROUTE THE EXISTING CONDUIT AND CIRCUIT TO THE
NEW LOCATION OF THE LIGHT.

PROVIDE AN OPENING IN THE CEILING TILE AS LARGE AS
THE FIXTURE ROD FOR INSTALLING THE LIGHT FIXTURE.

THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE

ARCHITECTURAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL THE LIGHT
FIXTURE.

J-BOX TO BE USED TO POWER VAVS. REFER TO
PANELBOARD LP-OL-2 FOR DETAILS.

J-BOX TO BE USED TO POWER VAVS. REFER TO
PANELBOARD LP-D FOR DETAILS.

RECESSED MOUNT LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE 'AL3' AND 'AL3E'
LIGHTING FIXTURE AT 9'-0".
1 4 0 4 8
3/16" = 1'-0"
2 3
4 5
Time: Last Saved by: 12-05-2025 19:11:19
Autodesk D
ocs://Joint Utilities Laboratory/E
W
Z000LB.rvt
V. VIDHU PRIYA

1. REFER TO SHEET E-6 FOR LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE.

2. REFER TO SHEET E-11 FOR PANELBOARD SCHEDULES.

3. LOCATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE COORDINATED

WITH HVAC CONTRACTOR TO AVOID ANY INTERFERENCE
WITH HVAC OPENINGS.

4. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES AND RECEPTACLES SHALL BE
WIRED TO PANEL LP-D, LP-OL-1 AND LP-OL-2 UNLESS
NOTED OTHERWISE.

5. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE WIRED TO THE NORMAL LIGHTING

CIRCUIT OF THE ROOM IT SERVES AND TO THE LINE SIDE
OF THE LIGHTING SWITCH.

6. PRIOR TO CORING CONCRETE IN EXISTING BUILDING,

SCAN SLAB OR WALL TO LOCATED REBAR AND/OR
CONDUIT AND WIRING.

7. CUT FLUSH AND SLAB, CEILING OR WALL ABANDONED
CONCEALED CONDUIT. SUITABLY PLUG CONDUITS.
6 7
8 9
10 11
6-4-25 116 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025 NOT IN SCOPE REF. CLG. PLAN LEGEND NOT IN SCOPE NOT IN SCOPE NOT IN SCOPE NOT IN SCOPE Phase 1
Not in scope Not in scope A ADDENDUM 1 8/15 SM SM 118 126 M
M
PACU-1
NEMA 4XSS DISCONNECT
SWITCH FOR EF-2
A
E-16

REMOTE MOUNTING OF

PANELS TO UNISTRUT
(TYP)
EF-3
EF-2
NEMA 4XSS DISCONNECT
SWITCH FOR EF-3
LP-OB-1

WP/GFCI
100% SUBMITTAL

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

BENCHMARK
CITY OF REDLANDS BENCH BRASS DISK IN TOP OF CURB @
SE CORNER OF CHRYSOLITE AVE. AND SAN BERNARDINO AVE.

EAST END OF RETURN, R-13 BM
ELEVATION = 1197.40'

CITY OF REDLANDS
Revisions
Sheet of
Description
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Letter Initial
Date:

Date:

Date:

Checked by:

Checked by:

Drawn by:

Date:

Design by:

Date Initial
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646
Sheets
Scale Horiz.

Vert. AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN
DATE
WW-00007
600 Wilshire Blvd
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200

ELECTRICAL ROOF POWER PLAN
E-9
A. DINESH
MAY 2025
M. SHERLY
V. VIDHU PRIYA
M. SEJAL
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
PLAN
3/16" = 1'-0"
GENERAL NOTES:

1. EXPOSED CONDUITS ON THE ROOF TO BE TRIP HAZARD
SAFE IF INSTALLED ACROSS THE PATHWAY.

2. REFER TO SHEET E-5 FOR ONELINE DIAGRAM AND N SHEET E-11 FOR PANELBOARD SCHEDULE. 4 0 4 8
3/16" = 1'-0"
Time: Last Saved by: 5/12/2025 5:52:01 P
M
Autodesk D
ocs://Joint Utilities Laboratory/E
W
Z000LB.rvt
V. VIDHU PRIYA
6-4-25 117 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025 NOT IN SCOPE FLOOR PLAN LEGEND ROOF
119 126
PANEL TXC

TELEPHONE

TERMINAL
BOARD "TTB"
LIGHTING TRANSFORMER "OB"
EXISTING 30KVA

TRANSFORMER

GATE INTERCOM
EQUIPMENT PANEL "GP"

WEST AUTOCLAVE
PNL TXC

EAST AUTOCLAVE
PNL TXC
PANELBOARD "OB"

EXISTING TELECOM

EQUIPMENT

EXISTING TELECOM

EQUIPMENT

EXISTING TELECOM

EQUIPMENT

SWBD-OB

DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR
EXISTING 30KVA TRANSFORMER

TEMPORARY MCC
EF-3 VFD

EQUIPMENT PAD
(TYP)
1 REFER TO SHEET E-4 FOR

DUCTBANK CONTINUATION

UNDERGROUND

DUCTBANK
PB-2
-
--- 1E-4
23 HVAC DDC
CONTROLLER-2
4 T
2 XFMR
-OL

PANELBOARD
LP-OL-1
2 PANELBOARD
LP-OL-2
2 100% SUBMITTAL

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

BENCHMARK
CITY OF REDLANDS BENCH BRASS DISK IN TOP OF CURB @
SE CORNER OF CHRYSOLITE AVE. AND SAN BERNARDINO AVE.

EAST END OF RETURN, R-13 BM
ELEVATION = 1197.40'

CITY OF REDLANDS
Revisions
Sheet of
Description
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Letter Initial
Date:

Date:

Date:

Checked by:

Checked by:

Drawn by:

Date:

Design by:

Date Initial
Gerard J. Nepomuceno, Civil Engineer, R.C.E. 93200 DATE REVIEWED BY:

APPROVED BY:

Goutam K. Dobey, City Engineer, RCE 75646
Sheets
Scale Horiz.

Vert. AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN
DATE
WW-00007
600 Wilshire Blvd
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200

ENLARGED ELECTRICAL ROOM PLAN /

TEMPORARY POWER PLAN
E-10
A. DINESH
MAY 2025
M. SHERLY
V. VIDHU PRIYA
M. SEJAL
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
MAY 2025
PLAN
3/4" = 1'-0"
REFER TO SHEET E-7 ELECTRICAL POWER, DATA, COMMUNICATION, SECURITY & GROUNDING PLAN REFER TO SHEET E-7 ELECTRICAL POWER, DATA, COMMUNICATION, SECURITY & GROUNDING PLAN GENERAL NOTES:

1. EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES AND

BUILDING EQUIPMENT ARE BASED ON RECORD

DRAWINGS AND FIELD OBSERVATIONS AND MAY NOT
REFLECT CURRENT CONDITIONS.

2. ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED TO SHOW THE

GENERAL LAYOUT OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED UNDER

THIS CONTRACT WITHOUT ATTEMPTING TO SHOW ALL
DETAILS. FURNISH LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND

INCIDENTALS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND

OPERATIONAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

3. REFER TO SHEET E-5 FOR ONELINE DIAGRAM.

4. REFER TO SHEET E-11 FOR PANELBOARD SCHEDULES.

N
1 0 1 2
3/4" = 1'-0"
Time: Last Saved by: 13-05-2025 17:37:12
Autodesk Docs://Joint Utilities Laboratory/EWZ000LB.rvt V. VIDHU PRIYA
KEY NOTES:

PROVIDED BY VENDOR. INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL
CONTACTOR AND LOCATED IN ELECTRICAL ROOM.

LP-OL-1, LP-OL-2, XFMR-OL AND PB-2 TO BE INSTALLED ON
PHASE 1.

PULLBOX SIZING SHALL COMPLY WITH NEC AND LOCAL
CODE.

WIRING FROM HVAC DDC CONTROLLER-2 TO VAVS WILL BE
DONE BY HVAC CONTRACTOR.
1234
6-4-25 118 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025 Phase 1
Not in scope Not in scope
NOT IN SCOPE A ADDENDUM 1 8/15 SM SM 120 126

CITY OF REDLANDS

BENCHMARK
100% SUBMITTAL
600 Wilshire Blvd #750
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department

RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028
JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING WW-00007
INTERNAL SPD :

INTERNAL SPD :

XREFs: [Redlands MUED Title Block - 24x36 (xRef)] Images: []Last saved by: KUMARD Time: 13-05-2025 17:34:12C:\Users\KUMARD\DC\ACCDocs\CDM Smith Inc\Joint Utilities Laboratory\Project Files\09 Elec\10 CADD\E011NFPB.dwg A. DINESH
MAY 2025
M. SHERLY
MAY 2025
V. VIDHU PRIYA
MAY 2025
M. SEJAL
MAY 2025
X
X
X E-11

ELECTRICAL

PANELBOARD SCHEDULES
INTERNAL SPD : INTERNAL SPD :

INTERNAL SPD :

MAIN LUG ONLY
6-4-25 119 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025
Phase 1
Not in scope Not in scope A ADDENDUM 1 8/15 SM SM 121 126

CITY OF REDLANDS

BENCHMARK
100% SUBMITTAL
600 Wilshire Blvd #750
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department

RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028
JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING WW-00007 XREFs: [Redlands MUED Title Block - 24x36 (xRef), PE STAMP] Images: [] Last saved by: KUMARD Time: 5/22/2025 5:50:16 PM C:\Users\KUMARD\DC\ACCDocs\CDM Smith Inc\Joint Utilities Laboratory\Project Files\09 Elec\10 CADD\E012NFMS.dwg A. DINESH
MAY 2025
M. SHERLY
MAY 2025
V. VIDHU PRIYA
MAY 2025
M. SEJAL
MAY 2025
120

AS SHOWN
AS SHOWN E-12

ELECTRICAL
TITLE 24 CALCULATIONS AND FORMS SHEET 1
6/11/2025 6/11/2025

CITY OF REDLANDS

BENCHMARK
600 Wilshire Blvd #750
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department

RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJE
PROJECT No. 521028

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILD
A. DINESH
MAY 2025
M. SHERLY
MAY 2025
V. VIDHU PRIYA
MAY 2025
M. SEJAL
MAY 2025
120

AS SHOWN

AS SHOWN E

ELECTRICAL
TITLE 24 CALCULATIONS AND FORMS SHEE
5-14-2025 122 126

CITY OF REDLANDS

BENCHMARK
100% SUBMITTAL
600 Wilshire Blvd #750
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department

RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028
JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING WW-00007 XREFs: [Redlands MUED Title Block - 24x36 (xRef), PE STAMP] Images: [] Last saved by: KUMARD Time: 5/22/2025 5:49:14 PM C:\Users\KUMARD\DC\ACCDocs\CDM Smith Inc\Joint Utilities Laboratory\Project Files\09 Elec\10 CADD\E013NFMS.dwg A. DINESH
MAY 2025
M. SHERLY
MAY 2025
V. VIDHU PRIYA
MAY 2025
M. SEJAL
MAY 2025
121

AS SHOWN
AS SHOWN E-13

ELECTRICAL
TITLE 24 CALCULATIONS AND FORMS SHEET 2
6/11/2025 6/11/2025 5-14-2025 123 126

CITY OF REDLANDS

BENCHMARK
100% SUBMITTAL
600 Wilshire Blvd #750
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Tel: (213) 457-2200
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department

RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028
JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING WW-00007 XREFs: [Redlands MUED Title Block - 24x36 (xRef), PE STAMP] Images: [] Last saved by: KUMARD Time: 8/14/2025 11:28:18 AM C:\Users\KUMARD\DC\ACCDocs\CDM Smith Inc\Joint Utilities Laboratory\Project Files\09 Elec\10 CADD\E014NFOL.dwg

ELEVATION

ONE-LINE DIAGRAM
A. DINESH
MAY 2025
M. SHERLY
MAY 2025
V. VIDHU PRIYA
MAY 2025
M. SEJAL
MAY 2025
122

AS SHOWN
AS SHOWN E-14

ELECTRICAL

TEMPORARY MCC ONELINE DIAGRAM
A. DINESH
MAY 2025
M. SHERLY
MAY 2025
V. VIDHU PRIYA
MAY 2025
M. SEJAL
MAY 2025
122

AS SHOWN
AS SHOWN E-14
6/11/2025 6/11/2025
NOT IN SCOPE- PHASE 2 A
124 126
DETAIL E DETAIL F DETAIL H DETAIL D CITY OF REDLANDS BENCHMARK 100% SUBMITTAL 600 Wilshire Blvd #750 Los Angeles, CA 90017 Tel: (213) 457-2200 Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT PROJECT No. 521028 JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING WW-00007 DETAIL A DETAIL B DETAIL C
XREFs: [Redlands MUED Title Block - 24x36 (xRef)] Images: [] Last saved by: ARAVINDS Time: 5/12/2025 6:04:39 PM
C:\Users\aravinds\DC\ACCDocs\CDM Smith Inc\298407 - Joint Utilities Laboratory\Project Files\09 Elec\10 CADD\E015NFDT.dwg DETAIL G A. DINESH MAY 2025 M. SHERLY MAY 2025 V. VIDHU PRIYA MAY 2025 M. SEJAL MAY 2025 XXX E-15 ELECTRICAL DETAILS 1 6-4-25 123 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025 125 126 DETAIL B DETAIL C CITY OF REDLANDS BENCHMARK 100% SUBMITTAL 600 Wilshire Blvd #750 Los Angeles, CA 90017 Tel: (213) 457-2200 Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT PROJECT No. 521028 JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING WW-00007 DETAIL DETAIL E DETAIL A
XREFs: [Redlands MUED Title Block - 24x36 (xRef)] Images: [] Last saved by: KUMARD Time: 13-05-2025 17:11:20
C:\Users\KUMARD\DC\ACCDocs\CDM Smith Inc\Joint Utilities Laboratory\Project Files\09 Elec\10 CADD\E016NFDT.dwg DETAIL F DETAIL G A. DINESH MAY 2025 M. SHERLY MAY 2025 V. VIDHU PRIYA MAY 2025 M. SEJAL MAY 2025 XXX E-16 ELECTRICAL DETAILS 2 DETAIL D DETAIL H I 6-4-25 124 124 6/11/2025 6/11/2025 126 126

CITY OF REDLANDS

MUNICIPAL UTILITIES &

ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
Bid Proposal, Contract Documents and Specifications
For

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028
JUNE 2025
6/11/2025

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
© 2025 CDM Smith 251643-298407
All Rights Reserved May 2025
Redlands Joint Utilities LAB Building Seals Page
Renovation & Expansion Final Design 00107 - 1
100% Design Submittal
DOCUMENT 00107 - SEALS PAGE

1.1 DESIGN PROFESSIONALS OF RECORD
A. Engineer:

1. Brian Leto

2. License #C 80821.

3. Responsible for Division 00-01.

B. Civil Engineer:

1. Michelle Ma

2. License #C 70319.

3. Responsible for Division 31-33
C. Architect:

1. Richard Chong

2. License #C 8171.

3. Responsible for 024119, 042200, Divisions 06-12
D. Structural Engineer:

1. Alan Hahn.

2. License #C 82421

3. Responsible for 018829, 018839, Division 03, Division 05. 6-11-2025
6-9-2025
6-9-2025
© 2025 CDM Smith 251643-298407
All Rights Reserved May 2025
Redlands Joint Utilities LAB Building Seals Page
Renovation & Expansion Final Design 00107 - 2
100% Design Submittal
E. Fire-Protection Engineer:

1. Patrick Veldenian.

2. License # FP1968.

3. Responsible for Division 21, 284621.13
F. Mechanical Engineer:

1. Said Ibrahim.

2. License # M39357.

3. Responsible for Division 22-23.

G. Electrical Engineer:

1. Sejal Mehta.

2. License # E21688.

3. Responsible for Division 26.

END OF DOCUMENT 000107
6-4-2025
6-9-2025
6-9-2025

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

CITY OF REDLANDS

MUNICIPAL UTILITIES & ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
Bid Proposal, Contract Documents and Specifications
for

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028
For use in conjunction with specifications entitled: “Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook)” 2021 Edition; “Standard Plans for Public Works Construction” 2021 Edition; Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department’s Water Systems Standard Specifications and Sanitary Sewer System Standard Specifications, latest editions; and General Permit Conditions and Trench Specifications.

City Council:

Mario Saucedo, Mayor
Marc Shaw, Mayor Pro Tem
Paul T. Barich, Mayor Pro Tem
Eddie Tejeda, Mayor
Denise Davis, Councilmember
City Clerk:

Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk
City Staff:

Charles M. Duggan Jr., City Manager
JUNE 2025

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
TOC 1

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(XX) REFLECTS PAGE IDENTIFICATION FOOTER ABBREVIATION

NOTICE INVITING SEALED PROPOSALS (NIB)

BID DOCUMENTS (BD)
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS.......................................................................................... 1 PROPOSAL ...................................................................................................................... 10 BID CERTIFICATION ........................................................................................................ 19 BID BOND ...................................................................................................................... 20 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ...................................................................................... 21 STATEMENT BY BIDDER ............................................................................................... 22 OFFICERS OF CORPORATION (Members of Firm) ....................................................... 22 SUB-CONTRACTORS LIST ............................................................................................. 23 QUALIFICATION AND EXPERIENCE STATEMENT .................................................. 24 GENERAL INFORMATION ............................................................................................. 25

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS (CD)
PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT........................................................... 2

GENERAL CONDITIONS (GC)
SECTION 1 – GENERAL, TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, UNITS OF MEASURE, AND SYMBOLS...................................................................... 1 SECTION 2 - SCOPE OF THE WORK ............................................................................... 2 SECTION 3 - CONTROL OF THE WORK......................................................................... 3 SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS....................................................................... 7 SECTION 5 – LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITES ...................................... 8 SECTION 6 – PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK .............................. 30 SECTION 7 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ......................................................... 32 SECTION 8 - FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL .............................................. 33 SECTION 9 - ASSIGNMENT OF UNFAIR BUSINESS PRACTICES CLAIMS ........... 33 SECTION 10 - TRENCHING AND EXCAVATION ........................................................ 33 SECTION 11 - REMOVAL, RELOCATION OR PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES ................................................................................................... 34 SECTION 200 - ROCK MATERIALS ............................................................................... 35 SECTION 201 - CONCRETE, MORTAR AND RELATED MATERIALS ..................... 36 TOC 2
SECTION 203 - BITUMINOUS MATERIALS................................................................. 36 SECTION 206 - MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS..................................................... 37 SECTION 207 – GRAVITY PIPE...................................................................................... 38 SECTION 211 - MATERIAL TESTS ................................................................................ 38 SECTION 214 - TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS ........................................................................... 38 SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK ........................................................................................ 39 SECTION 301 - TREATED SOIL, SUBGRADE PREPARATION AND PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS ............................................................................. 43 SECTION 302 - ROADWAY SURFACING ..................................................................... 48 SECTION 303 - CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION.............................. 58 SECTION 304 - METAL FABRICATION AND CONSTRUCTION .............................. 61 SECTION 314 - TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS ........................................................................... 62

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01110 COORDINATION OF WORK
SECTION 01112 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
SECTION 01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
SECTION 01251 CHANGE ORDER REQUESTS
SECTION 01254 CHANGE ORDERS
SECTION 01298 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
SECTION 01321 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
SECTION 01322 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHY
SECTION 01323 CONSTRUCTION STATUS REPORTS
SECTION 01330 SUBMITTALS
SECTION 01572 EROSION CONTROL PLAN
SECTION 01581 CONSTRUCTION INFORMATION SIGNS
SECTION 01721 MOBILIZATION
SECTION 01722 SURVEYING
SECTION 01732 POTHOLING
SECTION 01740 DEMOBILIZATION

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 02222 PROTECTING EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES SECTION 09900 PAINTING AND COATING
SECTION 15050 GENERAL PIPING REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 15100 MANUAL, CHECK AND PROCESS VALVES
TOC 3
SECTION 15108 AIR RELEASE AND VACUUM-RELIEF VALVES
SECTION 15122 PIPE COUPLINGS
SECTION 15123 CORPORATION STOPS AND SERVICE SADDLES
SECTION 15141 DISINFECTION OF PIPING
SECTION 15144 PRESSURE TESTING AND PIPING
SECTION 15240 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE
SECTION 15250 CEMENT-MORTAR LINED AND COATED STEEL PIPE AND

SPECIALS

APPENDIX

APPENDIX A CHECKLIST OF LABOR LAW REQUIREMENTS

APPENDIX B CITY OF REDLANDS WORKDAY CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

APPENDIX C PERMITS

APPENDIX D CITY OF REDLANDS CONTRACTOR SAFETY PROGRAM
© 2025 CDM Smith 251643-298407
All Rights Reserved May 2025
Redlands Joint Utilities LAB Building Table of Contents Renovation & Expansion Final Design 000001 - 1
100% Design Submittal
Additional Technical Specifications
Additional Technical Specifications
Division 01
018829 Seismic Performance Requirements
018839 Wind Performance Requirements

Division 02
024119 Selective Demolition

Division 03
030130.71 Modifications to Existing Concrete
033010 Miscellaneous Cast-in-Place Concrete
036000 Grouting

Division 04

042200 Concrete Unit Masonry

Division 05
050519 Post-Installed Anchors and Reinforcing Bars
052100 Steel Joist Framing
053100 Steel Decking
054000 Cold-Formed Metal Framing
055000 Metal Fabrications
Division 06
061000 Rough Carpentry

Division 07
070150.19 Preparation for Reroofing
071900 Water Repellents
072100 Thermal Insulation
072600 Vapor Retarders
074213.23 Metal Composite Material Wall Panels
075419 Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Roofing
076200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim
077100 Roof Specialties
077129 Manufactured Roof Expansion Joints
077200 Roof Accessories
079100 Performed Joint Seals
079200 Joint Sealants
079513.13 Interior Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies

© 2025 CDM Smith 251643-298407
All Rights Reserved May 2025
Redlands Joint Utilities LAB Building Table of Contents Renovation & Expansion Final Design 000001 - 2
100% Design Submittal
Division 08
081113 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames
081416 Flush Wood Doors
084113 Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts
085113 Aluminum Windows
087100 Door Hardware
088000 Glazing
089119 Fixed Louvers

Division 09
092216 Non-Structural Metal Framing
092900 Gypsum Board
093013 Ceramic Tiling
095123 Acoustical Tile Ceilings
096513 Resilient Base and Accessories
096519 Resilient Tile Flooring
096723 Resinous Flooring
099113 Exterior Painting
099123 Interior Painting

Division 10
101423.16 Room-Identification Panel Signage
102800 Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories
104413 Fire Protection Cabinets
104416 Fire Extinguisher

Division 11
115300 Laboratory Equipment
Division 12
123553.13 Metal Laboratory Casework
123661.16 Solid Surface Countertops

Division 21
210517 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire-Suppression Piping 210518 Escrutcheons for Fire-Suppression Piping
210529 Hangers and Supports for Fire Suppression Piping and Equipment 210553 Identification for Fire-Suppression Piping and Equipment 211313 Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems
Division 22
220517 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping
220518 Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping
220529 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 220553 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 221116 Domestic Water Piping
221119 Domestic Water Piping Specialties
221316 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
© 2025 CDM Smith 251643-298407
All Rights Reserved May 2025
Redlands Joint Utilities LAB Building Table of Contents Renovation & Expansion Final Design 000001 - 3
100% Design Submittal
221319 Sanitary Wate Piping Specialties
221319.13 Sanitary Drains
223300 Electric, Domestic-Water Heaters
224213.13 Commercial Water Closets
224216.13 Commercial Lavatories
226213 Vacuum Piping for Laboratory and Healthcare Facilities 226313 Gas Piping for Laboratory and Healthcare Facilities

Division 23
230513 Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment
230553 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment
230593 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC
230713 Duct Insulation
230923 Direct Digital Control (DDC) System for HVAC

233113 Metal Ducts
233300 Air Duct Accessories
233423 HVAC Power Ventilators
233600 Air Terminal Units
237416 Packaged Rooftop Air-Conditioning Units

Division 26
260010 Supplemental Requirements for Electrical
260505 Selective Demolition for Electrical
260519 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 260526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
260529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems
260533.13 Conduits for Electrical Systems
260533.16 Boxes and Covers for Electrical Systems
260533.23 Surface Raceways for Electrical Systems
260543 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems 260548 Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems 260553 Identification for Electrical Systems
260573 Power System Studies
260800 Commissioning of Electrical Systems
260923 Lighting Control Devices
262200 Low-Voltage Transformers
262413 Switchboards
262416 Panelboards
262716 Electrical Cabinets and Enclosures
262726 Wiring Devices
262813 Fuses
262816 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers
264313 Surge Protective Devices for Low-Voltage Electrical Power Circuits 265000 Lighting

Division 28
284621.13 Conventional Fire-Alarm Systems

© 2025 CDM Smith 251643-298407
All Rights Reserved May 2025
Redlands Joint Utilities LAB Building Table of Contents Renovation & Expansion Final Design 000001 - 4
100% Design Submittal
Division 31
312000 Earthwork
312333 Trenching and Backfilling

Division 32
321623 Sidewalks

Division 33
331416 Site Water Utility Distribution Piping
333100 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Piping

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

BID DOCUMENTS
(BD)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
BD 1

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
For

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING RENOVATION &

EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028
Bids to receive consideration shall be made in accordance with the following instructions:

1. PROPOSALS:
a. Bids shall be made upon the form of proposal furnished by the City. All Bids shall be properly executed with all items filled in; the signatures of all persons signing shall be in longhand. If the unit price and the total amount named by a Bidder for any item are not in agreement, the unit price shall be considered as representing the Bidder's intention, and the totals may be corrected by the Engineer to conform thereto. If the sum of the individual bid item’s and the total amount named by a Bidder are not in agreement, the sum of the bid item’s shall be considered as representing the Bidder’s intention, and the totals may be corrected by the Engineer to conform thereto. If the total price written in words and the total price written in figures are not in agreement, then the total price written in words will be considered as representing the Bidder’s intention, and the totals will be corrected by the Engineer to conform thereto.
b. Proposals may be rejected if they show any alterations of form, additions not called for, conditional or alternative bids, incomplete Bids, erasures, or irregularities of any kind.

Mistakes shall be lined through and the correct amount written above and initialed by the authorized agent of the Bidder.
c. Bids shall be accompanied by a cashier's or a certified check or Bidder's admitted corporate surety bond, in an amount not less than ten percent (10%) of the bid, made payable to the City of Redlands. Said check or bond shall be given as a guarantee that the Bidder will enter into a contract if awarded the work. In the case of refusal or failure to enter into said Contract, within fourteen (14) days after Notice of Award by the City in writing, the security shall be applied by the City to the difference between such bid and next lowest acceptable bid and surplus, if any, shall be returned to Bidder if cash or check is used, or to Surety if bid bond is used.
d. Before submitting a bid, Bidders shall carefully examine the Plans; read the Specifications; read all other Contract documents; shall visit the site of the work; shall fully inform themselves as to all existing conditions and limitations; and include in the bid a sum to cover the cost of all items included in the Contract. No allowance will be made due to lack of examination or knowledge. The submission of a bid shall be conclusive evidence that the bidder has investigated and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered as to character, quality and scope of work to be performed; the quantities of materials to be furnished; and as to the requirements of the Bid Proposal, plans and specifications.

BD 2
e. Pursuant to CA Labor Code Section 1770 et seq., the successful bidder shall pay not less than the prevailing rate of per diem wages as determined by the Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations. Copies of such prevailing rate of per diem wages are available at http://www.dir.ca.gov/OPRL/PWD/. Copies of the prevailing wage determination are also on file at the City of Redlands and shall be made available to any interested party upon request.
f. The bid must be submitted on or before the date and time specified in the Notice Inviting Sealed Proposals (Bids). The bid shall be submitted in a sealed envelope marked in the lower left corner as follows:

BID FOR: JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING

RENOVATION & EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028
g. Bids will be opened and publicly read aloud at the time set in the Notice Inviting Sealed Proposals (Bids), in the Office of the City Clerk, Civic Center, 35 Cajon Street, Suite 4, Redlands, California.

2. AGREEMENT AND BONDS:

The form of Contract which the successful Bidder, as Contractor, will be required to execute is included in the Contract Documents (CD) of these specifications and should be carefully examined by the Bidder. The Agreement, admitted Corporate Surety Bonds and other documents to be executed by the Contractor shall be executed in original-duplicates stamped according to law, one of which original-duplicates shall be filed with the City Clerk of the City of Redlands. The successful Bidder, simultaneously with the execution of the Agreement, will be required to furnish a faithful performance bond and a labor and material bond, each in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price. Said bonds shall provide that if the Contractor or their Subcontractor fails to pay for any materials, provision, provender or other supplies or items used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any work of labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Act or Workman's Compensation, with respect to such work or labor, that the surety or sureties will pay for the same. The amount shall not exceed the sum specified in the bond, and also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, a reasonable attorney's fee to be fixed by the court. All bonds shall be secured from surety companies satisfactory to the City of Redlands and whose name is on file with the County Clerk of San Bernardino County, as an approved and financially sound surety company authorized to transact business in this state.

3. WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS:
a. Any Bidder may withdraw his Bid, only by written request, at any time prior to the scheduled time for Bid Opening.
b. No Bidder may withdraw his Bid for a period of sixty (60) days after the time of Bid Opening except as allowed by the California Public Contract Code.

BD 3

4. INSURANCE AND HOLD HARMLESS REQUIREMENTS:

Before entering into a Contract, the Bidder to whom the Contract has been awarded shall furnish satisfactory evidence that they have secured all required insurance from a responsible insurance company authorized to do business in California and satisfactory to the City, and such insurance shall be maintained in full force and effect at the Contractor's own expense during the life of the Contract. Contractor shall furnish the City with the customary Certificates of Insurance for all required insurance listed below. General Liability Insurance shall name the City and the Consultant, as an additional insured and shall be primary and non-contributing to any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City. All liability insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that, in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the City shall be notified by registered mail, return receipt requested, giving sufficient time before the date thereof to comply with any applicable law or statute, but in no event less than forty five (45) days before expiration or cancellation is effective.

The coverage shall provide the following minimum limits based on the type of work proposed under this Contract. The Contractor shall determine if the proposed work requires Tier 1 or Tier 2 Insurance Requirements as follows:

CONTRACTED OPERATIONS DESIGNATED AS TIER 1
Air Conditioning (HVAC)
Systems (installation)
Electric Light or Power Line
Construction Pipeline Construction
Airport Runways (paving,
repaving, etc.) Elevator Work Roofing
Blasting Operations Excavation Sandblasting
Bridge or Elevated Highway
Construction
Fire Suppression Systems
(installation)
Sewer and Water Main
Construction
Buildings Structural Work
(including elevators)
Gas Mains or Connections
Construction Sign Erection (streets)
Building Structure (raising or
moving) Geophysical Exploration Solar Energy
Cable Installation in Conduits
and Conduit Construction
(streets)
Grading of Land Street Cleaning
Caisson or Cofferdam Work Hazardous Materials
Contractors Street or Road Construction
Dam or Reservoir Construction Irrigation or Drainage
Construction
Tank Construction, Installation,
Erection or Repair
Demolition (structures) Landscape Construction (street
or street medians)
Telephone or Cable Line
Construction
Drilling Painting (exterior greater than
single story)
Tree Pruning, Dusting,
Spraying or Removal
BD 4
TIER 1 DESIGNATED INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
a. Commercial General Liability
 $1 Million Per Occurrence/ $2 Million Aggregate
 City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
 Coverage is primary and non-contributory
 If scope of work is within 50 feet of any railroad, endorsement citing inclusion of liability associated with this work is required
 If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission b. Business Auto Liability
 $1 Million Combined Single Limit
 City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
 Must include liability arising from all owned, leased, hired, and non-owned autos  If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission  If Contractor or its subcontractors or suppliers haul hazardous material (including, without limitation, waste), Auto Liability insurance must be applicable to all hazardous waste hauling vehicles, and include MCS 90 and CA9948 Endorsements. c. Commercial Umbrella/ Excess Liability
 $5 Million Per Occurrence/ Aggregate
 City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
 Coverage is primary and non-contributory
 If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission d. Workers Compensation
 $1 Million Per Occurrence for Bodily Injury by Accident  $1 Million Each Employee for Bodily Injury by Disease  $1 Million Policy Limit for Bodily Injury by Accident  Waiver of Subrogation in favor of City
 If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission e. Pollution Policy (Hazardous Materials) [If Applicable]  Required of Projects that involve Demolition and/or Excavation Activities  $1 Million Per Occurrence/ $2 Million Aggregate
 City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
BD 5
TIER 2 DESIGNATED INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
a. Commercial General Liability
 $1 Million Per Occurrence/ $2 Million Aggregate
 City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
 Coverage is primary and non-contributory
 If scope of work is within 50 feet of any railroad, endorsement citing inclusion of liability associated with this work is required
 If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission b. Business Auto Liability
 $1 Million Combined Single Limit
 City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
 Must include liability arising from all owned, leased, hired, and non-owned autos  If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission  If Contractor or its subcontractors or suppliers haul hazardous material (including, without limitation, waste), Auto Liability insurance must be applicable to all hazardous waste hauling vehicles, and include MCS 90 and CA9948 Endorsements. c. Workers Compensation
 $1 Million Per Occurrence for Bodily Injury by Accident  $1 Million Each Employee for Bodily Injury by Disease  $1 Million Policy Limit for Bodily Injury by Accident  Waiver of Subrogation in favor of City
 If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission d. Pollution Policy (Hazardous Materials) [If Applicable]  Required of Projects that involve Demolition and/or Excavation Activities  $1 Million Per Occurrence/ $2 Million Aggregate
 City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
CONTRACTED OPERATIONS DESIGNATED AS TIER 2
Air Conditioning (HVAC)
Systems (service and repair) Carpentry (building interiors) Fire Suppression Systems (service and repair) Alarms and Alarm Systems Communications Equipment
Installation (interior) Landscape Construction
Building Interior Work (service,
repair and non-structural
remodeling)
Driveway, Parking Area or
Sidewalk (paving or repaving) Painting (exterior)
Cable Installation in Conduits
(buildings) Fence Erection All Other Job Types including Vendors BD 6
Contractor expressly waives all rights to subrogation against the City, its officers, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by Contractor for City by expressly waiving Contractor’s immunity for injuries to Contractor’s employees and agrees that the obligation to indemnify, defend and hold harmless provided for in this Agreement extend to any claim brought by or on behalf of any employee of Contractor. This waiver is mutually negotiated by the parties. This shall not apply to any damage resulting from the sole negligence of City, its agents and employees. To the extent any of the damages referenced herein were caused by or resulted from the concurrent negligence of City, its agents or employees, the obligations provided herein to indemnify, defend and hold harmless are valid and enforceable only to the extent of the negligence of contractor, its officers, agents and employees.

Subcontractors. The prime contractor shall include all subcontractors as insureds under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements from each subcontractor.

The Contractor shall not assign or sublet the contract, in whole or in part, without the written consent of the City, nor shall the contractor assign any monies due to, or to become due to, Contractor hereunder without prior written consent of the City.

The Contractor shall be fully responsible to the City for the acts and omissions of the subcontractor and persons either directly or indirectly employed by the Contractor. Consent to subcontracting part of the work shall, in no way, release the Contractor from responsibility for performance of the work, and Contractor will be held, in all respects, accountable for the same as if no consent had been given. The Contractor shall give personal attention to this work which is sublet. Nothing contained in the contract documents shall create any contractual relation between any subcontractor and the City.

Hold Harmless and Indemnification. Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend City and its elected officials, agents and employees and the Consultant from and against any and all claims, losses or liability, including attorney’s fees, arising from injury or death to persons or damage to property occasioned by any act, omission or failure to act of Contractor, its subcontractors, and any officers, agents and employees in performing the work required by this Agreement. Contractor’s obligations under this provision shall not be limited in any way by any terms of this Agreement, or the insurance limits.

5. LICENSES AND PERMITS:

No bid will be accepted from a Contractor who is not licensed in accordance with the law under the provisions of Division III, Chapter 9 of the Business and Professions Code of the State of California.

The Contractor shall, at the time of bid opening, possess a valid "Class A" or "Class B" Contractor's license, and provide its California State Contractor’s License number to the City.

All subcontractors listed at the time of bid opening shall possess a valid Contractor’s license for the work in which they are specified to complete within the Bid Submittal Package.

BD 7
The Contractor shall, prior to Notice to Proceed, procure all other permits and licenses as stipulated in the GENERAL CONDITIONS.

In addition, no contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for a public works project (submitted on or after March 1, 2015 or awarded on or after April 1, 2015) unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5.

Contractors shall submit proof of registration status with their bid submission to the City of Redlands. This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations.

6. SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITIES:

In accordance with applicable provisions of State law, the Contractor will be permitted to substitute qualified securities in lieu of retention of withheld progress payments by the Owner.

7. SUBCONTRACTORS:

Pursuant to Section 4105 of the California Public Contract Code, the bidder may not circumvent the requirement to list subcontractors by the device of listing one subcontractor, who in turn sublets portions constituting a majority of the work covered by the contract.

A. Pursuant to California Government Code section 4106, subcontractors who will perform work or labor or render services in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent of the Contractor’s total bid shall be set forth in a list of subcontractors within the bid documents. Such list shall be accompanied by an experienced statement with pertinent information regarding similar projects and other evidence of qualifications for each such subcontractor, supplier, individual, or entity if requested by City. If City or engineer, after doing an investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed subcontractor, supplier, individual, or entity, City may, before the notice of award is given, request the apparent successful bidder to submit a substitute, without an increase in the bid.

B. If the apparent successful bidder declines to make any such substitution, City may award the contract to the next lowest bidder that proposes to use acceptable subcontractors, suppliers, individuals, or entities declining to make the request and substitutions will not constitute grounds for forfeiture of the bid security of any bidder. Any subcontractor, supplier, individual or entity so listed and against which City makes no written objection prior to the giving of the notice of award will be deemed acceptable by City subject to verification of such assessments after the effective date of the agreement as provided herein.

8. NON DEBARRED CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS
The Contractor and all of its subcontractors shall, at the time of bid opening and for performance of this public works contract, be non-debarred contractors and not be ineligible Contractors pursuant to Public Contract Code section 6109 and Labor Code sections 1777.1 and 1777.7.

BD 8

9. LABOR LAW REQUIREMENTS
Prior to the start of construction, the Contractor and each subcontractor shall submit to the City an executed Checklist of Labor Law Requirements, included within Appendix A, certifying that each Contractor and Subcontractor will comply with the foregoing Labor Law requirements; and fully understands that failure to comply with these requirements will subject it to the penalties cited herein.

By submitting a bid, the prime contractor and subcontractors involved in this project assure that they intend to comply with the labor law requirements noted within Appendix A, fully understanding that failure to comply may subject them to penalties as noted.

10. BID PROTEST PROCEDURES
Any bid protest must be in writing and received by the City Clerk’s Office at 35 Cajon Street, Suite 4, Redlands, CA 92373, before 5:00 p.m. no later than two working days following the bid opening (the “Bid Protest Deadline”) and must comply with the following requirements:

10.1 General. Only a bidder who has actually submitted a Bid Proposal is eligible to submit a bid protest against another bidder. Subcontractors are not eligible to submit bid protests. A bidder may not rely on the bid protest submitted by another bidder, but must timely pursue its own protest. If required by City, the protesting bidder must submit a nonrefundable fee in the amount specified by City, based upon City’s reasonable costs to administer the bid protest. Any such fee must be submitted to City no later than the Bid Protest Deadline, unless otherwise specified. For purposes of this Section, a “working day” means a day that City is open for normal business, and excludes weekends and holidays as observed by the City.

10.2 Protest Contents. The bid protest must contain a complete statement of the basis for the protest and all supporting documentation. Material submitted after the Bid Protest Deadline will not be considered. The protest must refer to the specific portion or portions of the Contract Documents upon which the protest is based. The protest must include the name, address, email address, and telephone number of the person representing the protesting bidder if different from the protesting bidder.

10.3 Copy to Protested Bidder. A copy of the protest and all supporting documents must be concurrently transmitted by fax or by email, by or before the Bid Protest Deadline, to the protested bidder and any other bidder who has a reasonable prospect of receiving an award depending on the outcome of the protest.

10.4 Response to Protest. The protested bidder may submit a written response to the protest, provided the response is received by the City Clerk’s Office before 5:00 p.m., within two working days after the Bid Protest Deadline or after actual receipt of the bid protest, whichever is sooner (the “Response Deadline”). The response must include all supporting documentation. Material submitted after the Response Deadline will not be considered. The response must include the name, address, email address, and telephone number of the person representing the protested bidder if different from the protested bidder.

BD 9

10.5 Copy of Protesting Bidder. A copy of the response and all supporting documents must be concurrently transmitted by fax or by email, by or before the Bid Protest Deadline, to the protesting bidder and any other bidder who has a reasonable prospect of receiving an award depending upon the outcome of the protest.

10.6 Exclusive Remedy. The procedure and time limits set forth in this section are mandatory and are the bidder’s sole and exclusive remedy in the event of a bid protest. A bidder’s failure to comply with these procedures will constitute a waiver of any right to further pursue a bid protest, including filing a Government Code Claim or initiation of legal proceedings.

10.7 Right to Award. The City Council reserves the right to award the Contract to the bidder it has determined to be the responsible bidder submitting the lowest responsive bid, and to issue a notice to proceed with the Contract notwithstanding any pending or continuing challenge to its determination.

BD 10

PROPOSAL
TO: THE CITY OF REDLANDS, SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY, CALIFORNIA herein called the “City”.

Pursuant to and in compliance with your Notice Inviting Bids, and the other documents relating thereto, the undersigned Bidder, having familiarized themselves with the terms of the Contract, the local conditions affecting the performance of the Contract and the cost of the work at the place where the work is to be done, and with the plans thereto, hereby proposes and agrees to perform within the time stipulated, the Contract, including all of its component parts and everything required to be performed, and to provide and furnish any and all of the labor, materials, tools, equipment and all utility and transportation services necessary to perform the contract, and complete in a workmanlike manner, all of the work covered by the contract in connection with the City’s Project identified as

JOINT UTILITIES LABORATORY BUILDING RENOVATION &

EXPANSION PROJECT
PROJECT No. 521028
NOTE: Bidders must bid each item in this schedule. All entries in the entire PROPOSAL must be made clearly and in ink. Mistakes shall be lined through and the correct amount written above and initialed by the authorized agent of the Bidder.

BID SCHEDULE
(See “Section 01200 – Measurement and Payment” for Bid Item description) Item
No. Brief Description Estimated Quantity
Unit Price
(If Applicable) Total Price in Figures
1 Mobilization (Maximum 5%
of Total Bid Price)
LUMP
SUM N/A $______________________
2 Site Demolition LUMP
SUM N/A $______________________
3 Removal of all trash and debris, shrubs,
bushes, and pavement
LUMP
SUM N/A $______________________
4 Civil Site Work LUMP
SUM N/A $______________________
5 Reroofing of Existing Building Work LUMP
SUM N/A $______________________
6 Concrete Work LUMP
SUM N/A $______________________
BD 11

BID SCHEDULE (CONTINUED)
(See “Section 01200 – Measurement and Payment” for Bid Item description) Item
No. Brief Description Estimated Quantity
Unit Price
(If Applicable) Total Price in Figures
7 Structural Work LUMP
SUM N/A $______________________
8 CMU Walls and Masonry Work LUMP
SUM N/A $______________________
9 Architectural Work LUMP
SUM N/A $______________________
10 HVAC Work LUMP
SUM N/A $______________________
11 Plumbing Work LUMP
SUM N/A $______________________
12 Electrical Work LUMP
SUM N/A $______________________
13 Fire Protection Systems (Including Fire
Alarm and Sprinklers)
LUMP
SUM N/A $______________________
14 Demobilization LUMP
SUM N/A $______________________
15 Remaining Work Not Specifically
Listed
LUMP
SUM N/A $______________________
16 Contingency: Unforeseen work not
covered within all other bid items
LUMP
SUM N/A $300,000.00
BID TOTAL PRICE (ITEMS 1-16) $______________________
Last Minute Additions/Deductions*__________________________________________ Bid Item No.________ Last Minute Additions/Deductions*__________________________________________ Bid Item No.________ Last Minute Additions/Deductions*__________________________________________ Bid Item No.________ BID SCHEDULE TOTAL PRICE: $_______________________________________________________ BID SCHEDULE TOTAL PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS: ________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________________________________ BD 12
* Provision is made here for the Bidder to include an addition or deduction in its bid, if it wishes, to reflect any last-minute adjustments in prices. The addition or deduction, if made, will be proportionately applied to the Progress Payments total for the respective item in the Schedule of Prices, the amount being added or deducted for each monthly payment. The unit prices entered in the Schedule of Prices will not be affected.

LOW BID DETERMINATION:

The low bid will be determined pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 20103.8 as the lowest bid price on the Bid Schedule Total Price on page BD 11.

A responsible bidder who submits the lowest bid as determined by the above method shall be awarded the contract, if it is awarded, by the City Council of the City of Redlands. The bid bond shall be 10 percent of the total bid amount.

BD 13

ADDENDA
Receipt of the following addenda is hereby acknowledged and the same is included in the Bid Price:

Addendum #1___________ Addendum #2___________ Addendum #3____________ (initials) (initials) (initials)
Addendum #4___________ Addendum #5___________ Addendum #6____________ (initials) (initials) (initials)
ATTEST: (if Corporation)
(Corporation Seal)
___________________________________ _____________________________________ Company Name Signature
____________________________________ _____________________________________ Address Name
____________________________________ _____________________________________ City, State, Zip Title
BD 14

BID CERTIFICATION
The undersigned certifies that they are familiar with the various State and local laws affecting labor, length of working days, employer's liabilities, Sunday work, alien labor, domestic materials, Subcontractors, etc.

It is understood and agreed that the work under the contract will be commenced by the undersigned Bidder, if awarded the contract, within ten (10) calendar days from the date in the Notice to Proceed and will be completed by the Contractor in the time set forth in the CONTRACT.

Enclosed find Bidders bond or certified or cashier's check No. _________________ on the __________________________________ Bank, in the amount of ______________________ _______________________ which is not less than ten percent (10%) of the Bid submitted by the undersigned, made payable to the City of Redlands, California and which is given as a guarantee that the Bidder agrees that in case of their default in executing said contract with necessary bonds, the bond or check accompanying this Bid and the money made payable shall become and remain the property of the City of Redlands.

It is understood and agreed that the City of Redlands has the right to waive defects or irregularities and to accept or reject any or all Bids. No Bidder may withdraw their Bid for a period of sixty (60) days after the time of the Bid Opening except as allowed by the California Public Contract Code.

The following information, required by State law under penalty of perjury, is true and correct. Failure to complete this information renders the bid non-responsive, and the bid must be rejected. ____________________________________ _______________________________________ Company Name Signature
____________________________________ _______________________________________ Address Signatory's Title

____________________________________ _______________________________________ City, State, Zip State License Number and Class
____________________________________ _______________________________________ Telephone Number License Expiration Date
Dated this ________________ day of ___________________, 20___.

BD 15

BID BOND

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS,
That ______________________________________________________________ as Principal, and ______________________________________ as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Redlands, hereinafter called City, in the sum of ______________________________________ dollars, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

WHEREAS, said Principal has submitted a bid to said City to perform all work required under the PROJECT No. 521028.

NOW, THEREFORE, if said Principal is awarded a contract by said City and, within the time and in the manner required under the heading "Instructions to Bidders" bound with said Specifications, enters into a written contract on the form of agreement bound with said Specifications and furnishes the required bonds, one to guarantee faithful performance and the other to guarantee payment for labor and materials; then this obligations shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. In the event suit is brought upon this bond by said City and Judgment is recovered, said Surety shall pay all costs incurred by said City in such suit, including a reasonable attorney's fee to be fixed by the court.

SIGNED AND SEALED, this _________ day of _____________________________, 20____. ______________________________(SEAL) _______________________________(SEAL) (Principal) (Surety)
By:_________________________________ By:__________________________________ (Signature) (Signature)
Address:______________________________
_____________________________________
Telephone (___)________________________
(Seal and Notarial Acknowledgment of Surety)
BD 16

STATEMENT BY BIDDER

NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT

STATE OF )
) ss

COUNTY OF )
, being first duly sworn, deposes and says that

he is
(Sole Owner, a Partner, President, Secretary, etc.)
of
(Contractor)
the party making the foregoing bid on PROJECT No. 521028 that such bid is not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any Bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the Bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the Bidder or of any other Bidder or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price or of that of another bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the Contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in such bid are true; and further, that the Bidder has not directly or indirectly, submitted his bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company, association organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid.

By: ______________________________ Title: ________________________________ Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of __________________________, 20 .

Signature of Officer Administering Oath
(Notary Public)
BD 17

STATEMENT BY BIDDER
OFFICERS OF CORPORATION (Members of Firm)
The names of all persons interested in the foregoing proposals as principals, are as follows:
(IMPORTANT NOTICE - if Bidder or other interested person is a corporation, state legal name of corporation, also names of the president, secretary, treasurer and manager thereof; if a co-partnership, state true name of firm, also names of all individual co-partners composing firm; if Bidder or other interested person is an individual, state first and last names in full). _____________________________________ _____________________________________ _____________________________________ _____________________________________ _____________________________________ _____________________________________ Licensed in accordance with an act providing for the Registration of Contractors, License No. ______________________________________.

Signature of Bidder Dated
NOTE: If Bidder is a corporation, the legal name of the corporation shall be set forth above, together with the signature of the officer(s) authorized to sign contracts on behalf of the corporation; if Bidder is a co-partnership, the true name of the firm shall be set forth above, together with the signature of the partner or partners authorized to sign contracts in behalf of the co-partnership, and if the Bidder is an individual, that signature shall be placed above.

BD 18

STATEMENT BY BIDDER

SUB-CONTRACTORS LIST
Bidder supplies the following information for any Subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render services to the prime contractor, etc. to be used on PROJECT No. 521028, all in accordance with Section 4104 of the California Public Contract Code.

LICENSED SUBCONTRACTOR’S NAME

AND BUSINESS ADDRESS
LICENSE #

SPECIFIC

DESCRIPTION

OF SUBCONTRACT
& BID ITEM #
% OF BID

ITEM TO BE

PERFORMED

BD 19

STATEMENT BY BIDDER

QUALIFICATION AND EXPERIENCE STATEMENT
The following outline is a record of the undersigned Bidder's experience in construction of three (3) projects of a type similar in magnitude and character to that contemplated under PROJECT No. 521028 within the past two years. Include the location of each project as well as the name, address, and phone number of the owner, and name of individual to contact.

Subcontractors performing in excess of one half of one percent of the prime Contractor’s total bid, or in the construction of streets or highways, one half of one percent of the prime contractor’s total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater shall provide a similar outline.

Additional pages outlining this portion of the Bid may be attached. Failure to provide this statement may result in rejection of the bid by the City of Redlands.

1. Owner's Name:

Contact Person: Phone: ( )
Address of Owner:

Project Description:

Amount of Contract: Completion Date:

2. Owner's Name:

Contact Person: Phone: ( )
Address of Owner:

Project Description:

Amount of Contract: Completion Date:

3. Owner's Name:

Contact Person: Phone: ( )
Address of Owner:

Project Description:

Amount of Contract: Completion Date:

BD 20

STATEMENT BY BIDDER

GENERAL INFORMATION

1. Bidder's Mailing Address

2. Number of years engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or trade name:

3. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? (Yes or No) . If yes, provide details in the space provided in Item 10.

4. Have you ever defaulted on a contract? (Yes or No) . If yes, provide details in the space provided in Item 10.

5. Have you ever been a party to a lawsuit or gone to arbitration during the last 5 years? (Yes or No) . If yes, provide details in the space provided in Item 10.

6. Has any Stop Notice been filed against you during the last 5 years? (Yes or No) . If yes, provide details in the space provided in Item 10.

7. Has your contractor's license ever been suspended, revoked, or subject to disciplinary action? (Yes or No) . If yes, provide details in the space provided in Item 10.

8. Contracts currently on hand:

Agency Name Amount of Contract Start Date Completion Date

9. Enter the name of person(s) who inspected the site of the proposed work for your firm and the date of said site inspection.

Name: Date:

BD 21

10. In the space provided, the Bidder shall provide details concerning any "Yes" answers provided in this "General Information" section. Details shall include, but not be limited to, the nature of dispute, name of the agency involved and the final outcome. If requested by the City, the Bidder shall supply additional information, sufficiently detailed, to permit evaluation of the Bidder's ability to perform the work.

Question
Number Details

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
(CD)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
\\FILES\Engineering\Capital Projects\521900 WASTEWATER FUND AND PROJECTS\Joint Utilities Laboratory Upgrade\6 DESIGN\100% PLANS & SPECS\Public Work Contract.PW-3.1(Work Days).doc

PUBLIC WORK CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
This Public Work Construction contract (“Contract”) is made and entered into this ___ day of ____________, 2025, by and between the City of Redlands, a municipal corporation, organized and existing under the laws of the State of California (hereinafter “City”), and __________________ (hereinafter "Contractor"). City and Contractor are sometimes individually referred to herein as a “Party” and, together, as the “Parties.”
In consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, City and Contractor agree as follows:

1. SCOPE OF WORK: Contractor shall furnish all materials and will perform all of the work for the following: Joint Utilities Laboratory Building Renovation & Expansion Project, complete all items as required by the Contract Documents (as herein defined) and Specifications for City’s Joint Utilities Laboratory Building Renovation & Expansion Project, Project No. 521028 (the “Work”).

2. CONTRACT SUM: City shall pay Contractor the sum of ___________________ dollars ($___________) as consideration for its performance of the Work in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Contract Documents. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, Contractor has the option to deposit securities with an escrow agent as a substitute for retention of earnings required to be withheld by City pursuant to an escrow agreement as set forth in Public Contract Code section 22300.

3. TIME FOR COMPLETION: The Work shall be completed within two hundred seventy (270) working day(s) as defined in Section 1-2 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction “Greenbook” from and after the date of City’s issuance of a Notice to Proceed to Contractor.

4. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: Contractor’s failure to complete the Work within the time allowed will result in damages being sustained by City. Such damages are, and will continue to be, impracticable and extremely difficult to determine. Accordingly, Contractor shall pay to City, or have withheld from monies due to Contractor, the sum of five hundred dollars ($500) for each working day as defined in Section 1-2 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction “Greenbook” in excess of the specified time for completion of the Work. Execution of this Contract shall constitute agreement by City and Contractor that five hundred dollars ($500) per day is the estimated damage to City caused by the failure of Contractor to complete the work within the allowed time. Such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be construed as a penalty, and may be deducted from payments due Contractor if such delay occurs.

5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: This Contract incorporates by reference the following: Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Contractor’s Proposal, Bid Bond, Agreement, Performance Bond, Labor and Material Bond, Plans, General Conditions, Special Provisions and Specifications, and any addenda thereto (collectively, the “Contract Documents”).

6. ATTORNEYS' FEES: In the event any action is commenced to enforce or interpret the terms or conditions of this Contract, or the Contract Documents, the prevailing Party in such action, in addition to any costs and other relief, shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees, including fees for use of in-house counsel by a Party.
\\FILES\Engineering\Capital Projects\521900 WASTEWATER FUND AND PROJECTS\Joint Utilities Laboratory Upgrade\6 DESIGN\100% PLANS & SPECS\Public Work Contract.PW-3.1(Work Days).doc

7. RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS: Claims by Contractor in the amount of three hundred seventy five thousand dollars ($375,000) or less shall be made by Contractor and processed by the City pursuant to the provisions of Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 of the Public Contract Code (commencing with Section 20104). All claims shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Nothing in subdivision (a) of Public Contract Code Section 20104.2 shall extend the time limit or supersede the notice requirements provided in this case from filing claims by Contractor.

8. ELIGIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTOR: Contractor and all of its subcontractors shall abide by California Public Contract Code, Section 6109, and California Labor Code Sections 1777.1 and/or 1777.7, and certify that they are not debarred and are eligible to work on this project.

9. ASSIGNMENT OF AGREEMENT: No assignment by a Party of any rights or interests under this Contract shall be binding on another Party without the written consent of the Party sought to be bound.

10. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS: City and Contractor each binds itself and their respective successors and assigns in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents.

11. SEVERABILITY: Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any law or regulation shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon City and Contractor. \\FILES\Engineering\Capital Projects\521900 WASTEWATER FUND AND PROJECTS\Joint Utilities Laboratory Upgrade\6 DESIGN\100% PLANS & SPECS\Public Work Contract.PW-3.1(Work Days).doc IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Contract the day and year first written above.

CITY OF REDLANDS
(SEAL)
By:____________________________________
Mario Saucedo, Mayor
ATTEST:
____________________________________
Jeanne Donaldson, City Clerk
(SEAL)
__________________________________________
Name of Contractor
By:_______________________________________
Signature of Authorized Agent
__________________________________________
Title
__________________________________________
Signature of Authorized Agent (if necessary)
__________________________________________
Title
__________________________________________
Contractor's License No.
\\FILES\Engineering\Capital Projects\521900 WASTEWATER FUND AND PROJECTS\Joint Utilities Laboratory Upgrade\6 DESIGN\100% PLANS & SPECS\Public Work Contract.PW-3.1(Work Days).doc

WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE CERTIFICATION
Description of Contract: City of Redlands
Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department
Joint Utilities Laboratory Building Renovation & Expansion Project Project No. 521028
Every employer, except the State, shall secure the payment of compensation in one or more of the following ways:
a. By being insured against liability to pay compensation by one or more insurers duly authorized to write compensation insurance in this State. b. By securing from the Director of Industrial Relations, a certificate of consent to selfinsure, either as an individual employer, or as one employer in a group of employers, which may be given upon furnishing proof satisfactory to the Director of Industrial Relations of ability to self-insure and to pay any compensation that may become due to his or her employees.

CHECK ONE
_____I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for Workers’ Compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work and activities required or permitted under this Agreement. (Labor Code §1861).
_____I affirm that at all times, in performing the work and activities required or permitted under this Agreement, I shall not employ any person in any manner such that I become subject to the workers’ compensation laws of California. However, at any time, if I employ any person such that I become subject to the workers’ compensation laws of California, immediately I shall provide the City with a certificate of consent to self-insure, or a certification of workers’ compensation insurance.

I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the information and representations made in this certificate are true and correct.

Dated this day of , 2025.
_____________________________________
(Contractor)
_____________________________________
(Signature)
_____________________________________
(Official Title)
(SEAL)
(Labor Code Section 1861 provides that the above certificate must be signed and filed by the Contractor with the Owner prior to performing the work of the contract.)
\\FILES\Engineering\Capital Projects\521900 WASTEWATER FUND AND PROJECTS\Joint Utilities Laboratory Upgrade\6 DESIGN\100% PLANS & SPECS\Public Work Contract.PW-3.1(Work Days).doc

FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND
Whereas, the City of Redlands (“City”), State of California, and ______________ (hereinafter designated as "Principal") have entered into an agreement dated _____, 2025 (“Agreement”) whereby Principal agrees to install and complete certain public improvements (the “Work”), which said Agreement is identified as Joint Utilities Laboratory Building Renovation & Expansion Project and is hereby referred to and made a part hereof; and Whereas, said Principal is required under the terms of the Agreement to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of the Work, now, therefore, we, the Principal and, _____________________________, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City in the penal sum of ________________________________ dollars ($_______________) lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum we bind ourselves, and our heirs, successors, executors and administrators, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

The condition of this obligation is such that if the above bounded Principal, his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions and provisions in the Agreement and any alteration thereof made as therein provided, on his or its part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall faithfully fulfill the one-year guarantee of all materials and workmanship, and shall defend, indemnify and save harmless the City and its elected officials, officers, agents and employees, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect.

As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefor, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the City in successfully enforcing such obligations, all to be taxed as costs and included in the judgment rendered.

As a condition precedent to the satisfactory completion of the Work, the above obligation shall hold good for a period of one (1) year or longer if required by the Agreement after the acceptance of the work by the City, during which time if the Principal shall fail to make full, complete, and satisfactory repair and replacements and totally protect the City from loss or damage made evident during this period from the date of completion of the Work, and resulting from or caused by defective materials or faulty workmanship, the above obligation in penal sum thereof shall remain in full force and effect. The obligations of Surety hereunder shall continue so long as any obligation of the Principal remains.

Whenever the Principal shall be, and is declared by the City to be, in default under the Agreement, the City having performed the City obligations thereunder, the Surety shall promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly, at the City’s option:

1. Complete the Work in accordance with its terms and conditions; or

2. Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Work in accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon determination by Surety of the lowest responsive and responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and the City, and make available as work progresses sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion of the Work less the balance of the Agreement price, but not exceeding, including other costs and damages for which Surety may be liable hereunder, the \\FILES\Engineering\Capital Projects\521900 WASTEWATER FUND AND PROJECTS\Joint Utilities Laboratory Upgrade\6 DESIGN\100% PLANS & SPECS\Public Work Contract.PW-3.1(Work Days).doc amount set forth above. The term “balance of the Agreement price,” as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable to the Principal by the City under the Agreement and any modifications thereto, less the amount previously properly paid by the City to the Principal.

Surety expressly agrees that the City may reject any contractor or subcontractor which may be proposed by Surety in fulfillment of its obligations in the event of default by the Principal.

Surety shall not utilize the Principal in completing the Work nor shall Surety accept a bid from the Principal for completion of the Work if the City, when declaring the Principal in default, notifies Surety of the City’s objection to the Principal’s further participation in the completion of the Work.

No right of action shall accrue on the bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than the City named herein or the successors or assigns of the City. Any suit under this bond must be instituted within the applicable statute of limitations period.

The said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the work or to the specifications.

No final settlement between the City and the Principal shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder whose claim may be unsatisfied.

The Principal and Surety agree that if the City is required to engage the services of any attorney in connection with the enforcement of this bond, each shall pay the City’s reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred, with or without suit, in addition to the above sum.

In witness whereof, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and Surety above named, on , 2025.
(SEAL) (SEAL)
(Contractor) (Surety)
BY:
(Signature) (Signature)
Address:___________________________________
__________________________________________
(Seal and Notarial Acknowledgment of
Surety)
Telephone ( )___________________________
\\FILES\Engineering\Capital Projects\521900 WASTEWATER FUND AND PROJECTS\Joint Utilities Laboratory Upgrade\6 DESIGN\100% PLANS & SPECS\Public Work Contract.PW-3.1(Work Days).doc

LABOR AND MATERIAL BOND
Whereas, the City Council of the City of Redlands, State of California, and ________________ (hereinafter designated as “Principal”) have entered into an agreement (the “Agreement”) whereby Principal agrees to install and complete certain designated public improvements (the “Work”), which said agreement, dated ____________, 2025, and identified as Joint Utilities Laboratory Building Renovation & Expansion Project, Project No. 521028 is hereby referred to and made a part hereof; and
Whereas, under the terms of the Agreement, Principal is required before commencing the performance of the Work, to file a good and sufficient Labor and Material bond with the City of Redlands to secure the claims to which reference is made in Title 3 (commencing with Section 9550) of Part 6 of Division 4 of the Civil Code of the State of California.

Now, therefore, said Principal and the undersigned as corporate surety, are held firmly bound unto the City and all contractors, subcontractors, laborers, material men and other persons employed in the performance of the Agreement and referred to in the aforesaid Code of Civil Procedure in the sum of ______________ dollars ($_____) for materials furnished or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Act with respect to such work or labor, that said surety will pay the same in an amount not exceeding the amount hereinabove set forth, and also in case suit is brought upon this bond, will pay, in addition to the face amount thereof, costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the City in successfully enforcing such obligation, to be awarded and fixed by the court, and to be taxed as costs and to be included in the judgment therein rendered.

It is hereby expressly stipulated and agreed that this bond shall insure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies and corporations entitled to file claims under Title 3 (commencing with Section 9550) of Part 6 of Division 4 of the Civil Code, so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond.

Should the condition of this bond be fully performed, then this obligation shall become null and void, otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect.

The surety hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any manner affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition.

In witness whereof, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and surety above named, on _______________________, 2025.
(SEAL) (SEAL)
(Contractor) (Surety)
BY:
(Signature) (Signature)
Address:_____________________________
(Seal and Notarial Acknowledgement of Surety) ____________________________________ Telephone: ( )___________________

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

GENERAL CONDITIONS
(GC)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
GC 1

GENERAL CONDITIONS
The Standard Specifications for Public Works Constructions, 2021 Edition (Greenbook), together with supplements as published by Building News, Inc., are modified herein and comprise the Standard Specifications. For convenience, the section and subsection numbering system used in these modifications correspond to those used in the Greenbook. Unless specifically deleted or modified herein, all requirements of the Greenbook shall prevail.

SECTION 1 – GENERAL, TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS,

UNITS OF MEASURE, AND SYMBOLS
1-2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS.

Agency - Amend as follows:
“The legal entity (City) for which the Work is being performed.” Bidder - Amend as follows:
“Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, licensed in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 9, Division III of the Business and Professions Code, submitting a Bid for the Work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative.” City. The City of Redlands, San Bernardino County, California, being the legal entity for which the Work is being performed. Also referred to as Agency or Owner.

City Council. The City Council of the City of Redlands, San Bernardino County, California, being the body authorizing entrance into legal agreements and allowing work in public right-ofway or on public property controlled by the City of Redlands. Also referred to as Board.

Engineer - Amend as follows:
“The City Engineer of the Agency, or other person designated by the City Engineer, acting either directly or through authorized agents.”
Fabricated. An item specifically assembled or made out of selected materials to meet individual design requirements.

Guarantee. See Warranty.

Laboratory. The designated laboratory authorized by the City of Redlands to test materials and work involved in the Contract.

Manufactured. A standard mass-produced unit or item meeting design requirements.

Owner. The City of Redlands, San Bernardino County, California.

Pavement. The uppermost layer of material placed on the traveled way or shoulder. Also referred to as surfacing.

GC 2
Rain Day. A scheduled working day when you cannot perform work on the controlling activity for at least 50 percent of the day with at least 50 percent of the normal labor and equipment due to adverse weather-related conditions that cause the Contractor to dismiss the crew.

Street - Delete and replace with the following:
“Any road, highway, parkway, freeway, avenue, street, lane, alley, crossing, intersection, court, place, circle, walk, way, or any public right-of-way within the jurisdiction of the Agency.” Surety - Delete and replace with the following:
“An admitted corporate surety as listed by the United States Department of Treasury and duly licensed to conduct business in the State of California and County of San Bernardino and acceptable to the City of Redlands, bound with and for the Contractor for the acceptable performance, execution, and completion of the Work, and for the satisfaction of all obligations incurred.”
Warranty. An extended insurance by the Contractor, of any product or item of work installed as a part of this project for replacement and/or repair for the time period specified, including but not limited to, all parts, labor, materials, tools, equipment costs, etc. necessary for the product or item of work to be in proper and acceptable working condition after completion of the project. For the purposes of this Contract, the period of coverage shall begin on the date of the Notice of Completion filed by the Owner.

Working Hours. Unless specified otherwise, working hours shall be from 7:00 AM to 4:00 PM, Monday through Friday, inclusive. Saturdays, Sundays, and City Holidays, as shown on the current year Construction Schedule, are excluded unless authorized by the City. 1-7.2 CONTRACT BONDS. - Add the following sentence to paragraph 1:

The warranty provisions set forth in Section 7-18 shall be secured by the Contract Performance Bond required under this section and said Bond shall remain in full force and effect for a period of one year from the date of completion as specified in the Notice of Completion.

SECTION 2 - SCOPE OF THE WORK
2-2 PERMITS. - Amend the following:

Amend the first sentence of paragraph 1 as follows:
“The Contractor will obtain all permits necessary to perform the work in streets, highways, railways or other rights-of-way.”
Add the following sentence between the first and second sentences of paragraph 1:

For all work within Caltrans right-of-way, the Contractor shall obtain their own Caltrans Encroachment Permit and pay all necessary permit and inspection fees as required by Caltrans.

GC 3
Add the following paragraph:

The Contractor shall, prior to the start of work, procure all permits and licenses, including but not limited to, a City Business License for itself, subcontractors, and all parties performing actions associated with this contract within the City of Redlands, City Truck Route Permit, City Street/Lane Closure Permit, City Encroachment Permit, USA Verification Number, DOSH Excavation Permit, other permits required by agencies and/or utilities having jurisdiction on the work, pay all charges and fees required by the City, other agencies and utilities, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. All City permits associated with this project are no fee to the Contractor.

SECTION 3 - CONTROL OF THE WORK
3-7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
3-7.1 General. – Add the following paragraphs:

Contractor’s working drawings or plans for any structure not included in the plans shall be approved by the Engineer before any work is performed. It is mutually agreed that approval by the Engineer of the Contractor’s working plans does not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for accuracy of dimensions and details, and that the Contractor shall be responsible for agreement and conformity of their working plans with the approved plans and specifications.

Finished surfaces in all cases shall conform with the lines, grades, cross sections, and dimensions shown on the approved plans. Deviations from the approved plans will be determined by the Engineer and approved in writing. In the event of a discrepancy between any drawing and the figures written thereon, the figures shall be taken as correct.

Should it appear that the work to be done or any matter thereto is not sufficiently detailed or explained by the plans and specification, the Contractor shall apply to the Engineer for such further explanation as may be necessary and shall conform to such explanation or interpretation as part of the Contract so far as may be consistent with the intent of the original plans and specifications. 3-7.1.1 Preconstruction Meeting. The Contractor to whom the contract is awarded, and all his major subcontractors, shall attend a pre-construction meeting. The time and location of said meeting will be set by the City. Contractor will be given adequate notice of such meeting. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify his subcontractors of the time and location of the meeting. All submittals as required under the General Requirements shall be submitted by the Contractor at the time of the meeting.

The Contractor will be provided with an electronic (.PDF file) of the conformed plans and specifications for their use throughout the project. Contractor is responsible for all costs of reproduction.

Progress meetings will be scheduled by the City. The Contractor will be given at least five working days notice of the time and location of said meetings. The Contractor has the responsibility of notifying his subcontractors, suppliers, and fabricators of the time and location of said meetings.

Meetings will be held either at the job site, at the offices of the City of Redlands, or at any other GC 4
location approved by the City. The Contractor may request, in writing, that a meeting be held.

The City will schedule a meeting at the Contractor’s request not more than five working days after receiving said written notice.
3-7.2 Precedence of Contract Documents. – Replace paragraph 2 with the following:

The precedence shall be (A. being highest, O. being lowest):

A. Permits from other Agencies as may be required by law.

B. Change Orders.

C. Contract.

D. Addenda.

E. Bid Schedule/Proposal.

F. General Requirements.

G. Technical Specifications.

H. Plans.

I. MUED General Permit Conditions and Trench Specifications.

J. City of Redlands Water & Sewer Systems Standard Specifications.

K. General Conditions.

L. City of Redlands Standard Specifications and Detail Drawings for Design and Construction of Public Improvements and all Supplements
M. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC), 2018 Edition N. Standard Plans for Public Works Construction, 2012 Edition O. Reference Specifications.
3-8.7 Record Drawings. The Contractor shall maintain at the job site, a set of record drawings for the work showing: exact location information of all existing underground utilities encountered, final locations determined in the field, any deviations from the plans and specifications and new work performed within the work area; and all differences between the work as drawn and as installed for all concealed work as well as work added which is not shown on the drawings. Concealed work shall mean all work installed underground or in an area which cannot be readily inspected by use of access panels, inspection plates or other removable features. When vacuum excavation (potholing) services are required, contractor to provide report that identifies depth and alignment of underground utilities.

These record drawings shall be kept current and legible, and shall be available for inspection at all times by the Engineer, Architect and Contractor. All information, changes in the work or work added on these record drawings shall be marked in red. All markings shall use the same legends that are used on the drawings. Indicate locations by exact dimensions and elevations. Give dimensions and elevations from a permanent reference point and prepare all changes to scale.

At the end of construction, the contractor shall prepare one set of marked-up prints of the record drawings indicating any and all revisions and changes to the drawings reflecting As-Built conditions.

The drawings shall also contain a listing of all subcontractors who worked on the construction project.

The As-Built drawings will be submitted to the Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department for review and approval by the City Inspector and Engineer.

The design engineer or City staff shall prepare the final As-Built drawings for record purposes in one of the following two ways: (1) Check out the original drawings from the City and manually revise the GC 5
drawings to reflect the As-Built condition; or (2) Re-plot the original drawings electronically on 4 mil mylars and make revisions electronically to reflect the As-Built conditions. The final As-Built drawings will be reviewed and approved by the City Inspector and Engineer The construction related bonds will not be released by the City until the As-Built drawings are accepted by the Engineer and all City stipulated conditions for the release of the bonds have been satisfied.
3-10 SURVEYING.
3-10.3 Line and Grade. - Add the following sentences to paragraph 1:

All distances and measurements shown are and will be made in a horizontal plane. Construction line and grade staking shall be set at maximum intervals of 25 feet when the grade is 0.50 percent or greater. Construction line and grade staking shall be set at maximum intervals of 12 feet when the grade is less than 0.50 percent.
3-10.4 Permanent Survey Markers.

The Registered (licensed) Land Surveyor or Registered Civil Engineer authorized to practice land surveying in accordance with all provisions of Section 8771 of the Business and Profession Code shall be hired as a subcontractor or employed by the Contractor. 3-10.5 Survey Service.

Contractor shall be responsible for: furnishing all surveying and staking, horizontal and vertical, as shown on the plans and in accordance with the specifications; furnishing all staking for sub-grade and base course grades per typical sections; replacing any existing monuments and ties which have been destroyed by construction; identifying, locating and tying out all monuments and ties necessary within the work area; and shall reinstall all disturbed monuments and ties, supplying the Engineer with copies of monument and tie sheets recorded with the County Surveyor in accordance with applicable State law. Monuments shall be approved by the Engineer.

Surveying and staking shall be done by a Registered (licensed) Land Surveyor or Registered Civil Engineer authorized to practice land surveying in accordance with all provisions of Section 8771 of the Business and Professions Code.

Unless otherwise specified, stakes will be set and stationed by the Contractor’s surveyor for curbs, headers, sewers, storm drains, structures, rough grade and all other staking necessary for the construction of the work. A corresponding cut or fill to finished grade (or flowline) will be indicated on a grade sheet to be supplied to the Engineer. The Contractor shall dig all holes necessary for line and grade stakes.
3-13 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY.
3-13.2 Acceptance. - Add the following paragraphs:

The Contractor shall submit written assertion that the work has been completed prior to the Engineer making final inspection. The Engineer will have 48 hours to inspect the work. If the Engineer determines that the work is not complete, written notice will be given.

GC 6
Until final acceptance of work by the Engineer, the Contractor shall have charge and care thereof from damage caused by the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the non-execution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries or damage to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before final acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof.

All work which has been rejected shall be remedied or removed and replaced by the Contractor at their expense with work conforming to the plans and specifications. Any defective material or workmanship which may be discovered before final acceptance or within one year from the date of final acceptance shall be immediately corrected by the Contractor at their expense, notwithstanding that it may have been overlooked in previous inspections and estimates. Failure to inspect work at any stage shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to perform sound and reliable work as herein described. It is the Contractor’s ultimate responsibility to deliver a complete, operational project that complies in all details with these specifications, at the time of final acceptance.

Any omission or failure on the part of the City to discover or notify the Contractor of or to condemn defective work or material at the time of construction shall not be deemed as acceptance, and the Contractor will be required to correct defective work or material prior to final acceptance.

The City will endeavor to locate any errors or defective materials or workmanship and call them to the attention of the Contractor prior to subsequent work being performed. However, the City is under no obligation to do so and shall not be held liable because errors or defective material or workmanship by the Contractor are not discovered prior to subsequent work.

Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the rights of the City to immediately correct conditions which are unsafe or which pose a public health nuisance. Should said corrections later be found to be caused by defective material and/or workmanship, the Contractor and their surety shall reimburse the City for costs reasonably incurred while attending the situation.

In the event it is necessary for the City to file suit to enforce any liability of the Contractor pursuant to this Section, the City shall be entitled to recover from the Contractor, in addition to all other amounts found due and owing, costs of suit and reasonable expenses and fees including reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by the City in successfully enforcing the Contractor’s obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered.
3-13.3 Warranty. - Amend the following:

Amend the first sentence of the paragraph 3:
“The warranty period for specific items covered under manufacturers’ or suppliers’ warranties shall commence from the date of the final acceptance, except where longer warranty periods are specified.” Add the following paragraphs:

All start-up and testing shall be complete, approved and accepted before final acceptance, substantial completion, or beneficial occupancy.

GC 7
The warranty provided herein shall not be in lieu of, but shall be in addition to any warranties or other obligations otherwise imposed by the specifications or by law. The remedies provided herein shall not be exclusive and the City shall be entitled to any and all remedies provided by law. 3-14 INSPECTION.

The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance before inspection is required.

Whenever the Contractor varies the period during which work is carried on each day, due notice shall be given to the Engineer so that proper inspection may be provided. Varied working hours may be allowed only upon written authorization from the Engineer.

Work financed in whole or in part with funds from another public entity or performed within the jurisdiction of another public entity shall be subject to inspection at all times by authorized representatives of that entity.

The work shall be ready for inspection, whether by City, other public entities or independent testing laboratories, at the scheduled times arranged by the Contractor. If, in the City’s sole judgment, the work is not ready and the inspection must be rescheduled, the Contractor shall be notified. The Contractor shall reschedule the inspection and provide the proper 24 hour notification for the rescheduled inspection. Any costs incurred by the City for rescheduled inspections shall be reimbursed prior to the release of Bonds.

In order to allow for inspection, the Contractor shall notify the City’s inspector sufficiently in advance of the permanent concealment of any materials or work. The City’s inspector shall make the appropriate notifications to other public entities and independent testing laboratories for inspections.

All inspections required in the specifications for this project shall be coordinated through the City’s inspector.

If any work is concealed or performed without the prior notice specified, the work shall be subject to such tests or exposure as may be necessary to prove to the City, Architect and Engineer, that the materials used and the work performed are in conformity with the drawings and specifications. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary for exposing and testing shall be furnished by the Contractor at their expense. The Contractor shall replace at their expense, any materials or work damaged by exposure or testing.

Overtime inspection may be requested by the Contractor. Overtime inspection includes but is not limited to, any hours worked outside of the inspector’s normal working hours including weekends and holidays. Such requests shall be on a case-by-case basis as determined by the Engineer. If the Engineer so determines and approves, overtime inspection shall be paid for by the Contractor at the current City billing rate at the time of request or as billed by other public entities or independent testing laboratories. Any costs incurred by the City for overtime inspection shall be reimbursed prior to the release of Bonds.

SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS
4-1 GENERAL. - Delete and replace with the following:

GC 8
Should any work performed or material furnished under the Contract prove defective or not in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and in the opinion of the Engineer such defect is not of sufficient magnitude or importance to make the work dangerous or unusable, or if the removal of such work is impracticable or will create dangerous or undesirable conditions, the Engineer at his discretion shall have the right and authority to retain such work instead of requiring it to be removed and reconstructed, but he shall make such deductions therefore in the payment due the Contractor as may be just and reasonable.
4-1.1 Warranty of Title. No materials, supplies or equipment for the work under this Contract shall be purchased subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contract or other agreement by which an interest therein or any part thereof is retained by the seller or supplier. The Contractor warrants clear and good title to all materials supplied and equipment installed and incorporated in the work and agrees, upon completion of all work, to deliver the premises, together with all improvements and appurtenances constructed or placed thereon by him, to the Owner free from any claims, liens, encumbrances or charges, and further agrees that neither he nor any person, firm, or corporation furnishing any material or labor for work covered by the Contract shall have any right to a lien upon the premises or any improvement or appurtenance thereon, provided that this shall not preclude the Contractor from installing metering devices or other equipment of utility companies the title of which is commonly retained by the utility company. Nothing contained in this article, however, shall defeat or impair the right of such persons furnishing materials or labor under any bond given by the Contractor for their protection, or any right under any law permitting such persons to look to funds due the Contractor, which are in the hands of the Owner. 4-1.2 Clayton Act. In submitting a bid to the City, if the bid is accepted the Contractor agrees it will assign to the City all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C.

Section 15) or under the Cartwright Act (chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 Division 7 of the Business and Professionals Code), arising from purchases of goods, materials, or services by the Bidder for sale to the City pursuant to the bid. Such assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the City tenders final payment to the Bidder.

SECTION 5 – LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITES
5-1.1 CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES.

A noise level limit of 86 dbA at a distance of 15 m (50 feet) shall apply to all construction equipment on or related to the work whether owned by the Contractor or not. The use of excessively loud warning signals shall be avoided, except in those cases required for the protection of personnel. 5-1.2 General.

The enclosed toilets required by this section shall be located within an approved yard, if one is acquired by the Contractor. If a yard is not acquired by the Contractor or the project is not within a City owned property, the toilets must be installed on a trailer and removed from the jobsite each day.

At no times shall toilets be stored within the public right of way outside of working hours. 5-3 LABOR. - Amend the following:

GC 9
5-3.1 General. - Add the following paragraphs:

Employment of apprentices are required on projects of $30,000 or more. Provisions in Sections 1777.5 of the California Labor Code fixes responsibility of compliance with that section for all apprenticeable occupations with the Contractor. Section 1777.5 provides that the Contractor and every Subcontractor shall submit contract award information to the applicable joint apprenticeship committee. One apprentice hour for every five journeymen hours worked is the minimum State requirement applicable to each apprenticeable trade. Section 1777.7 of said Labor Code provides that the Contractor shall forfeit as a civil penalty the sum of one hundred dollars ($100.00) for each calendar day of noncompliance with provision of said Section 1777.5.

The Contractor will observe all applicable health and safety requirements, including, but not limited to the California and Federal Occupational Safety and Health Acts. The Contractor shall submit for review by the City a Site Specific Health and Safety Plan prior to the commencement of construction activities. This Plan shall meet or exceed the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.120. 5-3.2 Prevailing Wages. - Add the following paragraphs:

Contractors are hereby notified that pursuant to Section 1770 of the Labor Code of the State of California, the City Council of the City of Redlands, California, by Resolution No. 2326, has ascertained the general prevailing rate of hourly wages and rates for legal holidays and overtime work in the locality where this work is to be performed, for each craft or type of workman or mechanic needed to execute the Contract which will be awarded to the successful Bidder. The Contractor shall comply with Sections 1770 to 1780 inclusive of the Labor Code and Master Labor Agreement of Southern California.

The Contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project under this Contract in full less legally required deductions and also deductions made pursuant to the regulations prescribed under the so-called “Kick- Back Statute” (48 Sta. 948; U.S.C. 875; 40 U.S.C. 276c).

In accordance with Section 1775 of the California Labor code, Contractor shall forfeit to City, as a penalty, a minimum of $40 for each day, or portion thereof, and a maximum of $200 for each day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid, either by Contractor, or any subcontractor, less than the prevailing rates as determined by the Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations for the work.

Contractor further agrees to fully comply with all applicable provisions of the California Labor Code including but not limited to Sections 1771, 1775, 1776, 1777.5, 1813 and 1815. Failure to abide by prevailing wages and laws by Contractor will be enforced.

The Contractor or subcontractor shall, as a penalty, to the State or political subdivision on whose behalf the contract is made or awarded forfeit twenty-five ($25) dollars for each worker employed in the execution of the contract by the respective contractor or subcontractor for each calendar day during which the worker is required or permitted to work more than 8 hours in any calendar day and 40 hours in any calendar work in violation of Labor Code section 1813. 5-3.3 Payroll Records. – Delete and replace with the following:

GC 10
The contractor and subcontractors shall submit electronic certified payroll on a weekly basis to the City of Redlands through LCPtracker. LCPtracker is a web-based labor compliance management system. The Prime Contractor and Subcontractors and lower-tier Subcontractors will receive an email from LCPtracker providing their log-on identification and temporary password. The Contractors will need to follow the instructions in the email to set-up their permanent password and activate their account. Once their account is setup, LCPtracker Inc. provides either computer based or web based training. Training can be accessed via the “Book Now” button located under the “Projects” tab. The prime contractor shall submit their certified payroll, along with any subcontractor who is performing any labor, on a weekly basis. The prime contractor is responsible for all communication with their subcontractors and shall submit their subcontractor’s certified payroll as part of their weekly payroll packet. All labor compliance correspondence and submissions will be made through the LCPtracker software.

All certified payroll shall be submitted no later than 7 days from the close of the pay period. The payroll records shall set out accurately and completely the name, social security number, classification and hourly wage rate of each employee, hours worked by employee during the payroll period and a full weekly wages and the actual weekly wages paid to the employee. Such certified payroll records shall be made available at all time for inspection by the City, the Department of Industrial Relations, the Department of Labor or authorized representatives within ten days of request. The contractor and subcontractor shall preserve weekly payroll records for a period of three (3) years from the date of completion of the Contract. In case on noncompliance with said Section 1776 and after a ten-day period following receipt of written notice, the Contractor shall forfeit to the California Department of Industrial Relations one hundred dollars ($100.00) for each calendar day or portion thereof, for each worker in non-compliance, until compliance is effectuated.

In order to meet labor compliance requirements, all contractors will be required to complete eDocuments which are accessed, submitted and approved through LCPtracker. All eDocuments are required to be signed by an owner/officer or authorized signer. The Prime Contractor and each Subcontractor and every lower-tier Subcontractor and any Vendors subject to this provision shall comply with Title 8, Section 16404 of the California Code of Regulations.

A Fringe Benefit Statement shall be submitted with the first payroll and is required for both the prime contractor and any subcontractors. A new Fringe Benefit Statement will be required when general determinations are issued in February and August. Please refer to the DIR website for additional details. Any weeks where no work was performed must be represented by the submittal of a Statement of Non-Performance covering the 7 day pay period where no hours were worked on the site. Final payroll on the project should state “Final” on the certified payroll, and must be marked as such in the LCPtracker system.

Failure by the Contractor to comply with the aforementioned requirements shall result in withheld progress payments until such time certified payroll documents have been received, reviewed, and accepted by the City. The City reserves the right to seek assistance from the State Department of Industrial Relations in determining the acceptability of certified payroll submittals before release of withheld progress payments. Prior to the release of retention monies, all certified payroll must be submitted on the project and any outstanding issues that may have occurred throughout the project must be resolved.

GC 11
5-4 INSURANCE. - Delete Section 5-4.1, Section 5-4.2 and replace with the following:

Before entering into a Contract, the Bidder to whom the Contract has been awarded shall furnish satisfactory evidence that they have secured all required insurance from a responsible insurance company authorized to do business in California and satisfactory to the City, and such insurance shall be maintained in full force and effect at the Contractor's own expense during the life of the Contract.

Contractor shall furnish the City with the customary Certificates of Insurance for all required insurance listed below. General Liability Insurance shall name the City and the Consultant, as an additional insured and shall be primary and non-contributing to any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City. All liability insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that, in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the City shall be notified by registered mail, return receipt requested, giving sufficient time before the date thereof to comply with any applicable law or statute, but in no event less than forty five (45) days before expiration or cancellation is effective.

The coverage shall provide the following minimum limits based on the type of work proposed under this Contract. The Contractor shall determine if the proposed work requires Tier 1 or Tier 2 Designated Insurance Requirements shown below.

TIER 1 DESIGNATED INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
a. Commercial General Liability
 $1 Million Per Occurrence/ $2 Million Aggregate
 City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
 Coverage is primary and non-contributory
CONTRACTED OPERATIONS DESIGNATED AS TIER 1
Air Conditioning (HVAC)
Systems (installation)
Electric Light or Power Line
Construction Pipeline Construction
Airport Runways (paving,
repaving, etc.) Elevator Work Roofing
Blasting Operations Excavation Sandblasting
Bridge or Elevated Highway
Construction
Fire Suppression Systems
(installation)
Sewer and Water Main
Construction
Buildings Structural Work
(including elevators)
Gas Mains or Connections
Construction Sign Erection (streets)
Building Structure (raising or
moving) Geophysical Exploration Solar Energy
Cable Installation in Conduits and
Conduit Construction (streets) Grading of Land Street Cleaning Caisson or Cofferdam Work Hazardous Materials Contractors Street or Road Construction Dam or Reservoir Construction Irrigation or Drainage
Construction
Tank Construction, Installation,
Erection or Repair
Demolition (structures) Landscape Construction (street or street medians)
Telephone or Cable Line
Construction
Drilling Painting (exterior greater than
single story)
Tree Pruning, Dusting, Spraying
or Removal
GC 12
 If scope of work is within 50 feet of any railroad, endorsement citing inclusion of liability associated with this work is required
 If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission b. Business Auto Liability
 $1 Million Combined Single Limit
 City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
 Must include liability arising from all owned, leased, hired, and non-owned autos  If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission  If Contractor or its subcontractors or suppliers haul hazardous material (including, without limitation, waste), Auto Liability insurance must be applicable to all hazardous waste hauling vehicles, and include MCS 90 and CA9948 Endorsements. c. Commercial Umbrella/ Excess Liability
 $5 Million Per Occurrence/ Aggregate
 City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
 Coverage is primary and non-contributory
 If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission d. Workers Compensation
 $1 Million Per Occurrence for Bodily Injury by Accident  $1 Million Each Employee for Bodily Injury by Disease  $1 Million Policy Limit for Bodily Injury by Accident  Waiver of Subrogation in favor of City
 If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission e. Pollution Policy (Hazardous Materials) [If Applicable]  Required of Projects that involve Demolition and/or Excavation Activities  $1 Million Per Occurrence/ $2 Million Aggregate
 City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
CONTRACTED OPERATIONS DESIGNATED AS TIER 2
Air Conditioning (HVAC) Systems
(service and repair) Carpentry (building interiors) Fire Suppression Systems (service and repair) Alarms and Alarm Systems Communications Equipment
Installation (interior) Landscape Construction
Building Interior Work (service,
repair and non-structural
remodeling)
Driveway, Parking Area or
Sidewalk (paving or repaving) Painting (exterior)
Cable Installation in Conduits
(buildings) Fence Erection All Other Job Types including Vendors GC 13
TIER 2 DESIGNATED INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
a. Commercial General Liability
 $1 Million Per Occurrence/ $2 Million Aggregate
 City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
 Coverage is primary and non-contributory
 If scope of work is within 50 feet of any railroad, endorsement citing inclusion of liability associated with this work is required
 If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission b. Business Auto Liability
 $1 Million Combined Single Limit
 City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
 Must include liability arising from all owned, leased, hired, and non-owned autos  If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission  If Contractor or its subcontractors or suppliers haul hazardous material (including, without limitation, waste), Auto Liability insurance must be applicable to all hazardous waste hauling vehicles, and include MCS 90 and CA9948 Endorsements. c. Workers Compensation
 $1 Million Per Occurrence for Bodily Injury by Accident  $1 Million Each Employee for Bodily Injury by Disease  $1 Million Policy Limit for Bodily Injury by Accident  Waiver of Subrogation in favor of City
 If any policy forms of endorsements are cited to grant extension of coverage, they must be included with the Certificate of Insurance submission d. Pollution Policy (Hazardous Materials) [If Applicable]  Required of Projects that involve Demolition and/or Excavation Activities  $1 Million Per Occurrence/ $2 Million Aggregate
 City listed as an Additional Insured on the coverage
Contractor expressly waives all rights to subrogation against the City, its officers, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by Contractor for City by expressly waiving Contractor’s immunity for injuries to Contractor’s employees and agrees that the obligation to indemnify, defend and hold harmless provided for in this Agreement extend to any claim brought by or on behalf of any employee of Contractor. This waiver is mutually negotiated by the parties. This shall not apply to any damage resulting from the sole negligence of City, its agents and employees.

To the extent any of the damages referenced herein were caused by or resulted from the concurrent negligence of City, its agents or employees, the obligations provided herein to indemnify, defend and hold harmless are valid and enforceable only to the extent of the negligence of contractor, its officers, agents and employees.

GC 14
Subcontractors. The prime contractor shall include all subcontractors as insureds under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements from each subcontractor.

The Contractor shall not assign or sublet the contract, in whole or in part, without the written consent of the City, nor shall the contractor assign any monies due to, or to become due to, Contractor hereunder without prior written consent of the City.

The Contractor shall be fully responsible to the City for the acts and omissions of the subcontractor and persons either directly or indirectly employed by the Contractor. Consent to subcontracting part of the work shall, in no way, release the Contractor from responsibility for performance of the work, and Contractor will be held, in all respects, accountable for the same as if no consent had been given.

The Contractor shall give personal attention to this work which is sublet. Nothing contained in the contract documents shall create any contractual relation between any subcontractor and the City.

Hold Harmless and Indemnification. Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend City and its elected officials, agents and employees and the Consultant from and against any and all claims, losses or liability, including attorney’s fees, arising from injury or death to persons or damage to property occasioned by any act, omission or failure to act of Contractor, its subcontractors, and any officers, agents and employees in performing the work required by this Agreement. Contractor’s obligations under this provision shall not be limited in any way by any terms of this Agreement, or the insurance limits.
5-4.3 Worker’s Compensation Insurance. - Delete and replace with the following:

A. Contractor shall have worker’s compensation and employer’s liability insurance in force throughout the duration of the contract in an amount which meets the statutory requirement with an insurance carrier acceptable to the City. The insurance policy shall include a provision prohibiting cancellation of said policy except upon forty-five (45) days prior written notice to City. Certificates of Insurance shall be delivered to the City at the time of the Contractors’ execution of the agreement.

B. Contractor expressly waives all rights to subrogation against the City, its officers, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by Contractor for City by expressly waiving Contractor’s immunity for injuries to Contractor’s employees and agrees that the obligation to indemnify, defend and hold harmless provided for in this Agreement extend to any claim brought by or on behalf of any employee of Contractor. This waiver is mutually negotiated by the parties. This shall not apply to any damage resulting from the sole negligence of City, its agents and employees. To the extent any of the damages referenced herein were caused by or resulted from the concurrent negligence of City, its agents or employees, the obligations provided herein to indemnify, defend and hold harmless are valid and enforceable only to the extent of the negligence of contractor, its officers, agents and employees. 5-6 PATENT FEES OR ROYALTIES. Delete and replace with the following:

The Contractor shall include in its Bid the patent fees or royalties on any patented article or process which may be furnished or used in the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the City GC 15
harmless from any legal action that may be brought for infringement of patents. The Contractor’s attention is directed to “Notice of Patents, Data, and Copyright Regulations” of the Federal Labor Standards.

The Contractor shall bear all costs arising from the use of patented goods and/or processes used on and/or incorporated into the Work. When use of these goods and/or processes is judged to be an infringement and the use is banned, the Contractor, at its own expense, shall, with concurrence of the Engineer, do one of the following:

A. Secure for the City the right to continue using goods and/or processes by suspension of the injunction or by procuring a license(s);
B. Replace said goods and/or processes with non-infringing goods and/or processes; C. Modify said goods and/or processes so that they become non-infringing; or D. Remove said goods and/or processes and refund the sum paid therefore without prejudice to any other rights of the City.

The preceding shall not apply to any goods manufactured to the detailed design of the City contained in the Contract Documents.
5-7 SAFETY.
5-7.1 Work Site Safety.
5-7.1.1 General. - Amend the following:

Add the following sentences to paragraph 1:

Should watering be the sole method utilized for roadway dust abatement purposes, the maximum time interval that shall elapse between applications thereof shall be no greater than 3 hours during normal working day, supplemented by an additional application thereof immediately prior to the conclusion of the workday and at such other times as may be required, including evenings, weekends and holidays as required by the Engineer. Should the Contractor be unable to furnish dust abatement as specified, the City may perform or cause to be performed the necessary service, the expense of which will be deducted from the payment due the Contractor.

Add the following paragraphs:

To insure the protection of storm drain inlets, Best Management Practices (BMPs) shall be employed during cleanup and dust control operations. Refer to Section 7-8.6.

Compliance with this section is of extreme importance to the City and its citizens. The City may fine the Contractor $1,000 per incident if there are issues with dust, mud, unused equipment or materials and rubbish within the construction area that result in citizen complaints. A 24 hour notice shall be issued to the Contractor and failure to correct the problems will result in the fine being levied. This fine will be in addition to those fines potentially charged for NPDES violations.

GC 16
5-8 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL.

Dust control shall be performed in accordance with Subsection 7-8 of the Standard Specifications, South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 403, the general Provisions and the following Provision.

Dust resulting from the Contractor’s performance of the work, either inside or outside, the right-ofway shall be controlled by the Contractor. Dust control includes the action necessary to prevent, reduce or control dust within the work area as required to complete the work. The Contractor shall carry out proper and efficient measures to prevent his operations from producing dust in amounts damaging to property or causing a nuisance, or harm to persons living nearby or occupying buildings in the vicinity of the work. The Contractor shall control dust 24 hours a day, seven days a week. The methods to be used for controlling dust in the construction area and along haul roads shall be approved by the Engineer prior to starting any work. The Rule 403 Implementation Handbook published by the SCAQMD, contains a detailed listing of reasonably available dust control measures.

Dust control ordered by the Engineer to be applied on Saturdays, Sundays or holidays will be included in the Contract price for dust control and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

The full compensation for all direct and indirect costs incurred for work performed or materials used to control dust resulting from the Contractor’s performance of the work and caused by public traffic, either inside or outside the right-of-way shall be considered as included in the Contract prices paid for the various items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 5-9 STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS.

The Contractor shall be required to provide and maintain as necessary, any additional property required for storage of equipment, materials, etc., to perform work on this project. Should the additional property be located within the city limits of the City of Redlands, the Contractor shall obtain written approval from the City of Redlands Development Services Department and comply with all conditions set therein prior to use. When private property is used for a yard area, the Contractor shall also secure written authorization from the private property owner and supply a copy of such to the City before any monthly progress payment is submitted. Contractor to propose designated areas of the project site, upon approval by the Engineer, suitable for material delivery, storage, and waste collection.

The Contractor shall ensure the construction yard adheres to all local, State and Federal regulations, ordinances, codes and maintained in a neat and orderly manner throughout the duration of the project.

The contractor shall include the construction yard in the Erosion Control Plan or SWPPP and shall be inspected and approved prior to use of the yard. If at any time during the project the location of the construction yard changes from the approved site, the City shall be notified prior to relocation for inspection and approval. Should the Contractor fail to comply with these conditions, the Engineer may suspend the work per SSPWC section 6-3 until the condition is corrected.

GC 17
At the end of the project or as required, the Contractor shall: clean up and remove all trash and debris, including all organic trash and debris; clean up and remove all hazardous and biochemical wastes from the property to the satisfaction of the agency (City, County, State, or Federal) charged with overseeing these items; and provide to the City a written release from the private property owner that they are satisfied with all clean up and removal work.
5-9.1 Storage in Public Streets.

Construction materials and equipment shall not be stored within public streets or right of way without prior approval from the City. In order to seek approval, Contractor shall submit a location map with all equipment or materials identified including size, duration and any BMP’s installed and provide at least 7 days for review by the City.
5-10 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL.

The Contractor shall follow the City's guidelines for Storm Water Pollution Prevention in providing storm water pollution control at the project site, including the implementation of approved Erosion/Sediment Control Plans during construction as well as the implementation of approved Water Quality Management Plans.

Construction activities disturbing 1 acre or more of land shall comply with the State Water Resources Control Board’s NPDES General Construction Storm Water Permit. A copy of the Notice of Intent (NOI) to include the Waste Discharge Identification (WDID) number shall be submitted as part of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) to the Engineer for review. Call (909) 782- 4130 for NOI/WDID information.

All projects requiring grading shall submit to the City for review and approval an Erosion/Sediment Control Plan and a Grading Plan. Permit(s) will not be issued until plans are approved and may be revoked if work required in these specifications are not complied with.

Construction sites shall be maintained by implementation of BMPs in such manner that pollutants are not discharged from the site to the maximum extent practicable. A few references available to help with selection and implementation of applicable BMPs are:

1. California Storm Water Best Management Practice Handbook, American Public Works Association, March 1993;

2. The Construction Site Best Management Practices Manual, November 2000;

3. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan and Water Pollution Control Program Preparation Manual, November 2000;

4. California Regional Water Quality Control Board’s San Francisco Bay Region, Guidelines for Construction Projects; and

5. California Regional Water Quality Control Board’s San Francisco Bay Region, Erosion and Sediment Control Field Manual, July 1999.

All discharges into the storm drain system are prohibited except for potable water, properly treated discharge, and those discharges specifically approved by the Engineer. The following are some of the prohibited discharges:

GC 18

1. Discharges that could have an impact on human health or the environment, cause or threaten to cause pollution, contamination, or nuisance;

2. Discharges that exceed any applicable water quality standard contained in a statewide Water Quality Control Plan or local Basin Plan; and

3. Discharges containing hazardous substances equal to or in excess of a reportable quantity listed in Federal regulations 40 CFR, Parts 117 and 302.

Materials that can cause or contribute to pollution or a violation of any applicable water quality standard include, but are not limited to: sediments; solid or liquid chemical spills; wastes from paints, stains, sealants, glues, limes, pesticides or herbicides and wood preservatives or solvents; asbestos fibers, paint flakes or stucco fragments; fuels, oils, lubricants or hydraulic, radiator and battery fluids; fertilizers; vehicle and equipment wash water or concrete wash water; concrete, detergent or floatable wastes; wastes from any engine and equipment steam cleaning or chemical degreasing; and chlorinated potable water line flushings.

Unless exempted or authorized by an NPDES permit, all non-storm water discharges require prior approval by the Engineer or the State Water Resources Control Board with Engineer approval.

During construction, temporary storage of such materials as identified above, must occur in a designated area physically separated from potential storm water runoff, with ultimate disposal in accordance with local, state and federal requirements.

De-watering of contaminated groundwater or discharging contaminated soils via surface erosion is prohibited.

Unless indicated otherwise by the Engineer, all projects, regardless of size, shall submit for review and approval, a Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP). The WQMP shall consist of post construction BMPs which shall remain in effect throughout the life of the facility. Refer to WQMP guidelines.
5-11 TEMPORARY LIGHTS, POWER AND WATER.

Any water drawn from a City fire hydrant shall be via a City owned water meter. Said meter may be obtained from the Municipal Utilities & Engineering Department. Contractor is responsible for payment of a $1200 deposit fee. Said meter shall be returned in a condition like received, less normal wear and tear. All meters are loaned subject to the conditions of the Fire Hydrant Construction Meter Water Service Application. Contractor must provide proposed location of meter and notify Customer Service at (909) 798-7516 each time the meter is relocated during construction. Water reasonably used in connection with the construction contract will be provided at no cost to the Contractor. Water use determined to be wasteful or unreasonable will be charged for at the prevailing rate. 5-12 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS.

GC 19
The Contractor shall relocate, re-establish, repair or replace all existing improvements within the work limits or right-of-way which are not designated for removal (e.g., sprinkler systems, curbs, sidewalks, driveways, fences, walls, signs, utility installations, pavement, structures, etc.) which are damaged or removed as a result of its operations.

Relocations, re-establishments, repairs and replacements shall be at least equal to existing improvements and shall match them in finish and dimension.

All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, restoring, relocating, repairing, replacing or reestablishing existing improvements shall be included in the Bid.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of the streets and roadways to be used by public and local traffic through and adjacent to the construction zone, from the date of "Notice to Proceed" until the date of acceptance of the completed construction improvements.

Street maintenance shall include filling of potholes, grading of subgrade and base, replacing signs, installing interim pavement striping and markers on the project streets and other side streets within the construction zone. Street maintenance shall also include sweeping and washing of streets, adjacent and connected to the construction zone on a weekly, or more frequent schedule, to prevent the accumulation of dust, dirt, gravel or other deleterious materials, all as necessary to maintain the construction roadways and adjacent streets in a safe, clean and drivable condition for use by public and local traffic.

Upon request from the City for information pertaining to a claim against the contractor, contractor shall provide a written/email response, including all requested information, within 14 calendar days of City’s request. If a response with all requested information is not provided to the City within 14 calendar days, a penalty of $500 per calendar day will be assessed to the Contractor by the City. 5-13 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY.
5-13.1 General.

The Contractor may be allowed to close the roadway, or a portion thereof, to traffic during normal work hours upon approval from the Engineer. During any closure, the Contractor shall allow access for residents, schools, trash service trucks, churches and businesses within the affected portion of roadway, except as required for construction for a reasonable period of time. The Contractor shall notify residents as noted within Section 5-18.

The Contractor shall provide and install barricades, delineators, warning devices and construction signs in accordance with the Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH) prepared by the Southern California Chapter of the American Public Works Association. During adverse weather or unusual traffic or working conditions additional devices shall be placed as directed by the engineer.

All traffic signs and devices shall conform to the current State of California, Department of Transportation (CALTRANS), "Manual of Warning Signs, Lights, and Devices for Use in Performance of Work upon Highways", unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.

GC 20
Fences, barriers, lights and signs shall be furnished, erected and maintained as necessary to give an adequate warning to the public at all times that the work is under construction and of dangerous conditions to be encountered as a result thereof, and warning and directional signs shall also be erected and maintained as may be required by the City. Should the Contractor fail to furnish a sufficient number of traffic and/or pedestrian safety devices within three (3) hours after being notified, the Owner will place such necessary items and the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for providing such devices in accordance with the following provisions:

1. For placing of barricades - $15.00 per barricade for each day or part thereof.

For flashers - $15.00 per flasher for each day or part thereof.

For traffic cones - $7.50 per cone for each day or part thereof.

2. In the event that the services of the Owner are required outside the normal working hours and/or days or items not noted above are furnished by the City, all costs incurred by the City shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

The Contractor shall relocate, preserve and maintain the visibility of all signs within the project limits which affect the flow of traffic, as directed by the engineer. Any signs that are missing or found damaged shall be replaced immediately by the Contractor at his expense.

The Contractor shall provide and maintain Class II barricades along excavation edges parallel to the flow of traffic at a spacing of twenty-five feet (25'). Class II barricades mounted with flashers shall be installed around work areas in parkways. Class II barricades shall have alternating black and reflectorized white (or yellow) stripes at an angle of 45 degrees. The stripe with shall be four to six inches.

During paving operations barricades may be supplemented with minimum size eighteen-inch (18") high traffic cones and delineators such that spacing between barricades and/or cones or delineators is no greater than twenty-five feet (25"). At all access points such as intersecting streets, alleys and driveways, barricades and/or cones shall be provided at five-foot (5') intervals so as to prevent vehicular access to the paving area. Where access from an intersecting street is prohibited, a "Road Closed" sign shall be provided. "No Left Turn" sign shall be provided wherever required by the Engineer.

Clearances from traffic lanes shall be 5 feet to the edge of any excavation and 2 feet to the face of any curb, pole, barricade, delineator or other vertical obstruction.

A 4 foot wide pedestrian walkway shall be maintained in the parkway area on each side of all streets, unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. The minimum clearance from: the edge of pedestrian walkways to any traffic lane shall be 5 feet; the edge of pedestrian walkways to any work zone shall be 3 feet; and the surface of pedestrian walkways to any overhead obstruction shall be 7 feet.

GC 21
The Contractor shall, at the end of each work day, have backfilled, compacted and placed a temporary drivable roadway surface on all work areas within traveled roadways prior to leaving the job site. Failure to comply to the satisfaction of the Engineer shall result in immediate correction by City forces, and all costs shall be borne by the Contractor.

Traffic control devices shall be marked with the Contractor’s name as appropriate. At no time shall any traffic control devices marked with companies or agencies other than the Contractor or subcontractors, be utilized within the work area.

All said traffic controls and safety devices shall be maintained in clean condition, with any and all graffiti removed by the end of workday on which the graffiti was first reported to the Contractor.

If the traffic control devices are deemed unacceptable by the Engineer due to being damaged, dirty, or marked incorrectly, the Contractor shall replace the traffic control devices immediately. Should the Contractor fail to furnish traffic control devices within three (3) hours after being notified, the Owner will place such necessary items and the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for providing such devices in accordance with the provisions above.
5-13.1.1 Vehicular Access.

At such times as driveways are inaccessible due to the Contractor's work they shall be blocked by two (2) Class II barricades or one (1) Class II barricades and two (2) delineators. Driveways that are ramped or planked for temporary access shall be provided with a delineator at each side. 5-13.1.2 Signage. The Contractor shall furnish, erect and maintain all construction traffic signage as required and specified.

All construction traffic signage shall be in place prior to commencing any work, placed as needed during construction, moved as necessary and removed only upon completion of all work.

All construction traffic signage and controls shall comply with the State of California Manual of Traffic Controls, Warning Signs, Lights and Devices for use in Performance of Work Upon Highways. All construction traffic signage used in the performance of the work shall be a minimum of the encapsulated lens (high intensity) type. All traffic controls and safety devices, equipment and materials, including but not limited to cones, channelizers, delineators, flashing warning lights, barricades, high level warning devices, telescoping flag trees, flags, signs, markers, portable barriers, flashing arrow signs, changeable message signs, markings and flagging equipment shall be provided and maintained in like new condition.

When a Traffic Signal is constructed as a part of the project, the Contractor shall place and maintain for one calendar month, a message board for each approach leg to a new traffic signal. The message board shall read “CAUTION - NEW TRAFFIC SIGNAL”. The one month period shall begin from the day of activation. This requirement may be lessened or waived, on a case-by-case basis, by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall furnish and properly install, construct, erect, use and continuously inspect and maintain, twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, including holidays, all said GC 22
devices, equipment and materials and all temporary and permanent pedestrian and driving surfaces as necessary to provide for the safety and convenience of, and to properly warn, guide, control, regulate, channelize and protect the vehicular traffic, pedestrian traffic, project workers, and the public throughout the entire limits of the work activity and beyond said limits as necessary to include areas affecting or affected by the work, from the date of notice to proceed to the completion and acceptance of the work. Any corrective work required to be performed by City forces shall be charged to the Contractor and paid in full before release of any bonds on the project.

All traffic cones shall be no less than 28 inches in height, except that shorter cones, 12 inches minimum height, may be permitted during striping maintenance operations where the only function of the cone is to separate traffic from the wet paint. All barricades used to delineate traffic at night or placed in or adjacent to the traveled roadway at night, shall be equipped with flashing warning lights.

Channelizers shall be required when lane restrictions, detours or other work conditions need to be maintained for periods longer than normal work hours. Channelizers shall be surface-mounted type and shall be furnished, placed and maintained at the locations shown on the plans or as approved by the Engineer and shall conform to these specifications. Channelizers shall be, at the Contractor’s option, one of the following types, or approved equal: (1) Safe-Hit SH236SMA; (2) Repo “The Replaceable Post”; or (3) Carsonite, “Super Duck” SDF-436.SDF-436. 5-13.2 Traffic Control Plan
The Contractor shall provide a Traffic Control Plan to the agency for approval prior to the scheduled commencement of work. Comments and corrections shall be returned to the Contractor within five (5) working days.

The Contractor shall be required to maintain one lane in each direction when working on the roadway.

Access to schools, businesses, etc. shall be maintained as necessary for their operations. If closures are authorized by the Engineer, all detour signage shall be installed prior to closure of specified portion of roadway(s), and shall be maintained during closure.

The Contractor shall make provision to allow pedestrians full access across work areas at existing crosswalks, while working within those areas.

Traffic controls, including but not limited to vehicular and pedestrian traffic controls, maintenance of vehicular and pedestrian access, detours, and street closures shall be in accordance with Subsection 7-1, of the current edition of the "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction," including all its subsequent amendments, and the current edition of the "Work Area Traffic Control Handbook." Traffic control and the Traffic Control Plan shall conform to the following:
a. All major streets shall remain open to through-traffic at all times, residential street will be closed to traffic only as long as it takes for material application and drying time.
b. The Traffic Control Plan shall indicate the traffic control requirements for the different types of work to be performed. The Contractor shall be GC 23
responsible for the preparation of Plans as necessary for specific items of work. These Plans shall be approved by the City's Engineer. c. All traffic controls and safety devices, equipment and materials, including but not limited to cones, delineators, flashing warning lights, barricades, high level warning devices (flag trees), flags, signs, markers, portable barriers, flashing arrow signs, markings, and flagging equipment shall be provided and maintained in "like new" condition.
d. The Contractor shall furnish and properly install, construct, erect, use, and continuously inspect and maintain, twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, all said devices, equipment and materials and all temporary and permanent pedestrian and driving surfaces as necessary to provide for the safety and convenience of, and to properly warn, guide, control, regulate, channelize and protect the vehicular traffic, pedestrian traffic, project workers, and the public throughout the entire limits of the work activity and beyond said limits as necessary to include area affecting or affected by the work, from the start of work to the completion of the work.

In the event the slurry and cape seal ravels, a "loose gravel" (C6) sign shall be placed to adequately warn the public.
e. High-level warning devices (flag trees) are required at all times for any work being performed within the roadway unless otherwise specifically authorized by the City's Engineer.
f. All barricades shall be equipped with flashing warning lights, and all traffic cones shall be no less than twenty-eight inches (28") in height, except that shorter cones, twelve inches (12") high or higher, may be used during striping maintenance operations where the only function of the cones is to protect the wet paint from the traffic.
g. Type III barricades, no less than six feet (6') in length and equipped with two (2) Type "N" markers each and two (2) flashing warning lights each, shall be used to close streets, except as otherwise specifically authorized in advance by the City's Engineer for minor maintenance work of no more than one (1) working days duration on weekdays, or on holidays only, and between 8:00 a.m. and 3:30 p.m. only. Said barricades shall be placed across the full roadway at each point of closure with the distance between barricades or between barricades and curbs, not exceeding three feet (3'), except that one (1) eleven-foot (11')-wide gap between barricades shall be provided at the center of the street. Barricades to the right of the street's center, facing the inbound vehicular traffic, shall also be equipped with one (1) Type C2 "Road Closed" sign each or one (1) Type C3A "Road Closed to Thru Traffic" sign each.

GC 24
h. Except for residential streets, as otherwise directed and/or authorized by the City's Engineer, two-way vehicular traffic shall be maintained at all times within two (2) eleven foot (11')-wide lanes on streets, having an effective roadway width of forty-four feet (44') or more with restricted parking, and other streets of lesser widths may be reduced to one (1) twelve-foot (12') wide lane with work activity being limited to one side at a time, and with one-way vehicular traffic being maintained at all times by properly trained and experienced flaggers.

No reduction of the traveled way width shall be permitted on any City street before 8:00 a.m. nor after 3:30 p.m., on weekends or holidays, or when active work is not being done, unless prior authorization to do so is granted by the City's Engineer.

Arrow boards shall be required for all lane closures on major streets. i. Properly trained and experienced flaggers shall be provided to traffic when said traffic is to be interrupted, when two-way traffic is to be reduced to one-way traffic, and at such other times as is necessary to safely pass the traffic through or around the work area, and when so directed by the City's Engineer.
j. Vehicular access to occupied residential property may be restricted on weekdays other than holidays between the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. while essential work activity is taking place, with specific prior written approval from the City's Engineer, providing the Contractor gives the owner and/or resident at least forty-eight (48)-hour advance written and oral notice. See Part 2, "Notification of Residents," herein.

Convenient and safe pedestrian access to occupied residential property shall be maintained at all times. Access to mailboxes must be maintained at all time, such that the postal delivery service is not interrupted.

Access to vacant and unused property may be restricted at the Engineer's discretion. Both vehicular and pedestrian access shall be maintained at all times to all other property except as otherwise specifically authorized in writing by the City's Engineer.
k. Any traffic control and safety devices and equipment being used which becomes damaged, destroyed, faded, soiled, misplaced, worn out, inoperative, lost, or stolen shall be promptly repaired refurbished and/or replaced, and any traffic control and safety devices and equipment being used which are displaced or not in an upright position from any cause, shall be promptly returned or restored to their proper position.

GC 25
l. An unobstructed view of all signs and warning devices including but not limited to stop signs, stop ahead signs, street names signs, and other regulatory, warning and construction signs, markers, and warning devices shall be maintained at all times. No trucks or other equipment or materials shall be stopped, parked, or otherwise placed so as to obscure said signs, markers, and devices from the view of vehicular and/or pedestrian traffic to which it applies.
m. When entering or leaving roadways carrying public traffic, the Contractor's equipment, whether empty or loaded, shall yield to said public traffic at all times, except where the traffic is being controlled by police officers, fire officers, properly trained and experienced flaggers, or at traffic signalized intersections.
n. Stockpiling and/or storage of materials on any public right-of-way or parking areas will not be allowed without specific permission of the Engineer. Materials spilled along or on said right-of-way or parking areas shall be removed completely and promptly. All stockpile and/or storage areas shall be kept in a safe, neat, clean, and orderly fashion, and shall be restored to equal or better than original condition upon completion of the work.
o. Where vehicular access to abutting property must be restricted, the work shall be so selected, arranged, and scheduled that the person(s) requiring access to said abutting property and/or residents along said streets affected will be able to park within a reasonable distance of not more than five hundred feet (500') from their homes and/or destination. Residents must be supplied written notice of such restrictions a minimum of 48 hours in advance.
p. When work has been completed on a particular street or has been suspended or rescheduled, and said street is to be opened to vehicular traffic, all equipment, "NO PARKING" signs, other obstructions, and unnecessary traffic control devices and equipment shall be promptly removed from that street except as otherwise authorized or directed by the City's Engineer. q. Should the Contractor be neglectful, negligent, or refuse, fail, or otherwise be unavailable to promptly, satisfactorily, and fully comply with the provisions specified and referred to hereinabove, the City reserves the right to correct and/or mitigate any situation, which in the sole opinion of the City's Engineer constitutes a serious deficiency and/or serious case of noncompliance, by any means at its disposal at the Contractor's and/or permittee's expense, and will deduct the cost therefore from the Contractor's progress and/or final payment. Such corrective action taken by the City shall not reduce or abrogate the Contractor's legal obligations and liability for proper traffic control and safety measures, and shall not serve to transfer GC 26
said obligations and liabilities from the Contractor to the City or the City's agents.
r. Violations of any of the above Provisions and/or Provisions of the referenced publications, unless promptly and completely corrected to the satisfaction of the City's Engineer, shall at the sole discretion of the City, be grounds for termination of the Contract, or shut down or partial shutdown of the work, without compensation to the Contractor and/or permittee, or liability to the City, all as prescribed by Contractual obligation or State law, whichever is applicable.

Full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, flaggers, lights, channelizers (surface mounted), temporary striping, barricades, portable flashing lights, flashing arrow signs, traffic control and detour plan, and incidentals required to comply with the provisions specified and referred to herein above, to provide all required traffic and pedestrian control for the duration of this contract, all as shown and as specified, shall be paid as specified in Section 01200 of the General Requirements and no other compensation shall be made therefore. 5-13.3 Edison Energized Conductors. The Contractor hereby promises and agrees that in the performance of the Work, he will employ and utilize only qualified persons, as hereinafter defined, to work in proximity to Edison's secondary, primary and transmission facilities. The term "qualified person" is defined as follows:
"Qualified Person". A person by reason of experience or instruction is familiar with the operation to be performed and hazards involved.

Contractor further promises and agrees that the provisions of this paragraph shall be and are binding upon any Subcontractor or Subcontractors that may be retained by it, and that the Contractor shall take such steps as are necessary to insure compliance by said Subcontractor or Subcontractors with the requirements of this paragraph.
5-14 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE.
5-14.1 Responsibility for Damage. The Contractor agrees to and does hereby indemnify, defend and hold harmless the City, its elected officials and the Consultant and their officers, agents and employees from every claim or demand made, and every liability, loss, damage, or expense of any nature whatsoever, including attorney's fees and costs, which may be incurred by reason of:
(a) Liability for damages for (1) death or bodily injury to persons, (2) injury to loss or theft of property, (3) any other loss, damage or expense arising under either (1) or (2) above, sustained by the Contractor or any person, firm or corporation employed by the contractor upon or in connection with the work called for in this agreement, except for the liability resulting from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the City, its elected officials and their officers, employees and agents who are directly employed by the City and the Consultant; and GC 27
(b) any injury to or death of persons or damage to property caused by any fault, neglect, default or omission of the Contractor, or any person, firm or corporation employed by the Contractor, either directly or by independent contract, including all damages due to loss or theft, sustained by any person, firm or corporation, including the City, arising out of, or in any way connected with the work covered by this agreement, whether said injury or damage occurs either on or off City property, provided that any of the foregoing (1) is attributable to personal injury, bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itself), including the loss of use resulting there from, and (2) is caused in whole or in part by any act or omission of the Contractor, any subcontractor, any supplier, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose act or omissions any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any act or omission (active, passive, or comparative negligence included, excepting the active negligence of the District) of a party indemnified hereunder.
(c) The Contractor, at its own expense, cost, and risk shall defend any and all actions, suits or other proceedings that may be brought or instituted against the City, its elected officials, officers, agents and employees and the Consultant, against any such claim, demand or liability, and shall pay or satisfy any judgment that may be rendered against the City, its elected officials, officers, agents or employees, in any such action, suit or other proceedings as a result thereof.
5-15 NO PERSONAL LIABILITY. Neither the City Council, the Engineer, the Consultant, nor any other officer or authorized assistant or agent shall be personally responsible for any liability arising under the contract.
5-16 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK. Except as provided above, until the formal acceptance of the Work by the City, the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall bear the risk of injury or damage to any part thereof by the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before final acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof, except such injuries or damages occasioned by act of the federal government or the public enemy.

The City of Redlands shall not be held responsible for the care or protection of any material or parts of the work prior to final acceptance, except as expressly provided in these specifications.

The City shall not be responsible for security of the Contractors equipment or materials at the site.

The City will not be responsible for theft or damage to any property or materials of the Contractor.

Security for Contractor’s property shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 5-17 WARRANTY OF WORK. The Contractor shall guarantee the Work against defective materials or workmanship for a period of (1) year from the date of completion date specified in the Notice of Completion, except where longer warranty periods are specifically stated. As specified in Section 2-4 in the GENERAL CONDITIONS, the Performance Bond shall remain in full force and effect during the warranty period.

GC 28
All work which has been rejected, shall be remedied, or removed and replaced, by the Contractor at his own expense, with work conforming to the Plans and Specifications. Any defective material or workmanship which may be discovered before final acceptance or within (1) one year from the completion date specified in the Notice of Completion shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor at his own expense notwithstanding that it may have been overlooked in previous inspections and estimates. Failure to inspect work at any stage shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to perform sound and reliable work as herein described. It is the Contractor's ultimate responsibility to deliver at the time of final acceptance a complete project that complies in all details with these Contract Documents. All items shall be ready to operate.

Any omission or failure on the part of the Owner to discover or notify the Contractor of or to condemn defective work or material at the time of construction shall not be deemed an acceptance, and the Contractor will be required to correct defective work or material prior to final acceptance.

The Owner will endeavor to locate any errors or defective materials or workmanship and call them to the attention of the Contractor prior to subsequent work being performed. However, the Owner is under no obligation to do so and shall not be held liable because errors or defective material or workmanship by the Contractor are not discovered prior to subsequent work.

During the (1) one year warranty period, should the Contractor fail to remedy defective material and/or workmanship, or to make replacements within five (5) days after written notice by the Owner, it is agreed that the Owner may make such repairs and replacement and the actual cost of the required labor and materials shall be chargeable to and payable by the Contractor or his Surety.

Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the rights of the Owner to immediately correct conditions which may be unsafe or which may pose a public health nuisance. Should said conditions later be found to be caused by defective material and/or workmanship, the Contractor and his Surety shall reimburse the Owner for costs reasonably incurred while attending the situation.

In the event it is necessary for the Owner to file suit to enforce any liability of the Contractor pursuant to this sections WARRANTY OF WORK, the Owner shall be entitled to recover from the Contractor, in addition to all other amounts found due and owing, costs of suit and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by the Owner in successfully enforcing the Contractor's obligations, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered.

The warranty provided herein shall not be in lieu of, but shall be in addition to any warranties or other obligations otherwise imposed by the Contract Document or by law. The remedies provided herein shall not be exclusive and the Owner shall be entitled to any and all remedies provided by law. 5-18 NOTIFICATION OF RESIDENTS/BUSINESSES. The Contractor shall notify all residents, firms, institutions, agencies, and utility companies which may be affected by the work.

Notification shall be by hand delivery of an approved notice within the project limits approved by the City. The notification process shall consist of two notifications, one prior to the start of construction for all properties within the project area and a second notification at least seven days in advance of any activity which may impact each specific property. In the event of any work within the downtown GC 29
area, the distribution of the second notification shall be at least fourteen days in advance of any activity. Activities impacting said properties and, therefore, requiring the above said notices include the following: the work itself; closure or partial closure of the street; and disallowance of street parking and disallowance of vehicular ingress to or egress from the property.

Said firms, institutions, agencies, and utility companies which must be notified of proposed work shall include, but are not limited to the following: public schools, private schools, day care centers, postal service, hospitals, governmental services, police department, fire department, ambulance services, Omnitrans, solid waste collection, and City street sweeping.

The proposed notice shall be submitted to the Engineer at least seven calendar days prior to the date of distribution for review and approval. The submittal shall also include a map identifying the limits of the work and proposed limits of distribution. The printed notices shall contain a general description of the work to be done, the name of the street with limits, the day and date of the work and the name and telephone number of the Contractor. The notice shall also include a statement that there will be no disruption of trash collection schedules and that trash should be set out by 6:00 a.m. on the scheduled day of pickup. If on-street parking will be affected the notice shall include a statement that no on-street parking will be allowed between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. on the day of work, and a statement that it will be necessary to tow away parked vehicles at the owner's expense per California Vehicle Code CVC 22651L and CVC 22654D.

The Contractor will provide City with the dates and addresses of when project notifications are delivered to affected properties. City will verify the notification process is completed in compliance with the requirements of the specifications. Work will commence when City approves Contractor’s compliance with the requirements set forth in the specifications.

If on-street parking is affected, the Contractor shall also post pre-approved "NO PARKING-TOW WAY" signs on 1 x 2 wood stakes or barricades at one hundred foot (100’) maximum spacing along the affected areas of the street, 48 hours prior to the start of the work. The "NO PARKING-TOW AWAY" signs shall contain the day, date, and hours that parking will be prohibited on that particular street and a statement that parked vehicles will be towed away at owner's expense per California Vehicle Code CVC 22651L and CVC 22654D. The Contractor shall maintain said signs throughout the day of work, and shall start the removal of said signs by 4:00 p.m. and complete the removal by 6:00 p.m. on said day of work or as otherwise directed by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall document the day, date, and time the signs are installed because the no parking restriction cannot be enforced until the signs have been in place 24 hours. Posting of signs on trees, utility poles, light standards and other existing parkway improvement is strictly forbidden.

In the event of street resurfacing operations, the notices to residents shall contain a statement that the street to be resurfaced will be closed to vehicular traffic, and the suggestion that if they require the use of their vehicles on the day of the resurfacing work, they should consider parking their vehicle on a nearby street which is not scheduled for a resurfacing application.

In the event scheduled work is delayed, theContractor shall immediately remove all "NO PARKING" signs. The contractor must notify all previously notified, in person and with printed notices, that the GC 30
work will be rescheduled and that they will be re-notified 48 hours in advance. The Contractor shall have an adequate supply of approved notifications for distribution to residents.

Full compensation for conforming to these requirementsshall be considered as included in the various Contract items of work involved, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.

Failure to comply with this section shall result in a penalty assessment imposed of up to $10,000 per violation at the City’s discretion.

SECTION 6 – PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK
6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. - Add the following paragraph:

Contractor shall notify Underground Service Alert (USA) at 1 (800) 227-2600, two working days prior to starting work, and must submit verification number to the City prior to starting work. 6-1.2 Commencement of the Work. - Amend the second sentence as follows:
“The work shall start within 10 days thereafter, and be diligently prosecuted to completion within the Contract Time.”
6-3 TIME OF COMPLETION.
6-4.1 General. - Add the following paragraphs:

If saturated soil is encountered during construction due to leaks in an existing utility, contractor shall remove saturated material and replace with a suitable backfill material until adequate compaction can be attained by verification from the City's Geotechnical Engineer.

Prior to any removal of saturated material, contractor shall discuss the methods of remediation with the City's representative. Approval from the City, or the City's representative, shall be obtained for any amount of saturated material removal in which the contractor anticipates to be compensated for, if approval is not obtained all costs shall be borne by the contractor.

Up to a 14 day delay in paving operations may be requested after all leaks have been resolved to provide time for excess moisture to dissipate, at no additional cost to the city, in lieu of removing and replacing the saturated soil. A no cost change order will be prepared to provide the contractor with additional contract time if such delay is requested by the City. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. The value of liquidated damages noted in this section is amended to five hundred dollars ($500) per working day.
6-10 NOTICE AND SERVICE THEREOF. Any notice required or given by one party to the other under the Contract shall be in writing and shall be dated and signed by the party giving such notice or by duly authorized representative of such party. Any such notice shall not be effective for any purpose whatever unless served in the following manner:

GC 31
Notice shall be given to the Contractor by personal delivery thereof to said Contractor or to his authorized representative at the project site, or by deposing the same in the United States Mail enclosed in a sealed envelope addressed to said Contractor at the address established for the conduct of work under this Contract, certified and with postage prepaid.

Notice shall be given to the Surety, or any other person, by personal delivery to said Surety or other person, or by depositing the same in the United States Mail, enclosed in a sealed envelope addressed to such Surety or persons at the address of said Surety or persons last communicated by him to the party giving the notice, certified and with postage prepaid.

Notice shall be given to the Owner by personal delivery thereof or by depositing the same in the United States Mail enclosed in a sealed envelope, certified and with postage prepaid. The address of record for the owner is:

City of Redlands
Municipal Utilities & Engineering Department
P.O. Box 3005
35 Cajon Street, Suite 15A
Redlands, CA 92373
6-11 PUBLIC RECORDS ACT. All documents, Plans, specifications and all other information relating to the conduct of the City’s business, including information submitted by the Contractor, shall become the exclusive property of the City and except as provided by law shall be deemed public records. Said information shall be subject to the provisions of the California Public Records Act (Government Code Sections 6250 et seq.).

Under no circumstances will the City be responsible or liable to the Contractor, submitter or any other party for the disclosure of any records or information submitted to the City, regardless of whether such records or information are labeled “Trade Secret”, “Confidential”, or “Proprietary” (or words to similar effect) and regardless of whether the disclosure is required by law or a court order or occurs through inadvertence, mistake, or negligence on the part of the City or its officers, employees, and/or Contractors.

The City will not advise as to the nature or content of documents entitled to protection from disclosure under the California Public Records Act, including interpretations of the Act or the definition of “Trade Secret”. The submitting party shall be solely responsible for all determinations made under the Act, and where appropriate for clearly and prominently marking each and every page or sheet of information with “Trade Secret”, “Confidential”, or “Proprietary”. Each submitting party is advised to contact its own legal counsel concerning the California Public Records Act and its applicability to the submitting party’s own circumstances.

In the event of litigation concerning the disclosure of any information submitted by the submitting party, the City’s sole involvement will be as a stakeholder, retaining the information until otherwise ordered by a court. The submitting party, at its sole expense and risk, shall be responsible for any and all fees and costs for prosecuting or defending any action concerning the information, and shall GC 32
indemnify and hold the City harmless from all costs and expenses including attorneys’ fees, in connection with such action.

SECTION 7 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
7-3 PAYMENT.
7-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. - Delete and replace with the following:

The closure date for the purpose of making monthly progress payments shall be assigned by the Engineer during the pre-construction meeting. Payment, less deductions, unearned work and retention, will be made within 30 days of the closure date. If a dispute exists between the City and the Contractor regarding an item included in the Contractor's Monthly Progress Payment Request, progress payments will be withheld until said dispute is resolved, in which case longer period of time will be required to make such payment. No such payment shall be required to be made, when in the judgment of the Engineer, the total value of the work since the last estimate amounts to less than $500.

If, in the opinion of the Engineer, work is not progressing according to the approved schedule, payments may be withheld until the Contractor returns to the approved schedule.

Deductions will be made for: (1) amounts due the Owner for equipment or material furnished or services rendered; (2) amounts due the Owner under the terms of the Contract; (3) amounts of any claims of lien filed with the Owner; (4) accrued amounts of liquidated damages; (5) amounts required to be deducted by Federal, State or local governmental authorities. From the balance thus determined will be deducted the amounts of all previous payments, and the remainder shall constitute the monthly payment due the Contractor.

A retention of five percent (5%) will be withheld from each and every progress payment to the Contractor. This percentage will remain constant throughout the duration of the Contract. The City shall make a progress payment within thirty (30) days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted payment request from Contractor pursuant to Public Contract Code section 20104.50.

After completion of the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the Engineer shall make a final estimate of the amount of work done. The City shall pay the entire sum so found to be due after deducting there from all previous payments and all amounts to be retained under the provisions of the Contract. All prior partial estimates and payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment. The final payment shall not be due and payable until the expiration of thirty-five (35) days from and after the recordation of the Notice of Completion filed by the City.

As provided by paragraph 22300 of the California Public Contract Code, the Contractor may substitute securities for any monies withheld by the City to ensure performance under the Contract.

Substitute securities shall be deposited in a financial institution in a form acceptable to the City of Redlands. The financial institution shall be located within the City limits of the City of Redlands.

The Escrow Agreement to be used is set forth in Public Contract Code section 22300. 7-3.3 Delivered Materials. - Delete and replace with the following:

No payment will be made for materials or equipment delivered but not yet incorporated in the work.

GC 33
7-4.2.6 Extras. Without invalidating the Contract, the City may order extra work or make changes by altering, adding or deducting from the work, the Contract sum being adjusted accordingly and the consent of the Surety being first obtained where necessary or desirable. All the Work of the kind bid upon shall be paid for at the price stipulated on the proposal, and no claims for any extra work or material shall be allowed unless the work is ordered in writing by the engineer and the price is stated in such order.
7-4.2.7 Claims for Extra Costs. No claim for extra work or cost shall be allowed unless the same was done in pursuance of a written order by the Engineer, as aforesaid, and the claim presented with the first estimate after the changed or extra work is done. When work is performed under the terms of the General Conditions, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory bills, payrolls, and vouchers covering all items of cost and when requested by the City, give the City access to accounts relating thereto.

After completion of the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the Engineer shall make a final estimate of the amount of work done. The City shall pay the entire sum so found to be due after deducting there from all previous payments and all amounts to be retained under the provisions of the Contract. All prior partial estimates and payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment. The final payment shall not be due and payable until the expiration of the thirty-five (35) days from and after the recordation of the Notice of Completion filed by the City.

SECTION 8 - FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL
This section is deleted in its entirety.

SECTION 9 - ASSIGNMENT OF UNFAIR BUSINESS PRACTICES
CLAIMS
9-1. In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the Contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the City all rights, title and interest and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2, commencing with section 16700 of part 2 of division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from the purchase of goods, services, or materials pursuant to this public works agreement. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the City tenders final payment to the Contractor, without further acknowledgment by the Parties.

SECTION 10 - TRENCHING AND EXCAVATION
10-1. If this contract involves digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than (4) feet below the surface, the following shall be done pursuant to California Public Contract Code Section 7104:

A. That the Contractor shall promptly and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify the City in writing, of any:

GC 34
(1) Material that the Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. (2) Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing from those indicated. (3) Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the contract.

B. That the City shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in the Contractor’s cost of, or the time required for, performance of any part of work shall issue a change order under the procedures described in the contract.

C. That, in the event that a dispute arises between the City and the Contractor whether the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the Contractor cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the work, the Contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but shall proceed with all work to be performed under the contract. The Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or by law which pertains to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties.

SECTION 11 - REMOVAL, RELOCATION OR PROTECTION OF

EXISTING UTILITIES
11-1. Pursuant to Government Code Section 4215 et seq, the City shall assume the responsibility between the parties to this contract, for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunk line utility facilities located on the site of the construction project for this contract, if such utilities are not identified by the public agency in the plans and specifications made a part of the invitation for bids.
11-2. The Contractor shall be compensated for the costs of locating, repairing damage not due to the failure of the Contractor to exercise reasonable care, and removing or relocating such utility facilities not identified in the plans and specifications with reasonable accuracy and for equipment on the project necessarily identified during such work.
11-3. The Contractor shall not be assessed liquidated damages for delay in completion of the project, when such delay was caused by the failure of the City, or the owner of the utility to provide for removal or relocation of such utility facilities.

11.4. The City shall not be required to indicate the presence of existing service laterals or appurtenances whenever the presence of such utilities on the site of the construction project can be inferred from the presence of other visible facilities, such as buildings, meter and junction boxes, on adjacent to the site of construction, provided, however, nothing herein shall relieve the City from identifying main or trunk lines in the plans and specifications.

GC 35

11.5. Nothing herein shall preclude the City from pursuing appropriate remedy against the utility for delays which are the responsibility of the utility.

11.6. If the Contractor, while performing the contract, discovers utility facilities not identified by the City in the contract plans or specifications, Contractor shall immediately notify the City and the utility in writing.

11.7. The public utility, when it is the owner, shall have the sole discretion to perform repairs or relocation work or permit the Contractor to do such repairs or relocation work at a reasonable price.

11.8. Contractor shall comply with Government Code Section 4216 through 4216.9.

11.9. Conduits from existing street light and traffic signal systems may be encountered during construction of this project. All removals, relocations, and/or replacements of existing conduit systems shall be performed in accordance with these specifications and City standards, by a qualified electrical contractor. All costs for said work shall be borne by the Contractor and paid as a part of the various items of work requiring such removals, relocations, and/or replacements, and no other compensation shall be made therefore.

SECTION 200 - ROCK MATERIALS
200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS.
200-2.1 General. - Amend the first paragraph as follows:
“Materials for use as untreated base or subbase shall be classified in the order of preference as follows:

Crushed Aggregate Base
Crushed Miscellaneous Base
Pulverized Miscellaneous Base.”
200-2.4.1 General. - Delete the second sentence and replace with the following:
“The material shall be free of deleterious material as defined in 200-1.1.” 200-2.4.2 Grading. - Amend the first sentence of paragraph 1 as follows:
“The material shall be uniformly graded and shall conform to the ‘fine’ gradations:” 200-2.5.1 General. - Delete the third sentence and replace with the following:
“The material shall be free of deleterious material as defined in 200-1.1.” 200-2.8.1 General. - Amend as follows:

Delete the second sentence of paragraph 1 and replace with the following:
“Pulverized miscellaneous base may contain underlying base material.” Delete the third sentence of paragraph 1 and replace with the following:
“The material shall be free of deleterious material as defined in 200-1.1.” GC 36
SECTION 201 - CONCRETE, MORTAR AND RELATED MATERIALS
201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE.
201-1.1.1 General - Add the following paragraph:

The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer in the field with a copy of the mix design to be used, and with a legible certified weighmaster's certificate for each load of PCC delivered to the project.

PCC delivered to the project site having a water content and/or slump greater than that specified in the mix design, shall be rejected and removed from the project site. 201-1.1.2 Concrete Specified by Class and Alternate Class - Amend Table 201-1.1.2.(A) as follows:

Street Surface Improvements section -
All concrete in this section shall have a minimum compressive strength at 28 days of 22,410 kPa (3,250 pounds per square inch), and meet the requirements of class 330-C-23 (560-C-3250) concrete.

Sewer & Storm Drain Facilities section, Sidehill Surface Drainage Facilities subsection - All concrete in this subsection shall have a minimum compressive strength at 28 days of 22,410 kPa (3,250 pounds per square inch), and meet the requirements of class 330-C-23 (560-C-3250) concrete.
201-1.4.3 Transit Mixers. - Replace the first sentence in paragraph 6 with the following:

The total elapsed time between addition of water at the batch plant and the completion of the discharge of the PCC from the mixer, shall not exceed ninety (90) minutes. All PCC remaining in the mixer, after said ninety (90) minutes time limit, shall be rejected and removed from the project site.

SECTION 203 - BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
203-3 EMULSIFIED ASPHALT.
203-3.1 General. - Modify the section by adding the following:

Asphalt emulsion shall be a QUICKSET ANIONIC OR CATIONIC EMULSIFIED ASPHALT conforming to the requirements of Subsection 203-1.3, “Test Reports and Certification”, and Subsection 203-1.2, “Testing Requirements” of the Standard Specifications.

The latex additive shall be Ultra Pave 70 (for anionic) or Ultra Pave 65 K (for cationic) or an approved equal. The latex shall be added at the emulsion plant after weighing the asphalt and before the addition of mixing water. The latex shall be added at a rate of two to two-and-one-half (2 to 225) parts to one-hundred (100) parts of emulsion by volume. 203-5 SLURRY SEAL.

GC 37
203-5.1 General. - Delete the sentence and replace with the following:

Slurry seal shall be emulsion-aggregate slurry (EAS) conforming to 203-5.4. 203-5.2 Mix Design. - Modify the section by adding the following:
(f) Admixtures, such as Portland Cement or aluminum sulfate may be mixed into the slurry material to adjust curing time such that the applied slurry can support vehicular traffic within 60 minutes.
(g) Use of slag shall not be permitted.
(h) Deliveries of aggregate and emulsion shall not be made without the engineer present.

Emulsion is not to be transferred to an on-site storage tanker without the sieve test performed by the City.
203-5.3.2 Grading. - Delete the sentence and replace with the following:

The combined aggregate gradation shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C136 and conform to Type II requirements shown in Table 203-5.3.2 (A). 203-5.4.1 General. – Modify the paragraph and replace with the following:

EAS shall be a stable mixture of emulsified asphalt, aggregate, water, a set control agent, and latex.

EAS shall be Type II-CQS-1h-EAS.
203-5.4.2.1 Aggregate. – Delete the sentence and replace with the following:

Aggregate shall be Type II conforming to 203-5.3.
203-5.4.2.2 Emulsified Asphalt. – Modify the first paragraph and replace with the following:

Emulsified asphalt shall be quick-set, and contain latex. Quick-set emulsified asphalt shall be CQS-1h conforming to 203-3.
203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE.
203-6.1 General. - Add the following paragraph:

Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, asphalt concrete for paving shall be C2-PG 64-10 (1/2”) for finish paving or B-PG 64-10 (3/4”) for base paving. Asphalt concrete for Type D1 or Type D2 curb shall be D2 –PG 70-10.

SECTION 206 - MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS
206-7 TRAFFIC SIGNS.
206-7.1 General. The Contractor shall furnish or relocate and erect all traffic signage as required and specified.

GC 38
All new traffic signage shall be a minimum of the encapsulated lens (high intensity) type, have an anti-graffiti protective covering and be installed on new posts. All traffic signage to be relocated shall be installed on new posts.
206-7.2 Protective Covering. Anti-graffiti protective covering shall be Type 1150-POF, manufactured by 3M Company, or approved equal.
206-7.3 Post and Base. New posts and bases shall be Ultimate Sign Support System as manufactured by Western Highway, or approved equal.

SECTION 207 – GRAVITY PIPE
207-2 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE (RCP).
207-2.1 General. - Add the following sentences to paragraph 2:

The minimum D-load for any RCP shall be 1,350. The minimum size for RCP shall be 18 inches (457 mm) unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.

SECTION 211 - MATERIAL TESTS
211-1 COMPACTION TESTS.
211-1.4 General. The Contractor shall be responsible for all quality control for all work. The Contractor shall complete all necessary testing to ensure the quality requirements within the specifications are achieved. The Contractor shall conduct the compaction testing by a geotechnical engineering firm and the results of the testing shall be made available to the Engineer.

The City will complete assurance testing throughout the project by an independent testing firm.

The City will perform the first compaction test required at any location. If such test does not meet the required specifications, the City will make additional tests until the required compaction is obtained and withhold from the final payment due the Contractor, the cost of all such additional tests. To be acceptable, tests must be ordered and witnessed by the City. Tests will be ordered by the City and performed at a location and depth as directed by the City. The Contractor shall assist the City in performing these tests as necessary. The Contractor shall provide to the City the maximum dry density and the optimum moisture content results of backfill and bedding material when requested by the City.

SECTION 214 - TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT

MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS
214-4 PAINT FOR STRIPING AND MARKINGS.
214-4.1 General. - Amend the first sentence in paragraph 4 as follows:
“Glass beads conforming to 214-3 shall be mechanically applied at a rate of 0.6 to 0.8 kg of beads per liter (5 to 7 pounds of beads per gallon).”
GC 39
SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK
300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING.
300-1.1 General. - Amend as follows:

Amend paragraph 3 as follows:
“The natural ground surface shall be cleared of all vegetable growth, such as trees, logs, upturned stumps, roots of downed trees, brush, grass, weeds, shrubs, ground cover, tree stumps, decorative landscape rocks, edging, railroad ties, other decorative landscape treatments, boulders, rock, portland cement concrete, and all other objectionable materials, within the limits of construction.” Add the following paragraphs:

Grubbing and removal of organic debris shall include the repair and/or replacement of all parkway irrigation piping and systems necessary to perform work on this Contract and capping pipelines until such time that permanent repairs and/or replacements have been made.

All debris removed from the project site under this item shall be disposed of at an approved dump site. All transportation costs and dump fees shall be borne by the Contractor.

Clearing and Grubbing shall include, but is not limited to, the following:

1. Removal of existing AC berms.

2. Removal of all curb and gutter, cross gutters, and spandrels shall be replaced within three (3) calendar days. The Asphalt Concrete patch for areas with curbs and gutters removed and replaced shall be placed within two (2) working days after the curb and gutter, cross gutters, and spandrels are replaced. Removal of all sidewalks shall be replaced within three (3) calendar days.

3. Saw cut and removal of poles, posts, PCC pavements, curb, gutter, and sidewalk. Holes resulting from removal of existing poles and posts from existing PCC, AC pavements and curbs and gutters, shall be filled or patched with like materials. Self-propelled drop hammers will not be allowed for removals.

4. Removal of all raised pavement markers not conforming to the approved plan or conflicting with the proposed striping as shown on the plans in accordance with Subsection 312-3, Removal, of the Standard Specifications.

5. Removal and disposal of boulders, rock or PCC.

6. All trees and shrubs less than 3m (9 ft) directly above the entire sidewalk surface shall be trimmed and removed by the contractor to allow a clear path of travel for pedestrians.

7. Irrigation system relocation:

GC 40
Any irrigation systems in conflict with the proposed improvements that are removed, damaged, disturbed, or broken shall be modified, repaired, and/or replaced to be operable and provide full irrigation coverage to the areas requiring irrigation using new materials, equal or better than the original materials, with 20 mm (3/4 in) Schedule 40 PVC being the minimum acceptable for underground lines and 13 mm (1/2 in) Schedule 80 being minimum acceptable for risers and with the systems not being out of operation for more than two (2) days. No payment for work associated with the irrigation repair will be released, until all irrigation is complete, operable and accepted by the City.

All trees, shrubbery and lawns deprived of normal irrigation watering due to a disruption of service caused by the Contractor’s operations shall be regularly and thoroughly irrigated by the Contractor so that said plantings will not be damaged. If any trees, shrubbery or lawns die or suffer unacceptable damage as a result of or precipitated by the Contractor’s operations the Contractor shall replace same with the same plant species and size. Existing grass lawns within areas that must be excavated and/or re-graded shall be cut into approximate 305 mm (1 ft) squares, removed, protected, cared for and replaced as soon as possible. Dead, dying, and unacceptably damaged grass shall be replaced with new grass sod.

8. Existing inlets, slotted drains, drainage pipes, concrete gutters, drainage pipes, where any portion of such structure is within 1m of the grading plane in the excavation areas, or within 300 mm (1 ft) of original ground in embankment areas, or where shown on the plans to be removed, shall be completely removed and disposed of accordingly.

9. Removal and disposal of existing drainage inlet structure and PCC or AC apron.

10. The Contractor shall dispose all materials not being salvaged outside of the right-of-way and shall pay for all costs for disposal.

11.Removal and disposal of any abandoned utilities that may interfere with the improvements.

12.Self-propelled drop hammers will not be allowed for removals. 300-1.3.1 General. - Add the following paragraphs:

The Contractor shall dispose portland cement concrete, stone rubble, and brick at an approved dump site.

All reprocessed asphaltic cement concrete may be placed as the lower course of crushed aggregate base material. If the Contractor chooses not to reprocess the material, disposal at an approved dump site shall be required. All costs for disposal shall be borne by the Contractor. If the Contractor chooses to reprocess material, it shall be protected and remain contaminate-free, otherwise disposal at an approved dump site will be required with all costs borne by the Contractor.

All reprocessed asphaltic cement concrete to be used as crushed aggregate base shall be ground to conform to Section 200-2.2.

GC 41
300-1.3.2 (a) Bituminous Pavement. - Amend the following:

Amend the second sentence as follows:
“Saw cutting of edges to be joined shall be with a power-driven saw. The groove shall be cut to a minimum depth of 4 inches (102 mm).”
Amend the third sentence as follows:
“Where bituminous pavement is to be removed, a cold mill header cut of maximum 6 feet (1.8 m) in width perpendicular to the join line shall be made, and a minimum laying depth of 1 inch (25mm) of new pavement material shall be provided at the join line.” Amend the fourth sentence as follows:
“The edges of existing concrete pavement adjacent to the trench shall be saw cut to neat straight lines for the purpose of removing the damaged pavement areas.” Add the following sentence:

Work under this item shall include asphalt concrete berms. 300-1.3.2 (b) Concrete Pavement. - Amend the following:

Amend the second sentence as follows:
“Saw cuts shall be made to a minimum depth of 4 inches (102 mm).” Amend the third sentence as follows:
“If a saw cut in concrete pavement falls within 5 feet (1.5 m) of a construction joint, cold joint, expansion joint, or edge, the concrete shall be removed to the joint or edge.” 300-1.3.2 (c) Concrete Curb, Walk, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Driveways and Alley Intersections. - Amend the following:

Amend the first sentence as follows:
“Concrete shall be removed to neatly sawed edges with saw cuts made to a minimum depth of 4 inches (102 mm).”
Amend the third sentence as follows:
“No section to be replaced shall be smaller than 36 inches (1 m) in either length or width.” Amend the fourth sentence as follows:
“If the saw cut in sidewalk or driveway would fall within 36 inches (914 mm) of a construction joint, expansion joint, or edge, the concrete shall be removed to the joint or edge, except that where the saw cut would fall within 12 inches (300mm) of a score mark, the saw cut shall be made in and along the score mark.”
Amend the fifth sentence as follows:
“curb and gutter shall be sawed to a depth of 4 inches (102 mm) on a neat line at right angles to the curb face.”
GC 42
300-1.3.2 (d) Striping and Markings. All existing striping, markings and raised pavement markers shown to be removed or necessary to be removed from paving areas. This item includes removal in compliance with applicable laws and cleanup of residue from the operation.

All striping, markings and raised pavement markers removed beyond the limits shown on the plans for and/or at the convenience of the Contractor shall be replaced at the Contractor’s expense. 300-1.3.2 (e) Structures. All existing concrete structures (reinforced or non-reinforced) as shown on the plans to be removed or abandoned, including but not limited to, undersidewalk drains, manholes, headwalls, bulkheads, drop inlet structures, energy dissipaters, catch basins, vaults and pipelines. Abandonment shall include all cuts and concrete plugs necessary to seal ends or openings of abandoned pipes or structures.
300-1.3.2 (f) Rock Curbs. All rock from rock curb removals, as shown on the plans or required for construction of the project, shall be transported, delivered and unloaded at a storage site as directed by the Engineer.
300-1.3.2 (g) Miscellaneous Removals. All other removals of facilities, as shown on the plans but not covered under separate bid items, and any underground facilities found during the work and not shown on the plans shall be performed. The City has endeavored to show all known underground facilities but is not responsible for unknown or abandoned facilities. Unknown underground facilities shall be paid as extra work.
300-1.3.2 (h) Miscellaneous Relocations. All relocation work as shown on the plans or required for construction of the project, but not covered under separate bid items, shall be included as a part of Subsection 300-1 Clearing and Grubbing. All relocation work performed as a part of clearing and grubbing work shall conform to the requirements and specifications of the agency or utility having jurisdiction over the item to be relocated.
300-1.4 Payment. - Add the following sentence to paragraph 1:

Payment for work on this item shall be made as a percentage of the work completed at each monthly payment.
300-2 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION.
300-2.2.2 Wet Material. - Amend the second sentence of the paragraph:
“If such high moisture content is not the result of any action on the part of the Contractor, or inaction in protecting the work during the course of the contract, the work involved will be paid for in the following manner: Over-excavation and disposal work shall be considered “extra work,” with backfill and compaction of crushed aggregate base paid under the appropriate bid item in these specifications.”
300-12 MISCELLAENOUS GRADING. The parkway, whether landscaping exists or not, shall be graded and compacted to achieve drainage towards the street at a slope of 2%. Grading shall be coordinated such that it is the last item of work to be completed, prior to site clean-up. Loose material and dirt shall be raked, compacted and distributed throughout the parkway area. Areas GC 43
adjacent to installed improvements must be graded to a level within one inch from the finished surface. Extra dirt/fill shall be removed from the project in accordance with Specifications.

The Contractor, at his expense shall photo-document pre-construction conditions prior to starting excavating. After construction is completed, the Contractor shall photo-document the finished grade. The Contractor shall provide the City with said photos with addresses identifying each property location, the direction the photograph was taken (facing North, South etc). The Contractor shall keep a copy of the photos (either electronically or hard copy) and provide the City with electronic copies of the photos.

SECTION 301 - TREATED SOIL, SUBGRADE PREPARATION AND

PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS
301-1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION.
301-1.3 Relative Compaction. - Amend the second sentence of paragraph 1 as follows:
“When base material, curb, gutter, alley pavement, driveways, or sidewalks are to be placed on the subgrade material, the top 6 inches (150mm) of such subgrade material shall be compacted to a relative compaction of 95 percent.”
301-2.1 General. – Add the following paragraphs:

The contractor shall use ‘crushed aggregate base’ or ‘crushed miscellaneous base, fine graded’ as the base material. The use of ‘processed miscellaneous base,’ ‘select subbase,’ or ‘disintegrated granite’ shall not be used as base material.

The contractor may use ‘pulverized miscellaneous base’ (grindings) as part of the crushed base material. Said grindings shall be uncontaminated and placed in an even thickness as the lower course of crushed base material. Spreading and compacting shall comply with Sections 301-2.2 and 301-2.3.
301-2.3 Compacting. – Amend the second sentence of paragraph 3 as follows:
“Compaction in the excepted areas shall be as specified in 211-1 with each layer of compacted base material having a minimum relative compaction of 95 percent.” 301-2.4 Measurement and Payment. – Add the following paragraph:

Payment shall be made for cold-planing, storing, placing, and compacting reprocessed asphalt concrete pavement (grindings) as part of the crushed aggregate base (CAB) material. The volume of grindings placed shall be figured and a tonnage figure computed using 9.35 kg/m^3 (150 pounds per cubic foot). This tonnage figure shall be paid as part of the crushed aggregate base tonnage for this project.
301-7 FULL DEPTH RECLAMATION WITH MECHANICAL STABILIZATION (FDR25) 301-7.1 Description. This rehabilitation alternative consists of pulverizing the existing asphalt concrete (AC) layer along with the underlying unbound material to a depth of 6, 9 or 12 inches per GC 44
plan and specifications. The properties of this layer are considered to be similar to an Aggregate Subbase material with a modulus of at least 25 ksi.

The manufacture of the recycled base course shall be done in-place by pulverizing and blending the existing AC layer and base materials, if present. The process shall be accomplished in accordance with these specifications and conform to the lines and grades shown in the plans or as established by the engineer.
301-7.2 Construction. The asphalt concrete surfacing and underlying base materials shall be pulverized such that 100 percent of the material will pass a two-inch sieve and a minimum of 90 percent will pass a one and one-half inch sieve. All materials other than rock and pulverized asphalt concrete shall be broken up such that these materials will pass a one inch sieve. The pulverized materials shall be free of roots, weeds, wood, and construction debris. All grass and other vegetation shall be removed from the edge of the exiting pavement or lip of gutter pan to prevent contamination of the pulverized bituminous material during the milling operation.

Trimming and disposal of excess material, if required, will be performed on the intimate mixture of pulverized asphalt concrete, base materials and subgrade soil. Excess pulverized material is the surplus that results after trimming and grading the pulverized pavement section to the lines and grades matching existing and/or per plans and specifications.

Do not start pulverized roadbed activities if the ambient air temperature is below 40F. If the ambient air temperature falls below 40F, you may only compact and finish pulverized roadbed.

Before starting daily pulverized roadbed activities, sweep the pulverized roadbed area constructed the previous day to remove loose material.
301-7.3 Surface Preparation. Before pulverized roadbed activities start, prepare the existing roadway surface by:

1. Clearing foreign matter including vegetation

2. Removing standing water

3. Referencing the profile and cross slope

4. Marking the proposed longitudinal cut lines on the existing pavement as follows:

4.1. Cut lines must coincide with points where the existing cross slope changes, approximately at the centerline and edge of traveled way

4.2. Cut lines must indicate the sequence of the cuts

5. Referencing existing lane lines and striping layout
Final subgrade surface shall slope away from the street centerline to a maximum of 3% grade.

Pulverized asphalt material must be used as base material to meet new cross slope requirements.

Native sub-grade material may need to be hauled off to allow for the use of all pulverized base material. No additional compensation will be allowed for any sub-grade removal and haul-off if required. Any contaminated material will be removed and disposed of by the contractor off site at his expense. Any shortage of material, caused by premature disposal of the indicated surplus material by the contractor, shall be replaced by it and no additional compensation will be allowed for such replacement.

GC 45
301-7.4 Spreading, Mixing, and Compacting. Do not use a heating device to soften the pavement. Remove any visible oversized materials in the pulverized roadbed mixture prior to shaping and compacting. If you encounter unstable subgrade or rocks greater than 4 inches in the roadway section, notify the Engineer. The Engineer determines the extent of the unsuitable material and the corrective measures to be taken.

According to the Section 301-2.3, the compaction shall always be commenced along the edge of the area to be compacted and the roller shall gradually advance toward the center of the area to be compacted. Rollers shall be operated along lines parallel or concentric with the centerline of the road being constructed, and no material variation therefrom will be permitted. All rollers must be maintained in good mechanical and working condition.

The relative compaction of each layer of compacted base material shall not be less than 95 percent.

ASTM D2922, Methods of Density of Soil and Soil Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods, (or ASTM D1556). After compaction, the sub-grade shall be firm, and unyielding. 301-7.5 Finishing. The finished pulverized roadbed surface must not vary more than 0.05 foot from the lower edge of a 12-foot straight edge laid in directions parallel and perpendicular to the centerline. Variations within the above specified tolerances shall be compensating so that the average grade and cross section specified are met. The finished surface must be free from segregation, tearing, and scarring, and have a uniform surface texture throughout the work limits. 301-8 FULL DEPTH RECLAMATION WITH CEMENT STABILIZATION (FDR-200) 301-8.1 Description. This rehabilitation alternative consists of pulverizing the existing asphalt concrete (AC) layer along with the underlying unbound material to a depth of 6, 9 or 12 inches per plan and specifications. The properties of this layer are considered to be similar to an Aggregate Subbase material with a modulus of at least 200 ksi.

The manufacture of the recycled base course shall be done in-place by pulverizing and blending the existing AC layer and base materials, if present, and adding cement. Micro-cracking of the completed cement stabilized surface is required before HMA is to be placed directly on top of the cement treated surface, regardless of the AC thickness. The process shall be accomplished in accordance with these specifications and conform to the lines and grades shown in the plans or as established by the engineer.

The cement content must be 2% by dry weight of FDR with cement with a dry unit weight of 130 lb/cu ft for 6” FDR section. The cement content must be 3% by dry weight of FDR with cement with a dry unit weight of 130 lb/cu ft for 9” FDR section. The cement content must be 4% by dry weight of FDR with cement with a dry unit weight of 130 lb/cu ft for 12” FDR section. Cement must be Type II or Type V Portland cement specified in ASTM C 150/150M. 301-8.2 Construction. The asphalt concrete surfacing and underlying base materials shall be pulverized such that 100 percent of the material will pass a two-inch sieve and a minimum of 90 percent will pass a one and one-half inch sieve. All materials other than rock and pulverized asphalt GC 46
concrete shall be broken up such that these materials will pass a one inch sieve. The pulverized materials shall be free of grass and vegetation, and construction debris to prevent contamination of the pulverized materials. Mixing shall continue until, and at the speed of the recycling unit adjusted to ensure, a homogenous mixture of the above materials and pulverized materials are achieved.

Trimming and disposal of excess material, if required, will be performed on the intimate mixture of pulverized asphalt concrete, base materials and subgrade soil. Excess pulverized material is the surplus that results after trimming and grading the pulverized pavement section to the lines and grades matching existing and/or per plans and specifications. Excess pulverized material shall consist of non-treated well mixed pulverized AC pavement and subgrade.

Do not start pulverized roadbed activities if the ambient air temperature is below 40F. If the ambient air temperature falls below 40F, you may only compact and finish pulverized roadbed.

Before starting daily pulverized roadbed activities, sweep the pulverized roadbed area constructed the previous day to remove loose material.
301-8.3 Surface Preparation. Before pulverized roadbed activities start, prepare the existing roadway surface by:

1. Clearing foreign matter including vegetation

2. Removing standing water

3. Referencing the profile and cross slope

4. Marking the proposed longitudinal cut lines on the existing pavement as follows:

4.1. Cut lines must coincide with points where the existing cross slope changes, approximately at the centerline and edge of traveled way

4.2. Cut lines must indicate the sequence of the cuts

5. Referencing existing lane lines and striping layout
Final pavement surface shall slope away from the street centerline to a maximum of 3% grade.

Pulverized material must be used as base material to meet new cross slope requirements. Native sub-grade material may need to be hauled off to allow for the use of all the pulverized base material. No additional compensation will be allowed for any sub-grade removal and haul-off if required. Any contaminated material will be removed and disposed of by the contractor off site at his expense. Any shortage of material, caused by premature disposal of the indicated surplus material by the contractor, shall be replaced by it and no additional compensation will be allowed for such replacement.
301-8.4 Spreading, Mixing, and Compacting. Do not use a heating device to soften the pavement. Remove any visible oversized materials in the pulverized roadbed mixture before shaping and compacting. If you encounter unstable subgrade or rocks greater than 4 inches in the roadway section, notify the Engineer. The Engineer determines the extent of the unsuitable material and the corrective measures to be taken.

Recycling shall be performed to the depth provided in the plans, while incorporating stabilizing agents, mineral filler, additional aggregate and water. Mixing shall continue until, and the speed GC 47
of the recycling unit adjusted to ensure, a homogenous mixture of the above materials and pulverized materials is achieved. Pre-cutting, grading and light compacting of the recycled material shall be performed prior to incorporation of the stabilizing. Spread cement uniformly over the full roadway surface width. Do not spread cement more than 30 minutes before mixing. Do not apply dry cement in windy conditions that will result in dust outside the FDR with cement area. The application rate must be the mix design rate or the ordered application rate in lb/sq yd ±

0.5 percent. The application rate of all stabilizing agents shall be continuously monitored. If the measured application rate falls outside the above tolerance, then the recycling operations shall be stopped and corrected before proceeding. Do not spread cement and aggregate before pulverizing.

Water must be injected through the pulverizing machine. The injection rate of mixing water must be sufficient to produce the FDR with cement material mixing moisture content. The water content of the stabilized material shall be monitored closely to ensure proper compaction. Mark where the center of the pulverizing drum stops. Start the following cut on this alignment at least 2 feet behind the mark. Before compacting, remove solids larger than 3 inches in any dimension by hand.

Immediately after pulverizing and mixing, compact FDR with cement to the minimum relative compaction. Do not allow more than 2 hours between final mixing of the pulverized material with cement and completion of initial compaction before trimming. During grading and final compaction add water to maintain the mixing moisture content as described in the mix design. Do not allow more than 2 hours to elapse from the time water is added to the aggregate and cement to completion of final compaction after trimming.

Longitudinal joints between adjacent stabilization passes shall be overlapped at least 4 inches.

Transverse joints between the recycling process shall be saw-cut, if necessary, to provide a vertical clean face to ensure proper compaction. Compaction of cementitious stabilizer begins within 20 minutes after mixing and achieving gradation and moisture requirements.

According to the Section 301-2.3, the compaction shall always be commenced along the edge of the area to be compacted and the roller shall gradually advance toward the center of the area to be compacted. Rollers shall be operated along lines parallel or concentric with the centerline of the road being constructed, and no material variation therefrom will be permitted. All rollers must be maintained in good mechanical and working condition.

The relative compaction of each layer of compacted base material shall not be less than 95 percent.

ASTM D2922, Methods of Density of Soil and Soil Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods, (or ASTM D1556). After compaction, the sub-grade shall be firm, and unyielding.

Construction joints shall have vertical faces and shall be made in thoroughly compacted material.

Additional mixture shall not be placed against the construction joint until the joint has been approved by the Engineer. The face of the cut joint shall be lean and free of deleterious material and shall be kept moist until the placing of the adjacent FDR with cement. 301-8.5 Finishing. Once the entire working width (full lane width plus effected shoulder width) has been stabilized, and only after primary compaction has been completed, the entire working GC 48
width shall be graded to the required profile and cross-slope. Disturbance to the stabilized and primary compacted material shall be kept to a minimum during this grading and shaping operation.

The finished pulverized roadbed surface must not vary more than 0.05 foot from the lower edge of a 12-foot straight edge laid in directions parallel and perpendicular to the centerline. Variations within the above specified tolerances shall be compensating so that the average grade and cross section specified are met. The finished surface must be free from segregation, tearing, and scarring, and have a uniform surface texture throughout the work limits.

Immediately after compaction, apply water and roll with no vibration. The finished surface must be free of ruts, bump, indentations, segregation, raveling, and any loose material.

The completed cement treated subgrade shall be moist cured continuously until it is in a firm and unyielding condition. The cement treated subgrade shall be kept free from heavy traffic during the curing period or until the asphalt concrete surfacing is placed whichever is less, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Moisture curing shall be the only method of curing prior to microcracking.

Micro-cracking shall be performed with several vibratory roller passes 48 to 72 hours after finish grading to prevent severe, wide cracks from forming thus reduces the potential for reflective cracking through the HMA layer. Micro-cracking shall be performed before the application of asphaltic emulsion curing seal. After micro-cracking is complete additional moisture curing may be used. Any additional water required to achieve maximum density shall be applied by spraying the surface of the stabilized material with light applications. Care shall be taken so as not to overapply additional water to any areas of the stabilized material.

While open to traffic and before placing HMA, maintain the FDR with cement surface free of ruts, bumps, indentations, raveling, and segregation. If FDR with cement material is damaged, it shall be repaired by removing and replacing the entire depth of affected layers in the damaged area.

Feathering will not be permitted for repair of low areas.

Asphaltic emulsion curing seal must be applied on the completed cement treated base immediately before placing HMA. Asphaltic emulsion curing seal must comply with Caltrans Standard Section 94, Grade SS1 or CSS1. Dilute and thoroughly mix asphaltic emulsion for curing seal at a ratio of 1 part water to 1 part asphaltic emulsion. The water must no cause premature separation of the emulsion. Uniformly apply the diluted curing seal at a rate of 0.1 gal/yd2 of cement treated base surface.

SECTION 302 - ROADWAY SURFACING
302-4 SLURRY SEAL SURFACING.
302-4.3.1 General. – Add the following paragraphs:

All slurry mixing machines shall be equipped with a Fines Feeder for the adding of cement or granular Aluminum Sulfate.

GC 49
Prior to the beginning of slurry operations, the Contractor shall furnish, at no cost to the City, current licensed weigh master’s certificates indicating the net weight capacity of the aggregate bin.

The Contractor shall provide a drive upon scale at the project site or an alternate site approved by the City. The drive on scale shall show the net weight of the aggregate bin on each slurry machine before the machine and product will be approved for applying slurry on the project.

All slurry machines are to carry, at all times, a calibrated emulsion measuring stick. The emulsion measuring stick is to be calibrated in 10-gallon increments to the slurry machine it is used on.

Emulsion measuring sticks from other slurry machines will not be allowed to measure the gallons of emulsions on the slurry machines they were not calibrated to. The emulsion measuring stick is to have the slurry machine number or identification permanently marked on the stick. The gallons of emulsion are to be measured with a calibrated emulsion measuring stick and recorded before leaving and after returning to materials site. Use of a slurry machine will not be allowed if it does not have a calibrated emulsion measuring stick.

The Contractor shall furnish prior commencing work, a calibrated stick in 10-gallon increments to measure the oil in the trailer storage tanks in gallons. The measuring stick shall be calibrated to the trailer storage tank it is used on. The inspector shall check the oil in each load “in and out” and in the storage tanks at the beginning and end of each day to determine the amount of emulsion used for that day. Emulsion is not to be transferred from delivery tank to on-site storage tank before the City performs the sieve analysis on the emulsion. Aggregate used in the slurry shall not exceed a moisture content of four percent (4%) by weight of dry aggregate.

Contractor may not schedule more than 150 tons of slurry to be placed per day. Slurry may not be applied at more than 150 feet per minute.

The Contractor shall provide a self-propelled 10 ton pneumatic roller with a tire pressure of 50 PSI and equipped with a water spray system. The Contractor shall roll the required streets the same day they are slurried. The Contractor will be responsible for proper scheduling of the work such that the rolling can be properly done within the given time constraint. Failure to comply shall result in a $250.00/calendar day liquidated damage being assessed per incident. The cost of furnishing the roller and operator shall be included in the price paid for slurry seal.

The Contractor is hereby advised that City streets, parking lots, or other City-approved property will not be allowed as a site for stockpiling and batching. Arrangements for an acceptable site shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.

The Contractor shall sweep any raveled material on the street one (1) week after the initial placement. If the Engineer determines the raveling is excessive, the frequency of sweeping shall be adjusted to the field conditions of the raveling. If raveling continues within two (2) weeks of the initial placement, the street shall be swept and reslurried with a Type I mixtures (Local Streets) or a Type II (Arterial/Collector Streets) at no cost to the City. Raveling can be identified by the presence of “black pebbles” in the gutter.

The Contractor shall remove any and all weeds that are growing through cracks from the project street located within the pavement or growing between the concrete gutter and the pavement and spray a herbicide mixture of either Hyvar mixed with Roundup or Pramatol mixed with Roundup, or approved equal, at least fourteen (14) calendar days prior to slurrying. The herbicide mixture GC 50
shall contain Blazon, or approved equal, a purple dye to easily confirm the herbicide has been applied. The work shall be approved by the Engineer or his representative prior to slurrying. Full compensation for plant removal and herbicide treatment shall be considered as included in the unit cost for slurry seal.

Longitudinal joints must correspond with lane lines. You may request other longitudinal joint patterns if they do not adversely affect the slurry seal. Spread slurry seal in full lane widths. Do not overlap slurry seal between adjacent lanes more than 3 inches. Use a material, such as building paper at transverse joints and over previously placed slurry seal to prevent double placement.

Remove the material after use. Use hand tools to remove spillage.

Full compensation for developing a water supply, for furnishing and placing all water required for work done in the Contract, including extra work shall be included in the prices paid for the various items of work requiring water; and no separate payment will be made therefore. The Contractor shall supply the City with licensed weighmaster’s certificates of weight for all delivered aggregates to the job during the course of each day. Aggregate shall be delivered to the project only in the presence of a City representative. The Contractor shall also present weighmaster certificates for the amount of such aggregate remaining at the completion of the project at no cost to the City.

Payment shall be determined by the amount that is physically placed, which cannot exceed the amount that is delivered to the job site with the certified weighmaster tickets. There shall be not outside work done utilizing materials from the tanks or stockpiles stored for the City’s Contract.

Prior to storing aggregate on private property, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer written permission from the property owner for such stockpiling.

Precautions shall be taken to ensure that stockpiles do not become contaminated with oversized rock, clay, silt, or excessive amounts of moisture. The stockpiles shall be kept in areas that drain readily. Segregation of the aggregate will not be permitted.

The Contactor shall protect the wet slurry from traffic at all times and if damaged or defaced, the Contractor shall repair said damage at no additional cost to the City.

The placement of slurry seal may be suspended with the concurrence of the Engineer due to unsuitable weather, temperature conditions, or other conditions that are considered unfavorable for the prosecution of the work. The Contractor shall immediately comply with the order of suspension by the Engineer, and work shall not be resumed until authorized by the Engineer. 302-4.8 Spreading and Application. - Add the following paragraphs:

Prior to applying slurry seal, the Contractor shall clean, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the street surface with a power sweeper, remove all R.P.M.’s, abrasive grind or sandblast completely all lane lines, street legends, crosswalks or other painted or thermoplastic surfaces. This is necessary to provide a good bonding surface for the slurry seal, as well as eliminate “ghosting” of the old striping and markings as the new slurry wears off over time.

GC 51
It is anticipated that nuisance water, such as storm water runoff and irrigation water, will run in and across the right-of-way at various time throughout the period of construction. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, at their own expense, to provide for and protect the work from such water. In addition, the Contactor’s responsibility shall include handling nuisance waters such that their operations do not cause them to damage existing improvements or properties adjacent to or near the site of work.

Slurry shall not be applied when the atmospheric temperature is less than 65oF (18oC).

The application of slurry shall not commence until after 8:00 a.m., and shall conclude at 1:30 p.m. unless other authorized by the Engineer. The slurry shall be sufficiently cured to be open to traffic by 4:00 p.m. The portions of streets to be slurried shall be closed from the time the application begins until the mixture as achieved sufficient set to be opened to traffic.

The slurry shall be applied in such a manner that no ripples or waves exist. If ripples or waves occur in the slurry during the application, the work shall cease and the Contractor shall correct the situation. The Contractor may use a drag to knock down ridges. If ripples or waves are not corrected to the Engineer’s satisfaction, the street shall be reslurried at the Contractor’s expense.

The Contractor shall, at the direction of the Engineer, repair the reseal to the entire street, or complete section thereof, as determined by the Engineer, which have not been sealed properly (includes areas that have failed to meet yield and mix design specifications) and completely. No compensation will be provided for slurry seal used in repair and reseal work.

Each slurry crew shall be composed, at a minimum, of a coordinator at the project site at all times, a competent quick-set mixing man, a competent driver, two squeegee men, and sufficient laborers for any handiwork and cleanup.

Surface oil and grease shall be removed or sealed with shellac or an equivalent material approved by the City before the application of the slurry seal. Full compensation for surface oil and grease removal shall be considered as included in the unit cost for slurry seal.

The Contractor shall roll all cul-de-sacs (the last 250’ minimum), the last 250’ of dead-end streets and knuckle curves. Full compensation for rolling the slurry shall be considered as include in the unit cost for slurry seal.

During slurry seal operations, it shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to place protective covering over, or to otherwise avoid slurry seal coating of manholes, utility covers, pavement markers (reflective and non-reflective), concrete gutters, concrete cross gutters, and drainage facilities, survey monuments and remove said covering and/for slurry seal coating after slurry sealing has been completed.

The start and finish of slurry application shall be a straight line which, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, shall be obtained by laying a strip of building paper or other material approved by the Engineer on the pavement surface. After application of slurry, the paper is to be removed leaving a straight edge. The entire street surface area shall be sealed the same day.

GC 52
302-4.8.1 Crack Sealing and Filling. Crack sealing shall be performed prior to the Slurry Seal application. Pavement cracks 1/4" wide and larger shall be sealed. Pavement cracks 1/8" to 1" wide shall be cleared of all loose particles of dust, dirt and laitance with oil-free compressed air immediately preceding the sealing operation. Cracks shall be routed out as necessary to provide a reservoir for the sealer that will have a depth of l" to 1 1/2".

The crack sealing material shall be a hot-applied asphalt (Crafco Polyflex or approved equivalent).

The crack sealing material must not be modified or diluted in any way. Pavement cracks larger than 1” wide shall be filled with the mixtures per Specification Section 203-6.4 Type E (Extra Fine).

A wand and nozzle type application shall be used to fill all cracks with crack sealing material.

Crack sealing material shall be applied in two applications with the possibility of additional applications to fill the crack within the allowable tolerance. The cracks must be filled to the surface and not overfilled or applied to the top of adjoining pavement or concrete surfaces. The cracks shall be squeegee immediately after the sealant has been applied to insure conformity with the pavement surface.

The crack sealing material shall then be allowed to penetrate and sink into the crack area for a minimum of one hour. Each crack must then have a second application of crack sealer material applied in the crack area only to within + 0.01' of the adjoining pavement surface. If the material is a cold-applied, polymer modified petroleum emulsion, sand will be applied over the crack sealing material after the second application, covering a minimum of 1 1/2 inches each side of the crack and not more than 3/4 inch higher than the top of the pavement. The contractor shall be responsible for the removal of all excess sand which shall be removed within three hours after being applied.
302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT.
302-5.1 General. - Add the following paragraphs:

Asphalt concrete pavement structural sections equal to or greater than 3 inches (76 mm) in thickness shall be installed in two lifts. Base course aggregate material size shall be ¾ inch (19 mm) and cap course aggregate material size shall be ½ inch (13 mm). All pavement shall be placed over 4 inches of crushed aggregate base, unless compacted to 95% relative compaction.

All valves within project limits in the public right-of-way shall be raised to finish grade as a part of this work. The Contractor shall furnish and install new can or slip can materials as necessary.

If new water valve lids are necessary, they shall be supplied by the Municipal Utilities and Engineering Department. All valve can lids within the project limits in the public right-of-way shall be painted the appropriate color for the utility they represent (ie. Water - Blue, Gas - Yellow, Fire – Red, etc.).
302-5.2 Timeline of Paving Operations.

All paving operations shall follow the timeline and requirements shown below unless otherwise approved by the City:

GC 53

PAVING TIMELINE

DESCRIPTION OF WORK

TIME PERIOD
WEEK 1
(DAY 1-7)
WEEK 2
(DAY 8-14)
WEEK 3
(DAY 15-21)
WEEK 4
(DAY 22-28)
PAVING (START TO FINISH) (1)
CURE PERIOD (2)
MANHOLE ADJUST TO GRADE (3)
STRIPING & PAVEMENT MARKINGS (4)
TRAFFIC LOOPS (5)
NO PARKING SIGNS ALLOWED (6)
Note: All time periods shown above are the maximum amount of allowable time for each activity.

This timeline does not apply to the installation or repair of curb and gutter, ac dikes, sidewalks, cross gutters, curb ramps, driveway approaches or truncated domes. (1) In no case shall any street segment remain unpaved longer than three calendar days if no other work activity is being performed on that street segment. Any deviation from the timeline shall result in a penalty assessment of $1,000 per calendar day. (2) No work except cat tracking of proposed striping is allowed during this period; therefore “No Parking Signs” shall not be installed during this activity. (3) Once each manhole is exposed, all associated work to adjust it to grade must be completed within 48 hours. This shall include all adjustments of manholes, vaults, valve cans, etc. as required by the Contract.
(4) All cat tracking and approval of proposed striping shall occur during the cure period. (5) Traffic loops must be installed after the approval of striping layout and prior to the installation of thermoplastic striping and pavement markings. (6) “No Parking Signs” shall be installed per Section 7-19 of these specifications. 302-5.4 Tack Coat. – Delete and replace with the following:

If the asphalt concrete pavement is being constructed directly upon an existing hard-surfaced pavement, a tack coat of High Performance Seal (HPS) No-Track Tack at an approximate rate of

0.05 gallon per square yard shall be uniformly applied upon the existing pavement preceding the placement of asphalt concrete. The surface shall be free of water, foreign material, or dust when the tack coat is applied. To minimize public inconvenience, no greater area shall be treated in any one day than is planned to be covered by asphalt concrete during the same day, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.

GC 54
302-5.5 Distribution and Spreading. – Add the following:

Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, the top layer of asphalt concrete for shoulders, tapers, transitions, road connections, private drives, curve widening, turnouts, left-turn pockets, and other such areas, shall not be spread before the top layer of asphalt concrete for the adjoining through lane has been spread and compacted. At locations where the number of lanes are changed, the top layer for the through lanes shall be paved first. Tracks or wheels of spreading equipment shall not be operated on the top layer of asphalt concrete in any area until final compaction has been completed or unless directed by the Engineer.

All screed extensions for paving machines shall be provided with a tamper, roller, or other suitable compacting devices.

Asphalt pavers shall be equipped with automatic screed controls and a sensing device or devices.

Automatic grade and slope control shall be used for overlays.

All joints shall be sealed after rolling.

When placing asphalt concrete to the lines and grades noted in the plans or as approved by the Engineer, the automatic screed controls shall control the longitudinal grade and transverse slope of the screed. Grade and slope references shall be furnished, installed, and maintained by the Contractor. The Contractor shall use a ski device, the minimum length of the ski device shall be 30 ft. The ski device shall be a rigid one-piece unit and the entire length shall be utilized in activating the sensor. The Contractor may use a laser to control the screed.

When placing the initial mat of asphalt concrete on existing pavement, the end of the screed nearest the center line shall be controlled by a sensor activated by a ski device not less than 30 ft long.

The end of the screed farthest from center line shall be controlled by an automatic transverse slope device set to reproduce the cross slope approved by the Engineer.

When paving contiguously with previously placed mats, the end of the screed adjacent to the previously placed mat shall be controlled by a sensor that responds to the grade of the previously placed mat and will reproduce the grade in the new mat within a 0.01 ft. tolerance. The end of the screed farthest from the previously placed mat shall be controlled in the same manner as when placing the initial mat.

Should the automatic screed controls fail to operate properly during any day's work, the Contractor may use manual control of the spreading equipment for the remainder of that day; however, the equipment shall be corrected or replaced with alternative automatically controlled equipment conforming to the requirements in this section before starting the next day's work.

Should the methods and equipment furnished by the Contractor fail to produce a layer of asphalt concrete conforming to the requirements, including straightedge tolerance, of Subsection 302-

5.6.2 - Density and Smoothness, of the Standard Specifications, the paving operation shall be discontinued and the Contractor shall modify his equipment or furnish substitute equipment. A GC 55
drop-off of more than 0.15 ft will not be allowed at anytime between adjacent lanes open to public traffic.

The Contractor shall schedule his paving operations such that each layer of asphalt concrete is placed on all contiguous lanes of a traveled way each work shift. At the end of each work shift, the distance between the ends of the layers of asphalt concrete on adjacent lanes shall not be greater than 10 ft. nor less than 5 ft. Additional asphalt concrete shall be placed along the transverse edge at the end of each lane and along the exposed longitudinal edges between adjacent lanes, hand raked, and compacted to form temporary conforms. Kraft paper, or other approved bond breaker, may be placed under the conform tapers to facilitate the removal of the taper when paving operations resume.
302-5.6.1 General. - Add the following paragraph:

All asphalt concrete pavement abutting portland cement concrete gutters shall match and be flush with the gutter lip when finish rolling is complete.
302-5.6.2 – Density and Smoothness. – Delete and replace with the following:

The completed surfacing shall be thoroughly compacted, smooth and free from ruts, humps, depressions or irregularities. Any ridges, indentations or other objectionable marks left in the surface of the asphalt concrete shall be eliminated by rolling or other means. The use of any equipment that leaves humps, ridges, irregularities or other objectionable marks in the asphalt concrete shall be discontinued, and acceptable equipment shall be furnished by the Contractor.

The finished surface shall meet the following smoothness criteria:
• When a 12 foot long straightedge is laid on the finished surface parallel to the centerline of the roadway, the finished surface shall not vary from the edge of the straightedge more than 0.05 feet, except at changes in grade,
• When a 12 foot long straightedge is laid on the finished surface perpendicular to the centerline of the roadway and extends from edge to edge of a traffic lane, the finished surface shall not vary from the edge of the straightedge more than 0.05 feet, except at changes in grade.

If the top layer of pavement does not comply with the smoothness specifications shown, remove and replace the entire section or complete a grind and overlay of 1.5 inches or 3 times the aggregate size, whichever is greater. Grind and overlay will be considered as a repair method only when the thickness of the asphalt pavement section is greater than 1.5 inches following the required grinding. Corrected section shall be rectangular to the nearest pavement edge or lane line and to a crosswalk, concrete spandrel or other limits approved by the City. Do not begin corrective actions until the method and limit of correction is authorized by the City. If the tolerances cannot be achieved by the methods described above, the contractor must re-pave the street section, in kind, at their own expenses.

The compaction after rolling shall be a minimum of 91 percent and a maximum of 97 percent of the density obtained on samples compacted with the California Kneading Compactor per California Test 304. Cores will be taken randomly by the City for laboratory testing per California Test 308, Method A at a frequency of three per lot. A lot shall consist of a maximum of 3,000 square yards of asphalt concrete and will be identified in the field by the City. The cores will be GC 56
averaged to determine the percent of maximum theoretical density, as determined by ASTM D2041, per lot to the nearest tenth of a percent.

Reduced payment factors for percent of maximum theoretical density will be per the following table, and will be applied to the entire lot sampled.

Reduced Payment Factors for Percent of Maximum Theoretical Density Asphalt Concrete
percent of maximum
theoretical density
Reduced payment
factor
Asphalt Concrete
percent of maximum
theoretical density
Reduced payment
factor

91.0 0.0000 97.0 0.0000

90.9 0.0125 97.1 0.0125

90.8 0.0250 97.2 0.0250

90.7 0.0375 97.3 0.0375

90.6 0.0500 97.4 0.0500

90.5 0.0625 97.5 0.0625

90.4 0.0750 97.6 0.0750

90.3 0.0875 97.7 0.0875

90.2 0.1000 97.8 0.1000

90.1 0.1125 97.9 0.1125

90.0 0.1250 98.0 0.1250

89.9 0.1375 98.1 0.1375

89.8 0.1500 98.2 0.1500

89.7 0.1625 98.3 0.1625

89.6 0.1750 98.4 0.1750

89.5 0.1875 98.5 0.1875

89.4 0.2000 98.6 0.2000

89.3 0.2125 98.7 0.2125

89.2 0.2250 98.8 0.2250

89.1 0.2375 98.9 0.2375

89.0 0.2500 99.0 0.2500
< 89.0 Remove and replace > 99.0 Remove and replace
In addition to the reduced payment factors below, all costs associated with the testing of the lot which resulted in values outside of the 91-97 percent range, will be withheld from the final payment due to the Contractor.

Following completion of the testing by the City, the core locations within the asphalt pavement shall be repaired by the Contractor.
302-5.6.3 Tracking. All areas receiving asphalt pavement shall be protected from tracking onto adjacent areas. Do not allow traffic on new asphalt pavement until its mid-depth temperature is below 140º Fahrenheit to minimize the tracking.

A rock dust blotter coat per Section 302-9.7 or a sand coat at a rate of 1-2 pounds per square yard shall be applied to the compacted surface for all areas where tracking is a concern. The application of tracking prevention measures shall be determined by the Contractor.

GC 57
A haul route for all paving operations shall be reviewed and approved by the City prior to the start of any construction activity. No deviations from the approved haul route shall occur unless approved in writing from the City.

All tracking onto adjacent streets, striping or pavement markings shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. All striping and pavement markings shall be removed and replaced in kind by sandblasting. All tracking onto roadway surfaces may require the use of a street sweeper to the satisfaction of the City.
302-5.7 Joints. – Add the following:

Longitudinal joints shall be trimmed to a vertical face and to a neat line if the edges of the previously laid surfacing are, in the opinion of the Engineer, in such condition that the quality of the completed joint will be affected. Longitudinal and transverse joints shall be tested with a 12’ straightedge and shall be cut back as required to conform to the provisions in Subsection 302-5.6.2 Density and Smoothness for surface smoothness. Connections to existing surfacing shall be feathered to conform to the provisions for smoothness.

Longitudinal joints in the top layer shall correspond with the edges of proposed lane striping.

Longitudinal joints in all other layers shall be offset not less than 0.5' alternately each side of the edges of traffic lanes.

All feathered joints shall be sealed after rolling.
302-5.9 Measurement and Payment. – Add the following:

Reduced payment factors per 302-5.6.2 will be applied to the Contract Unit Price for lots with a Maximum Theoretical Density less than 91.0 and greater than 97.0 percent. 302-5.10 Hot Asphalt Leveling Course. Areas to receive the Hot Asphalt Concrete Leveling Course shall be determined and defined by the project manager and inspector, and identified to the Contractor in the field. Mix for hot Asphalt Concrete Leveling Course shall be 1/2 inch aggregate, C2, as defined in Section 203-6.4.3.

Areas to receive hot asphalt concrete leveling course shall be areas located near or adjacent to existing curbs and/or gutters that are potholed, or have the lip of gutter higher than the adjacent roadway. Potholes, large cracks, or ruts shall be filled to the surrounding grade elevation and compacted. Hot Asphalt Concrete Leveling Course shall be completed prior to the placement of Type II Slurry Seal, ARAM or resurfacing.

Prior to placement of asphalt concrete, the surface shall be cleaned and all debris and deleterious materials shall be removed. A tack coat meeting the material and application requirements of Section 302-5.4 Tack Coat, shall be applied prior to placement of hot mix asphalt concrete. 302-5.11 Asphalt Pavement Crack Sealing and Filling. Crack sealing shall only be performed as a repair method for conventional hot mix asphalt pavement (HMA) and not installed at project locations which will have asphalt rubber hot mix (ARHM) used as the overlay material. Crack GC 58
sealing shall be performed after milling of existing asphalt surface and prior to any leveling course, if necessary.

Right after milling of existing asphalt and before crack sealing or filling, Contractor shall remove any and all weeds that are growing through cracks from the project street located within the pavement or growing between the concrete gutter and the pavement and spray a herbicide mixture of either Hyvar mixed with Roundup or Pramatol mixed with Roundup, or approved equal, at least seven (7) calendar days prior to paving. The herbicide mixture shall contain Blazon, or approved equal, a purple dye to easily confirm the herbicide has been applied. The work shall be approved by the Engineer or his representative prior to paving. Full compensation for plant removal and herbicide treatment shall be considered as included in the unit cost for paving.

The crack sealing material shall be a hot-applied asphalt (Crafco Polyflex or approved equivalent).

The crack sealing material must not be modified or diluted in any way. Pavement cracks larger than 1” wide shall be filled with the mixtures per Specification Section 203-6.4 Type E (Extra Fine).

A wand and nozzle type application shall be used to fill all cracks with crack sealing material.

Crack sealing material shall be applied in two applications with the possibility of additional applications to fill the crack within the allowable tolerance. The cracks must be filled to the surface and not overfilled or applied to the top of adjoining pavement or concrete surfaces. The cracks shall be squeegee immediately after the sealant has been applied to insure conformity with the pavement surface.

The crack sealing material shall then be allowed to penetrate and sink into the crack area for a minimum of one hour. Each crack must then have a second application of crack sealer material applied in the crack area only to within + 0.01' of the adjoining pavement surface. If the material is a cold-applied, polymer modified petroleum emulsion, sand will be applied over the crack sealing material after the second application, covering a minimum of 1 1/2 inches each side of the crack and not more than 3/4 inch higher than the top of the pavement. The contractor shall be responsible for the removal of all excess sand which shall be removed within three hours after being applied.

SECTION 303 - CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
303-1 CONCRETE STRUCTURES.
303-1.1 General. - Delete the first sentence of paragraph 1 and replace with the following:
“Concrete bridges, culverts, catch basins, retaining walls, abutments, piers, footings, foundations, drainage inlets, head walls, end walls, wing walls, junction structures, transition structures, manholes, and other similar types of portland cement concrete structures shall be constructed to the lines and grades in conformity with the Plans and Specifications. 303-5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS, AND DRIVEWAYS.
303-5.1.1 General. - Replace the last paragraph with the following:

GC 59
No PCC shall be ordered and/or placed until the forms and subgrade have been inspected and approved by the Engineer in the field.

All pull boxes, water meter boxes, and water valve covers shall be adjusted to proposed finish grade and approved by the Engineer in the field prior to placement of the PCC.

The Contractor shall barricade and protect placed PCC from all damage, marks, mars, and/or graffiti. Any PCC damaged, defaced, discolored, or defective shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense.

When removals of curb and/or sidewalk are located at curb return, the Contractor shall install access ramps. The Contractor is to construct all access ramps in accordance with American Disability Act (ADA) Standards/California Code of Regulations Title 24 – Accessibility Regulations. If the ramps constructed by the Contractor are found to be in non-compliance with ADA Standards, the Contractor will be required to remove and replace the ramps to ADA Standards at the Contractor's expense.
303-5.1.2 Drainage Outlets Through Curb. - Add the following paragraph:

Coring shall be required for all drains through existing curbs. 303-5.1.3 Driveway Entrances. – Replace the last paragraph with the following:

Driveway approaches where required, shall be 150 mm (6") thick for single-family residential area, and 200 mm (8") thick for commercial driveway approaches. 303-5.1.4 Walk. The back of sidewalk shall be 2 inches from the street Right-of-Way line unless otherwise specified by the Engineer.

Included in the price of sidewalk construction are retaining curbs. Retaining curbs are needed to retain soils from sloughing and eroding onto the finished sidewalk surface, as a result of grade differentials from existing ground surface to proposed sidewalk surface. Retaining curbs shall be installed when the finished surface is lower than the surrounding grade by 3 inches vertically within 6 inches horizontally. If the vertical difference in elevation is less than 3 inches, the surrounding grade shall be sloped, maximum 2:1 slope, to match the finished elevation. The height of the retaining curb shall be to the height of the existing grade it is retaining. Retaining curbs shall be located within the City’s right-of-way at all times. 303-5.1.5 Access Ramps. Construction of curb ramps shall conform to the Type and Case appropriate for the condition, as specified on the plans and as shown within the 2012 Standard Plans for Public Works Construction, Plan 111-5. The Contractor shall be responsible to layout the proposed access ramp to comply with the maximum slope indicated on the plans or Standard Plan 111-5. The maximum slope for the ramp shall not be exceeded unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer. The Contractor shall remove and replace access ramps deemed noncompliant with the plans or Standard Plan 111-5.

For proposed locations adjacent to a cross gutter spandrel, sawcuts along the radius of the curb will not be allowed. The spandrel shall be replaced from expansion joint to expansion joint to the extents of the curb removal. For proposed locations adjacent to curb and gutter, sawcuts along the flowline of the curb will not be allowed. The entire curb and gutter shall be replaced from expansion joint to expansion joint as required. Sawcuts at locations other than the expansion joint GC 60
will not be allowed unless approved by the Engineer. Curb cuts of the existing curb will not be permitted for installation of proposed ramp. Any deviation from these requirements will result in rejection of all work at this location and shall not be included in progress payment requests until corrected, per direction from the Engineer.

The Contractor shall verify the extents of sawcut and removal for each access ramp taking into account the maximum slope and transition area required. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to identify required removal limits, set concrete forms and verify maximum slopes are not exceeded. The Engineer shall be present to verify the concrete forms prior to the placement of the concrete at each location, however this does not alleviate the responsibility of the accuracy of forms or slopes of the access ramp from the Contractor.

Included in the price of access ramps are retaining curbs. Retaining curbs are needed to retain soils from sloughing and eroding onto the finished ramp surface, as a result of grade differentials from existing ground surface to proposed ramp surface. Retaining curbs shall be installed when the finished surface is lower than the surrounding grade by 3 inches vertically within 6 inches horizontally. If the vertical difference in elevation is less than 3 inches, the surrounding grade shall be sloped, maximum 2:1 slope, to match the finished elevation. The height of the retaining curb shall be to the height of the existing grade it is retaining. Retaining curbs shall be located within the City’s right-of-way at all times.

Access Ramps shall have truncated domes installed in accordance with standard plans and specifications. Truncated domes on new access ramps shall be Armor-Tile, Cast in Place System, Equal Tile, or approved equal. Truncated domes installed on existing surfaces shall be Safety Sted TD, or approved equal. Truncated dome panels shall be 36”x48”, inline configuration, with a spacing of 2.35” on center, and Federal Yellow in color.

The access ramp work shall include all related adjustments of pull boxes, pull box covers, signs, and protection of any underground utilities within the work area. The removal and replacement of up to 5 linear feet of sidewalk on each side of the access ramp shall be included within the cost of the access ramp. The removal and replacement of the sidewalk will allow for transition from the top of ramp to adjacent sidewalk and will be utilized as necessary. 303-5.4.3 Weakened Plane Joints, (a) General. - Add the following paragraph:

All weakened plane joints shall be spaced at a maximum of 3.05 m (10') feet for curbs, gutters, and sidewalks. Scoring lines shall conform to those prevailing in the area and be uniform in spacing.
303-5.5.2 Curb. - Replace the first paragraph with the following:

PCC for curb and gutter shall be placed within three working days from removal of the existing PCC curb and gutter. The curb and gutter surface shall not vary more than 3 mm (0.01') from a 3 m (10') straightedge except at the grade changes. Prior to the removal of the forms, the surface shall be finished true to grade by means of a straightedge float of not less than 3 m (10') in length, and operated longitudinally over the surface of the concrete. Form clamps shall be constructed so as not to interfere with the operation of the float. The form on the front of the curbs shall not be removed less than one (1) hour, nor more than six (6) hours after the concrete has been placed. In no event shall forms be removed while the concrete is sufficiently plastic to slump. The top and GC 61
face of the finished curb shall be true and straight, and top surface of curbs shall be of uniform width, free from humps, sags, blemishes, or other irregularities. 303-5.5.3 Walk. - Add the following paragraphs:

The sidewalk surface shall not vary more than 5 mm (0.02') from the 3m (10') straightedge except at grade changes, and the finished surface shall be free from humps, sags, blemishes or other irregularities. All sidewalks shall be a minimum of 100 mm (4") thick, except at driveways where the sidewalks shall be a minimum of 150 mm (6") thick for single family residential areas and 200 mm (8") thick for all other areas.
303-5.6 Curing. - Add the following paragraph:

Curing compound shall be translucent with red fugitive dye, Type 1, in accordance with Section 201-4 Concrete Curing Compound, of the Standard Specifications. 303-5.7 Repairs and Replacements. - Add the following paragraphs:

In order to minimize vandalism damage to the finished PCC surfaces, the Contractor shall plan his work so that no PCC is poured after 1:00 p.m., unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer in the field.

The Contractor shall barricade and protect placed Portland Cement Concrete from all damages, marks, mars, and/or graffiti. Any Portland Cement Concrete damaged, defaced, discolored, or defective shall be replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the Contractor's expense, and no additional time will be allowed.

Grading, patching, or other remedies to correct the situation will not be accepted unless in the opinion of the Engineer the vandalized area is so small that it does not warrant replacement.

Concrete replacement areas shall be from score mark or control joint to score mark or control joint, and full width of the sidewalk. All replacement areas shall be saw cut. 303-5.8 Backfilling and Cleanup. - Add the following paragraph:

A minimum of 300mm (12”) wide full depth asphalt concrete pavement repair patch and an 450mm (18”) wide 1-1/2” deep grind outside of the trench width is required when cross gutter, spandrel, driveways, curb and gutter is placed adjacent to existing asphalt concrete pavement. The asphalt concrete pavement repair patch shall be placed within two (2) working days after the cross gutters, spandrels, driveways, curb and gutter are replaced. The asphalt concrete pavement shall be sawcut. All work shall be in accordance with the General Permit Conditions and Trench Specifications, latest edition.

SECTION 304 - METAL FABRICATION AND CONSTRUCTION
304-3 CHAIN LINK FENCE.
304-3.4 Measurement and Payment. - Delete paragraph 1 and replace with:

Chain link fence will be measured along the horizontal projection line of the completed fence, deducting the widths of gates and openings.

GC 62
SECTION 314 - TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT

MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS
314-1 GENERAL. - Add the following paragraphs:

To insure the protection of storm drain inlets, Best Management Practices (BMPs) shall be employed during all striping operations. Refer to Section 7-8.6.

Each storm drain catch basin or storm drain inlet box shall be marked “NO DUMPING - FLOWS TO CREEK.” Two coats of paint are required. Stencil shall match City’s stencil. Paint and painting shall comply with the specifications.

All street resurfacing work shall include installing fire hydrant pavement markers at all fire hydrant location, whether the pavement markers were existing or not. The pavement markers shall be Type I – Two-Way Blue Retroreflective per Section 214-6 of the Specifications and installed per City’s detail drawing No. 102-0. All work associated with the installation of all new, or replacement of existing, fire hydrant pavement markers shall be included as noted within the specifications. 314-4 APPLICATION OF TRAFFIC STRIPING AND CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS.
314-4.1 General. – Add the following paragraphs:

During construction, if traffic legends or lane striping are removed or paved-over for any reason, they shall be replaced immediately with temporary traffic legends or lane striping as directed by the City, and the Contractor shall place permanent traffic legends or lane striping at the end of the job or on completion of final paving. When permanent items are placed, they shall be complete markings, legends, or striping i.e.: if limit lines are disturbed, they shall be replaced to centerline or from curb to curb, whichever was existing; if a letter in a word is removed or covered, the entire word shall be replaced; and lane striping shall extend 75 feet beyond construction limits. All replacement markings, legends, or striping required to be replaced beyond the contract limits shown shall be at the cost of the Contractor and shall meet City standards. If existing striping or legends are to be removed on existing surfaces, they shall be sandblasted. Painting over striping or legends in lieu of removal will not be permitted. Pavement striping shall comply with the applicable provisions of Sections 214 and 314 of the Standard Specifications.

Where side streets with existing striping, markings and markers are encountered, striping, markings and markers shall be repainted and replaced for a minimum distance of 15 m (50 feet) from the crosswalk, stop bar or limit line.
314-4.2 Control of Alignment and Layout.
314-4.2.1 General. - Delete and replace with the following:

The Contractor will be responsible for all layout of all striping. All striping, markings and markers shall be reinstalled in their existing locations unless otherwise shown on the plans. The Contractor shall be responsible to take appropriate measures and record the existing locations.

GC 63
The Contractor shall verify all dimensions in the field prior to installation of pavement striping/marking layout (Cat-Track). Should field measurements differ from the plan, the Contractor shall immediately notify City staff. No Cat-Track marks shall be placed until discrepancies are resolved.

Cat-Track must be approved by City staff prior to the installation of permanent pavement striping/marking. Contractor shall notify City staff a minimum of 24 hours prior to installation of permanent pavement striping/marking to allow for inspection and approval. If approval of CatTrack is not obtained by the Contractor, all work required to correct the striping/marking will be at the expense of the Contractor
Cat-Track marks shall be made in chalk. Paint for the purpose of Cat-Track is prohibited. If paint is used, the Contractor must remove the paint without damaging or visually deforming the pavement surface. If damage or visual deformity within the removal area occurs, in the opinion of City staff, the Contractor shall grind and overlay the entire segment with no additional compensation. The area of the grind and overlay shall be as required by City staff and shall be a minimum of 0.10’ thickness.

All visible Cat-Track markings after the installation of the permanent striping/marking shall be removed without damage or visual deformity to the pavement surface. Any damage or visual deformity to the pavement shall be remedied as noted above. 314-4.3.5 Application. - Amend the first sentence in paragraph 8 as follows:
“Glass beads shall be applied at a rate of 0.6 to 0.8 kg of beads per liter (5 to 7 pounds of beads per gallon).”
314-6 GREEN BIKE LANE. Green bike lanes shall be installed per plan and conform to the technical specifications included within the contract documents and shall be Streetbond CL or approved equal.

City of Redlands Standard Specifications

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
COORDINATION OF WORK, PERMITS, AND REGULATIONS 01110-1
SECTION 01110 COORDINATION OF WORK
A. Maintenance of Operation of Existing Facilities
This project is intended to be constructed during phases. The City reserves the right to award any or all phases of the work at one time. Follow the project phasing directions below.

If work for a subsequent phase is awarded separately, the Contractor will receive updated information including record drawings from the prior phase(s) of construction.

B. Construction Phase Sequence

1. The work is organized into the following phases:
a. Phase 1 involves construction of the office expansion and relocation of administrative staff, including flex space for laboratory technicians. b. Phase 2A includes renovation of the west side of the existing laboratory for microbiology, media preparation, and instrumentation functions, while maintaining operation of the east lab.
c. Phase 2B will shift all lab operations to the renovated west lab to allow for renovation of the east lab.

Refer to the contract drawings for detailed information and sequencing requirements related to project phasing.

Construction phase sequence to allow continuous operation of all testing except for microbiology lab. Testin services will be sent to third-party vendor when required to maintain verifiable clean environment.

Temporary parking to be arranged by the client for their own staff during construction.

C. Coordination Submittals

1. The contractor shall submit a Connection Plan to the City for review and approval.

The plan should contain pothole information for the existing water, sewer, power and communication lines to be connected to, any required deviations from the plan, schedule of connections and any phasing for the locations and connections.

2. No water system shutdowns will be allowed on Monday or Friday, unless otherwise directed by City staff.

3. When approved, City will begin shutting down the water system to allow connection at 8:00 AM. Note the system drainage time may take up to two hours depending on location and field conditions.

COORDINATION OF WORK, PERMITS, AND REGULATIONS 01110-2
D. Special Considerations (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION
DESCRIPTION OF WORK 01112-1

SECTION 01112 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. The work to be done under this Contract includes the furnishing of project management, labor, materials, tools and equipment for the construction of the Joint Utilities Laboratory Building Renovation And Expansion Project, Phase 1for the City of Redlands, all in accordance with the Contract Documents.

B. The following contract drawings are made a part of these Contract Documents:

Title Sheet No.

Title Sheet & Vicinity Map 1
General Notes, Symbol Legend and Details, CALgreen checklist 2-7 Civil sheets 8-11
Architectural sheets 12-57
Structural sheets 58-69
Building Mechanical sheets 70-97
Fire protection sheets 98-103
Electrical sheets 104-124

1.2 GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK
A. Work In This Contract: Work in this Contract includes all labor, materials and equipment necessary for construction of Joint Utilities Laboratory Building Renovation And Expansion Project – Phase 1 as noted on the Contract Drawings and all other Contract Documents and is summarized as follows:

1. The Work shall consist of construction of a new building addition to expand the existing laboratory facility, providing new office space for administrative staff and flexible workspace for laboratory technicians. Supporting work includes associated site demolition, sidewalk improvements, and accessible path upgrades.

Utility work includes relocation of existing site utilities, including laboratory gas supply tanks and associated piping to the north side of the mechanical room, and installation of new 4-inch sanitary drainage piping connected to the existing site sanitary system to serve the new building addition and new unisex restroom.

Electrical work includes coordination with the Owner to provide a temporary Motor Control Center (MCC) to maintain power to all existing loads on MCC-OB from the future temporary MCC in Phase 2; installation of a new underground electrical ductbank; installation of a new circuit breaker in the existing MCC-OB to feed new panelboard LP-D, including a temporary feeder and step-down transformer XFMR-D; and installation of a new panelboard LP-OL and stepdown transformer XFMR-OL within the existing electrical room. Additional DESCRIPTION OF WORK 01112-2

architectural modifications include sealing the existing mechanical room door and constructing a new door, as well as reroofing and reinsulating the existing building.

2. The Contractor shall, upon completion of the building construction and renovations required herein, initially operate all components of the Contract Work furnished and installed by Contractor, and make any additional adjustments, corrections, repairs, replacements, and reconstructions necessary to provide the City with complete, correctly operating pipeline and appurtenances.

END OF SECTION
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01200-1
SECTION 01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Work Listed in the Schedule of Work Items

1. The application for payment will be for a specific item based on the percentage completed or quantity installed. The percentage complete will be based on the value of the partially completed work relative to the value of the item when entirely completed and ready for service.

2. A retention of five percent (5%) of the value of work completed will be withheld from progress payments. This retention amount will remain constant throughout the contract period and will not be payable until the expiration of thirty-five (35) days after the recordation of the Notice of Completion.

B. Work Not Listed in the Schedule of Work Items

1. The General Conditions and items in the General Requirements, and Specifications which are not listed in the schedule of work items of the bid form are, in general, applicable to more than one listed work item, and no separate work item is provided, therefore. Include the cost of work not listed but necessary to complete the project designated in the contract documents in the various listed work items of the bid form.

2. The bids for the work are intended to establish a total cost for the work in its entirety. Should the Contractor feel that the cost for the work has not been established by specific items in the bid form, include the cost for that work in some related bid item so that the proposal for the project reflects the total cost for completing the work in its entirety.

3. The Contractor is not expected to experience difficulty in excavation due to rock or unsuitable backfill material throughout the project locations. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to identify any areas and account for difficulty in excavation, the need to export rock or unsuitable backfill material and the need to import suitable backfill material. There will not be additional contract time or additional compensation for any project locations where any of these circumstances occur.

C. Bid Items

1. Mobilization, Bid Item 1:

Payment for Mobilization shall be made at the contract lump sum price and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, and incidentals required within Section 01721. The bid price shall include, but not limited to, preliminary construction schedule, bonds, insurance, installation and relocation of information signs, shop drawings, catalog submittals and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01200-2
material, equipment and incidentals required. The bid price for mobilization shall not exceed 5 percent of the Bid Schedule total price.

2. Site Demolition, Bid Item 2:

Item includes but is not limited to the removal and proper offsite disposal of existing improvements as specified on the project plans and specifications. Work includes demolition of existing pavement, utilities, and other site elements as required for construction.

Payment for this item shall be made based on the percentage of project completion to ensure compliance with all requirements throughout the duration of the contract. The completeness shall be determined by the Engineer and updated on progress payments.

3. Removal of all trash and debris, shrubs, bushes, and pavement, Bid Item 3:

Item includes but is not limited to removal of all: trash, debris, shrubs, bushes, pavement and pavement grindings from right of way. Dust control and export to allow for installation of proposed improvements per the plans. This item includes asphalt grindings spread throughout the parking surface and shall only be paid when removal of all items have occurred, and the site is ready for installation of proposed improvements.

Payment for this item shall be made based on the percentage of project completion to ensure compliance with all requirements throughout the duration of the contract. The completeness shall be determined by the Engineer and updated on progress payments.

4. Civil Site Work, Bid Item 4:

Item includes but is not limited to grading, trenching, excavation, backfilling, subgrade preparation, base course, aggregate surfaces, utilities, new electrical service, remove concrete vault, and associated site development elements as specified on the Phase 1 project plans and specifications.

Payment for this item shall be made based on the percentage of project completion to ensure compliance with all requirements throughout the duration of the contract. The completeness shall be determined by the Engineer and updated on progress payments.

5. Reroofing of Existing Building, Bid Item 5:

Item includes, but is not limited to, complete removal and replacement of roofing on the existing facility as specified on the Phase 1 project plans and specifications. Includes:
• Roof membrane and insulation
• Flashings and edge metals
• Re-flashing of Roof drains, downspouts and overflows
• Walk pads for access
Work shall provide a complete and watertight roofing system, coordinated with expansion areas.

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01200-3
Payment for this item shall be made based on the percentage of project completion to ensure compliance with all requirements throughout the duration of the contract. The completeness shall be determined by the Engineer and updated on progress payments.

6. Concrete Work, Bid Item 6:

Item includes but is not limited cast-in-place concrete foundations, curbs, equipment pads, walkways, curb and gutter repair, and other flatwork or structural concrete elements as specified on the Phase 1 project plans and specifications. Also includes, furnishing and installing floor expansion joints, including joint covers, and sealants. The floor expansion joint system shall provide a structurally independent connection between new and existing concrete construction.

Payment for this item shall be made based on the percentage of project completion to ensure compliance with all requirements throughout the duration of the contract. The completeness shall be determined by the Engineer and updated on progress payments.

7. Structural Work, Bid Item 7:

Item includes but is not limited to furnishing and erecting structural steel, miscellaneous metals, connections, anchorage, bracing, roof stairs and related structural components as specified on the Phase 1 project plans and specifications.

Payment for this item shall be made based on the percentage of project completion to ensure compliance with all requirements throughout the duration of the contract. The completeness shall be determined by the Engineer and updated on progress payments.

8. CMU Walls and Masonry Work, Bid Item 8:

Item includes, but is not limited to, construction of concrete masonry unit (CMU) walls, reinforcing, grout, bond beams, lintels, control joints, and associated masonry elements.

Also includes, furnishing and installing expansion joints between the new and existing buildings, including joint covers, sealants, fire barriers, flashings and related structural components as specified on the Phase 1 project plans and specifications. The expansion joint system shall provide a watertight seal while allowing for structural independence between the existing and new construction.

Payment for this item shall be made based on the percentage of project completion to ensure compliance with all requirements throughout the duration of the contract. The completeness shall be determined by the Engineer and updated on progress payments.

9. Architectural Work, Bid Item 9:

Item includes but is not limited to architectural finishes, doors, door sealers, door hardware, windows, insulation, coatings, ceilings, partitions, roofing membrane and roof insulation for new addition including flashings and edge metals, roof drains, downspouts MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01200-4
and overflows, walk pads for access and other architectural features as specified on the Phase 1 project plans and specifications.

Payment for this item shall be made based on the percentage of project completion to ensure compliance with all requirements throughout the duration of the contract. The completeness shall be determined by the Engineer and updated on progress payments.

10. HVAC Work, Bid Item 10:

Item includes but is not limited to furnishing and installing all mechanical systems, ductwork, air handlers, exhaust fans, diffusers, louvers, controls, and supports and all associated components as specified on the Phase 1 project plans and specifications.

Payment for this item shall be made based on the percentage of project completion to ensure compliance with all requirements throughout the duration of the contract. The completeness shall be determined by the Engineer and updated on progress payments.

11. Plumbing Work, Bid Item 11:

Item includes but is not limited to furnishing and installing all domestic water, waste, vent, drainage, and other plumbing systems including piping, fixtures, supports, insulation, and all associated components as specified on the Phase 1 project plans and specifications.

Payment for this item shall be made based on the percentage of project completion to ensure compliance with all requirements throughout the duration of the contract. The completeness shall be determined by the Engineer and updated on progress payments.

12. Electrical Work, Bid Item 12:

Item includes but is not limited to furnishing and installing all electrical systems including lighting, power, grounding, conduits, wiring, panels, controls, switches, outlets, and all associated devices and components as specified on the Phase 1 project plans and specifications. Including work in the existing building electrical room.

Payment for this item shall be made based on the percentage of project completion to ensure compliance with all requirements throughout the duration of the contract. The completeness shall be determined by the Engineer and updated on progress payments.

13. Fire Protection Systems (Including Fire Alarm and Sprinklers), Bid Item 13:

Item includes, but is not limited to, furnishing and installing all fire protection systems, including wet-pipe sprinkler systems, fire alarm devices and panels, strobes, pull stations, fire department connections, and related appurtenances and components as specified on the Phase 1 project plans and specifications.

Work shall be coordinated with architectural, structural, and electrical systems and meet all applicable fire and life safety codes and authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) requirements.

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01200-5
Payment for this item shall be made based on the percentage of project completion to ensure compliance with all requirements throughout the duration of the contract. The completeness shall be determined by the Engineer and updated on progress payments.

14. Demobilization, Bid Item 14:

Payment for demobilization shall be made at the contract lump sum price and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, equipment and incidentals required.

15. Remaining Work Not Specifically Listed, Bid Item 15:

This item includes the cost of all labor, materials, equipment, and services required to complete portions of the Work not specifically identified under other bid items but necessary to complete the project per the Contract Documents.

Payment shall be made at the lump sum price for this item. This shall constitute full compensation for completing all work required that has not been specifically included in prior bid items.

16. Contingency: Unforeseen work not covered within all other bid items, Bid Item 16:

Payment for unforeseen work not covered within all other bid items shall be made at the contract lump sum price and shall constitute full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, and incidentals required. Unforeseen work must be approved by the City staff before doing any work and pay estimate shall be negotiated based on unit price already established with the bid proposal for this project. Any work required that is outside of the proposed bid unit cost, shall be performed based on time & material (T&M) basis and T&M cost shall be negotiated and approved by the City staff prior to performing the work.

Unforeseen work will be paid in each billing cycle with a percentage of the lump sum cost included in the bid. This item may or may not be spent entirely.

END OF SECTION
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01200-6

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CHANGE ORDER REQUESTS 01251-1
SECTION 01251 CHANGE ORDER REQUESTS

1.1 GENERAL
A. All quotations for preliminary change orders for extras, changes, additions, or deletions to the Work as described in EXTRA WORK of the GENERAL CONDITIONS shall be submitted to the ENGINEER, in writing, on the Change Order Request (COR) Cover Sheet and the Change Order Cost Summary Form, both attached, and in conformance with the requirements of Section 01254 CHANGE ORDERS. The quotation shall be firm for a period of not less than sixty (60) calendar days from the date of receipt of the quotation by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall submit its written cost quotation and Time Impact Analysis not later than fifteen (15) days after being requested to provide such quotation, unless the ENGINEER allows more time. Delays in submitting quotations beyond the fifteen (15) days set forth herein, which cause a delay in the issuance of a Change Order or a delay to the completion date of the project, shall not be cause for a claim or a time extension under the Contract.

B. The ENGINEER'S request for quotation on a preliminary change shall not be considered authorization to proceed with the changed work prior to the issuance of a final Lump Sum or Time & Material Change Order, unless directed otherwise, in writing, by the ENGINEER, nor shall such request constitute justification for a delay to the existing Work or a time extension under the Contract.

END OF SECTION
CHANGE ORDER REQUESTS 01251-2
CHANGE ORDER REQUESTS 01251-3
Change Order Cost Summary
Project Name :

Change Order Request No. :

Date :

Direct
Labor
Direct
Materials
Direct
Equipment
(1): Lump Sum Work by
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Prime Contractor
(2): "T&M" Work by
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Prime Contractor
(3): Subtotal - Direct Work
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00
(Prime Contractor)
(4): All Lump Sum Work by
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00
subcontractors (any tier)
(5): All "T&M" Work by
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00
subcontractors (any tier) Totals
(6): Subtotal - Direct Work
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
(all subcontractors)
Add each of the
(3)+(6)=(7): Total - Direct Costs
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00
three columns
$0.00
across and enter
to the right.
(8): Markup
(20%
of
direct
labor)
(15% of
direct mat'l)
(15% of
direct equip)
$0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
(9): Prime Contractor
Markup 10% of line (6) direct sub work up to $5,000
for subcontractors plus 5% of line (6) direct sub work over $5,000
(10): Bonds & Insurance 1% of line (7)
$0.00
all direct work
(11): Additional amount
permitted by Contract
(12): GRAND TOTAL Add sums of lines)
$0.00
(7), (8), (9), (10) and (11)
CHANGE ORDER REQUESTS 01251-4

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CHANGE ORDERS 01254-1
SECTION 01254 CHANGE ORDERS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 REQUIREMENTS
Payment to the Contractor, or credit to the City, for any change, addition, deletion or extra to the Work, or settlement of any Claim, covered by any Change Order, shall be determined by the methods set forth herein. The Engineer may change the Plans and Specifications, character of the Work, or quantity of Work provided the total arithmetic dollar value of all such changes, both additive and deductive, does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the Contract Price. Should it become necessary to exceed this limitation, the change shall be by written Supplemental Agreement between the Contractor and the City, which shall be executed by a Change Order.

Unless otherwise stipulated, “Unit Prices” include all costs necessary to furnish, install and complete the Work. The “Unit Prices” include all direct costs for labor, equipment and materials, all insurance and bond costs, all field and office supervisors and assistants, all onsite project administration, security costs, the cost of small tools and consumables, incidental job burdens, and all general home office expenses and no separate allowance will be made therefor. Assistants to field and office supervisors include all clerical, stenographic, and general office help. Incidental job burdens include, but is not limited to, office equipment and supplies, temporary toilets, telephone, utilities, safety equipment, warning devices, personal protective equipment, and conformance to OSHA requirements. Project administration includes, but is not limited to, review and coordination, estimating, engineering, scheduling, and expediting relative to Change Orders, and updating and furnishing Record Drawings to incorporate changes, schedule update, supervision not applied solely to the Work of the Change Order, home office salaries and expenses, and City of Redlands Business Tax.

A. Unit Prices
Unit prices stipulated in the Bid or itemized in the approved Schedule of Values shall be utilized, where they are applicable and determined reasonable by the Engineer. In the event that the Change Order results in a change in the original quantity of more than twenty-five percent (25%), either increase or decrease, then either the Engineer or the Contractor may request a review of the unit price to determine if a new unit price shall be mutually determined by negotiation. Any new unit price mutually determined under this Subsection shall only apply to the units in excess of one hundred twenty five percent (125%) of the original quantity for overruns. In case of underruns, the unit price stipulated in the Bid shall be applied to the first twenty-five percent (25%) of the actual quantity of work performed and the new mutually determined price shall be applied to the quantity between twenty-five percent (25%) and seventy-five percent (75%) of the original quantity.

CHANGE ORDERS 01254-2
Renegotiated unit prices or unit prices for new items added to the Contract by Change Order shall be determined in accordance with Subsections B through G.

Whether stipulated in the Bid, itemized in the approved Schedule of Values or renegotiated, the unit prices used for payment constitute the total adjustment with no further costs owed for overhead, impact, profit, delay or impact to unchanged portions of the Contract, or any other reason. The unit price shall be full and final compensation as described in Subsection D.

The cost proposals for renegotiated unit prices shall be presented in accordance with the provisions of Subsections B through G. Should any Bid Item be deleted in its entirety, the amount bid for that bid item shall be subtracted from the total Contract amount. The Contractor shall be paid only for the actual cost incurred prior to the notification of such deletion for that Bid Item.

B. Lump Sum
The Engineer and the Contractor may mutually determine a total sum for the Extra Work. The Contractor shall summarize the total cost and furnish a breakdown of the proposed lump sum costs satisfactory to the Engineer in accordance with Subsections B through G. Such lump sum costs shall be full and final compensation as described in Subsection D. The Contractor’s quotation shall conform to the requirements of Section 01251- Change Order Requests, and be submitted in the Change Order Cost Summary Form provided (see Attachment 01251-A1). The Change Order Cost Summary Form cannot be used to nullify or supercede any specification or contractual provision.

If the method or amount of payment cannot be agreed prior to performing the Extra Work, the Engineer may unilaterally issue a Change Order in the amount determined reasonable by the Engineer for the Extra Work and direct the Contractor to proceed immediately. The Engineer also has the option to issue a Change Order directing the Work be done on a Time and Materials basis with the Contractor providing all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to complete the Work in a satisfactory manner and within a reasonable period of time.

Estimates for lump sum quotations and accounting for Time and Materials work shall be limited to direct expenditures necessitated specifically by the subject Extra Work, and shall be segregated as follows:

1. Labor, up to and including working general foremen, who are directly assigned to the Extra Work. Employees identified as superintendents or non-working general foremen shall not be charged as labor on Extra Work.

The labor costs shall include actual documented payroll costs including wages, payroll taxes as established by law (i.e., FICA, Federal and State Unemployment Taxes), fringe benefits as established by negotiated labor agreements, and any insurance costs (such as Worker's Compensation and General Liability Insurance but shall not include Automobile Liability Insurance or any other insurance costs). A detailed breakdown of those CHANGE ORDERS 01254-3
subcomponents of labor costs, by all crafts shall be submitted to the Engineer, by the Contractor and all Subcontractors, for approval, as part of the documentation of labor costs, within ten (10) working days after issuance of the Notice to Proceed. No other subcomponents of labor costs shall be considered, unless approved in writing by the Engineer.

The labor cost is not allowed to be increased by using labor classifications with paygrades higher than necessary to accomplish the Work.

2. Materials: The cost of materials used in performing the Extra Work will be the cost, including sales tax and freight, to the purchaser, whether Contractor, Subcontractor or other forces, from the supplier thereof, except as follows:
a. Cash or trade discounts available to the purchaser shall be credited to the City notwithstanding the fact that such discounts may not have been taken by the Contractor.
b. For materials secured by other than a direct purchase and direct billing to the purchaser, the cost shall be deemed to be the price paid to the actual supplier as determined by the Engineer. Supplier markup, except for actual costs incurred in the handling of such materials, will not be allowed.
c. Payment for materials from sources owned wholly or in part by the purchaser shall not exceed the price paid by the purchaser for similar materials from said sources on contract items or the current wholesale price for such materials delivered to the Jobsite, whichever price is lower.
d. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the cost of materials is excessive, or the Contractor does not furnish satisfactory evidence of the cost of such materials, then the cost shall be deemed to be the lowest current wholesale price for the quantity concerned, delivered to the Jobsite less cash or trade discount. The City reserves the right to furnish materials for the Work and no claim shall be made by the Contractor for costs and profit on such materials.
e. For the purposes of this Section, a "Supplier" is defined as any person or persons, firm or business, who supplies materials of construction and/or permanent equipment, but who does not perform any portion of the Work of the Contract on site, for the Contractor, except that labor or labor supervision which may be required by some manufacturers as part of their equipment installation for warranty or other purposes.

CHANGE ORDERS 01254-4

3. Equipment Costs, including ownership, lease or rental costs, as well as operating costs, for individual equipment units whose replacement value is in excess of $500. Transportation and set up costs shall be included, but only if the equipment is imported to the worksite solely to perform work on the Extra Work described in the Change Order and the Contractor can demonstrate that the changed work cannot or could not be performed economically with equipment already at the site. Equipment costs shall be determined in accordance with the requirements set forth in Subsection G.

4. Small tools, equipment, consumables and incidental costs: No separate payment will be made for the use of small tools or equipment with a replacement value of $500 or less. This applies to tools and equipment owned by the Contractor or its subcontractors of any tier. Also, no separate payment will be made for fuel, lubricants, tool or equipment repairs, tool or equipment maintenance, consumables, drinking water, sanitary facilities or other incidentals. These costs are already included as a part of Markup.

5. Subcontractor Costs, including their overhead and profit, provided that such costs are direct costs to the Contractor for performing the Extra Work as set forth in Subsections B through G.

C. Time and Materials Work
The costs of all Changed/Extra Work submitted under the Time and Materials (T&M) method shall be formulated in accordance with the provisions of Subsections B through I.

Unless otherwise stipulated on the Change Order, the “Not-to-Exceed” amount for all T&M Change Orders is $10000. The Contractor is responsible for tracking costs and for notifying the Engineer in writing when costs approach 50% and 75% of the “Not-to-Exceed” amount. In addition, if the Changed/Extra Work cannot be completed within the “Not-to-Exceed” limit, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, and in a timely manner, that the limit requires an increase.

The City will only reimburse eligible costs up to the “Not-to-Exceed” amount.

The Contractor shall notify the Inspector at the beginning of each day when Changed/Extra Work is being performed. The Contractor shall notify the Inspector of the Changed/Extra Work being performed and describe the personnel involved, whether by Contractor forces or by its subcontractors at any tier. Failure to notify the Inspector prior to the start of Changed/Extra Work serves as the Contractor’s waiver to claim for compensation on that day.

For each working day, the Contractor shall submit a “Daily Extra Work Report” (DEWR) to the Inspector. The “Daily Extra Work Report” shall summarize labor, CHANGE ORDERS 01254-5
equipment and materials supplied. The Inspector will only consider Forms that are properly completed as described below.

1. Separate forms must be used for labor and for equipment/materials.

2. Labor, equipment, material or expenditures that are not included on The DEWR are ineligible for payment. There will be no exceptions to this requirement. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to include any and all items of labor, equipment, or material for which it requests compensation for each day’s work completed.

3. Information required on the Labor form shall include name of personnel, personnel classification, and only the number of hours worked on Changed/Extra work for the day being reported. Since the overhead allowance already includes all necessary supervision, any hours for additional supervision or non-working foremen are ineligible for additional payment. The premium pay for a general foreman is eligible for payment only if the general foreman is a working foreman and a general foreman was required by a Union Labor Agreement or otherwise approved by the Inspector. The general foreman rate is eligible for payment only during the time that a general foreman was required for the Changed/Extra Work.

4. Information required on the Equipment/Material shall include Contractorowned equipment and/or tools, and rented equipment or tools for which compensation is requested. Information shall include the type of equipment, size of equipment, equipment identification number, appurtenances, and only the number of hours worked on the Changed/Extra work.

5. The only allowable materials are materials delivered to the job site and/or incorporated only into the Changed/Extra work. The allowable materials shall be listed on the T&M sheet for the day that they are delivered to the job site and/or incorporated into the Changed/Extra work.

6. Delivery ticket(s) and/or bill(s) of lading for rental equipment and/or tools delivered to the site and/or material incorporated into the work for the day being reported must be attached with the T&M sheet for that day. No payment will be allowed for materials and/or rented equipment unless receipt(s) or bill(s) of lading is attached. If the request for payment is not substantiated by original vendor/supplier invoices, acceptable copies of original invoices, or other documentation acceptable to the Inspector, the City may establish the cost of the item(s) at the lowest possible wholesale price or rental rate applicable while the work was being performed.

CHANGE ORDERS 01254-6

7. Failure to submit the required “Daily Extra Work Report of Time and Material Work” by the close of the next working day shall waive all rights for that day unless otherwise approved by the Inspector. Work that cannot be substantiated by a “Daily Report”, approved and signed by the Inspector, is ineligible for payment.

8. The Contractor is responsible for preparing the “Daily Extra Work Report” for work by its Subcontractors and submitting the Forms to the Inspector on time.

9. The Contractor must have each “Daily Extra Work Report” verified by the Inspector. After the “Daily Extra Work Report” is approved by the Inspector, both the Contractor and Inspector sign the report. The original “Daily Extra Work Report” is retained by the Inspector with a copy provided to the Contractor.

10. When the “Daily Extra Work Report” is signed by the Inspector and the Contractor, it is binding on the Contractor and its Subcontractors.

11. When agreed to by the Inspector, the Contractor may submit a supplemental “Daily Extra Work Report” for labor, materials, or equipment for which the Contractor requests compensation but failed to list on the original daily report.
a. These supplemental forms shall be marked “SUPPLEMENTAL”. b. Unless otherwise approved by the Inspector, the supplemental forms may only be submitted for approval up to two (2) working days following the date when the work was performed.

No payment will be allowed for labor, materials, or equipment included on T&M sheets not signed by the Contractor and the Inspector. Payment will not be allowed for labor, materials, or equipment included on T&M sheets signed by anyone other than the Inspector or the Inspector’s immediate supervisor.

D. General
It is the intent of the City to settle all Change Orders full and final at the time the Change Order is issued. Therefore, the following paragraph shall be made a part of all Change Orders, whether included or not on the actual change order:
“The compensation (time and cost) set forth in a Change Order comprises the total compensation due the Contractor, all Subcontractors, and all Suppliers, for the Work or change defined in the Change Order, including impact on unchanged work. By signing the Change Order, the Contractor acknowledges and agrees on behalf of himself, all Subcontractors, and all CHANGE ORDERS 01254-7
Suppliers, that the stipulated compensation includes payment for all work contained in the Change Order, plus all payment for the interruption of schedules, extended field overhead costs, delay, and all impact, ripple effect or cumulative impact on all other work under this Contract. The signing of the Change Order indicates that the Change Order constitutes full mutual accord and satisfaction for the change, and that the time and/or cost under the Change Order constitutes the total equitable adjustment owed the Contractor, all Subcontractors, and all Suppliers as a result of the change. The Contractor, on behalf of himself, all subcontractors, and all Suppliers, agrees to waive all rights, without exception or reservation of any kind whatsoever, to file any further claim related to this Change Order.

No further claim or request for equitable adjustment of any type for any reasonably foreseeable cause shall arise out of or as a result of this Change Order or the impact of this Change Order on the remainder of the Work under this Contract.”
Costs which shall not be paid in Change Orders under this Contract include, but are not limited to, interest costs of any type; claim preparation or filing costs; legal expenses; the costs of preparing or reviewing proposed Change Orders or Change Order proposals; lost revenue; lost profits; lost income or earnings; rescheduling costs; costs of idled equipment when such equipment is not at the site or has not yet been employed on the Work; lost earnings or interest on unpaid retainage; claims consulting costs; and the costs of corporate officer or staff visiting the site; any compensation due to the fluctuation of foreign currency conversion or exchange rates; loss of other business; changes in taxes or increased tax rates of any kind or any costs identified as unallowable under the provisions of the Federal Acquisition Regulations.

Extensions of time shall be based solely upon the effect of delays to the Work as a whole. Extensions of time shall not be granted for delays to the Work, unless the Contractor can clearly demonstrate, through analysis of the current updated schedule, that the delay to the Work as a whole arose or will arise from causes other than normal weather, beyond the control and without fault or negligence of the Contractor, or any Subcontractor, at any tier, and that such delays did or will, in fact, delay the progress of the Work as a whole. The Contractor shall not be entitled to a time extension unless it submits a Time Impact Analysis which is a calculation of the extent of the delay to the end date of the Work and which shows that the Work has been or will be extended beyond the current Contract completion date. A Time Impact Analysis is a scheduling procedure which utilizes the networking techniques (fragnets) and a written analysis of the facts associated with the alleged delay to demonstrate the effect of the alleged delay on the critical path of the schedule. A "fragnet" is defined as a sequence of new activities and/or activity revisions that are proposed to be added to the existing current updated schedule to demonstrate (mathematically and graphically) the influence of the alleged delay on the end date of the Work and shall be the sole method for incorporating delays and impacts into the schedule. The objective of a CHANGE ORDERS 01254-8
Time Impact Analysis is to pinpoint, isolate, and quantify all time impact associated with a specific issue and determine its time relationship to past or current delays. Time extensions shall not be allowed for delays to parts of the Work that are not on the critical path of the currently approved monthly updated project schedule. Time extensions shall not be granted, nor delay damages of any kind whatsoever paid to the Contractor, until all available float, slack, or contingency time on the project is used and the end date of the Work is moved beyond the current, adjusted Contract completion date.

The cost summary, cost breakdowns and requests for cost reimbursement submitted by the Contractor (for delay, disruption, hindrance and interference associated with the changes, additions, deletions or extras) shall be itemized in a manner that, with mathematical certainty and without reliance upon probabilities or inferences, segregates the direct, actual reimbursable costs associated with each individual, change, addition, deletion, extra and (on an event-by-event basis) each individual delay or disruption event. Such cost summaries, breakdowns or requests shall not be based, in whole or in part, upon any methodology (such as “total cost” or “modified total cost” methodologies) that purports to calculate the Contractor’s additional costs of performance of the extra, change, addition or deletion (including without limitation the additional costs of delay, disruption or other impact) based on the difference between Contractor’s total actual Project or line item costs (with or without fee) and its original bid estimate for the Project or any original bid estimate line item. In connection with the foregoing, Contractor represents and warrants that it has the ability to generate and maintain complete and accurate cost accounting records that will reflect (i) the actual costs incurred or saved for each individual item of Extra Work, change, addition, deletion (including without limitation any costs of associated delay, disruption, interference, hindrance and the cumulative impact of each extra, change, addition, deletion on other parts of the Work); and, (ii) on an event-by-event basis, the effect of each delay or disruption that forms the basis of each request for extension of time, regardless of their scope, number, complexity, cumulative effect, or time of issuance or occurrence.

Except as provided in Section 6-6 of the General Conditions, Contractor shall have no right to recovery of any compensation, costs, expenses or damages resulting from delay, disruption, interference, or hindrance in the performance of the Work (including without limitation interruption of schedules, excess or extraordinary extended field and indirect overhead costs, loss of productivity and the impact, ripple or cumulative effect on other Work).

Contractor waives any claim or rights and remedies based on abandonment, quantum merit, rescission or other similar legal theory by reason of any of the following circumstances, which the Contractor acknowledges and agrees are within the reasonable contemplation of the parties: (i) changes, additions, deletions and extras to the Work after execution of the Contract and issued from time to time throughout the period of construction, regardless of their scope, CHANGE ORDERS 01254-9
number, cumulative value, or complexity, to correct errors, omissions, conflicts, and ambiguities in the Contract Documents, or to implement discretionary changes to the scope of Work requested by the City; (ii) the issuance and performance of changes, additions, deletions and extras in a manner that is not in sequence with the as-built or as-planned progress of the Work; (iii) changes due to Differing Site Conditions; (iv) suspensions of the Work or parts thereof, or limitations on access to portions or all of the Work, for the convenience of City or in the interests of the Project; (v) delay or disruption to the Work due to failure of the City, Engineer or Inspector to timely perform any contractual obligation.

E. Markups – Overhead and Profit

1. In addition to the direct expenditures specified for labor, materials and equipment in Subsection B, a lump sum will be paid for all overhead and profit, including: All insurance costs other than specifically mentioned in this Section, all field and office supervisors and assistants, all onsite project administration, security costs, the cost of small tools and consumables, incidental job burdens, and all general home office expenses and no separate allowance will be made therefor. Assistants to field and office supervisors include all clerical, stenographic, and general office help. Incidental job burdens include, but is not limited to, office equipment and supplies, temporary toilets, telephone, utilities, safety equipment, warning devices, personal protective equipment, and conformance to OSHA requirements. Project administration includes, but are not limited to, review and coordination, estimating, engineering, scheduling, and expediting relative to Change Orders, and updating and furnishing Record Drawings to incorporate changes, schedule update, supervision not applied solely to the Work of the Change Order, home office salaries and expenses, and City of Redlands Business Tax. Such lump sum shall conform to the following schedule of percentages of the total amount of direct expenditures of the Contractor and subcontractors.
(a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor’s costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits:
1) Direct Labor 20%
2) Direct Materials 15%
3) Direct Equipment 15%
(b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in (a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor’s actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor.

CHANGE ORDERS 01254-10

2. Bonds and Insurance
An additional allowance of one percent (1%) of all direct costs (less markup) is allowed.

3. Add/ Deduct Changes
The overhead rates determined above shall be applied to all additive Change Orders, except those utilizing as-bid Unit Prices listed in the Bid Proposal.

Any change in the Work involving both extras and credits shall show a net total cost, including subcontracts. Allowances for overhead and profit to the net total cost, as specified herein above, shall be applied if the net total cost is an extra; overhead and profit allowances shall not be applied if the net total cost is a credit. The estimated cost of deductions shall be based on labor and material prices on the date the Contract was signed.

4. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in subsection 1.1.E.1 shall be applied to the Subcontractor’s actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor.

F. City Furnished Materials, Equipment and Services
The Engineer reserves the right to furnish materials, equipment and services deemed expedient for use on the Changed/Extra Work. The Contractor shall have no claim for profit or overhead on the cost of such materials, equipment and services.

G. Equipment Costs
The rates for rental or leased equipment shall not exceed the rates listed in the Caltrans Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates (Caltrans LS&ERR). For T&M Change Orders, the rates are established by the actual paid invoice(s) that comply with the requirements of Subsections G.1 and G.3. Owned equipment costs shall not exceed the rates established by Subsection G.2. The most recent published edition in effect at the commencement of actual equipment use shall be used.

The rates paid for any rented or leased equipment or tools shall include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, necessary attachments, repairs and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance and all incidental costs associated with the operation of the equipment or tools.

CHANGE ORDERS 01254-11
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to include any appurtenances added to equipment which would increase the basic rate for said equipment (i.e., hoe-ram, oversize bucket, and etcetera) as established in the acceptable rental rate guide.

All equipment and/ or tools shall be acceptable to the Inspector, in good working condition, suitable for the purpose for which it is to be used, and necessary to complete the Changed/Extra Work. Payment will be based on the manner in which the equipment was actually powered, operated and modified per the equipment manufacturer’s recommendations.

1. Rented or Leased Equipment
For equipment rented or leased (including lease with purchase option) in arm's length transactions from outside vendors, the Contractor shall be paid the actual invoiced, rented or leased rates provided that the invoiced lease or rental rates do not exceed the rates set forth in the Caltrans LS&ERR. Arm's length rental or lease transactions are those in which the firm involved in rental or lease of such equipment is not associated with, owned by, have common management, directorship, facilities, or stockholders with the firm renting the equipment. Submittal by a Contractor of a rental or leased invoice from the lessor will be prima facie proof of compliance with the above. However, such invoices are not conclusive proof; if questioned, the burden of proof remains with the Contractor. In no event shall the leased equipment rate billed to the City be at rates exceeding those prescribed in the following table:

Actual Usage (Change Order
& Contract Work Combined) Payment Category
Less than 8 hours Hourly Rate
8 or more hours but less than 7 days Daily Rate
7 or more days but less than 30 days Weekly Rate
30 calendar days or more Monthly Rate
a. When in Use:

Actual equipment use time documented by the Inspector shall be the basis that the equipment was utilized on the changed work and paid for under the Change Order. In addition to the lease or rental rate, equipment-operating costs shall not exceed the estimated hourly operating rate as set forth in the Caltrans LS&ERR. The hours of operation shall be based upon actual equipment usage on the changed work as recorded by the Inspector. For multiple shift work sequences, the allowable equipment rate shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the base rate, for second or third shifts.

CHANGE ORDERS 01254-12
b. When Idle:

Idle equipment is equipment on site and necessary to perform the Work under the change but not in actual use due solely to the impact of the changed work. Equipment operating costs due to idle time, documented by the Inspector, shall be paid at the rate determined in “G” (1) above. Idle time shall include a reasonable time allowance to and from the project site.

Payment for equipment or tools shall be limited to hours actually worked on the Changed/Extra Work if the equipment or tool is already on site for Work under the original Contract. No “standby” time will be paid for equipment already on site for Work under the original Contract.

If equipment or tools are used intermittently and, when not in use, could be returned to the rental source at less expense than holding it at the work site, it shall be returned, unless the Contractor elects to keep it at the work site at no expense to the City.

2. Owned and Other Equipment
Equipment rates for owned equipment or equipment provided in other than arm's length transactions shall not exceed the total hourly costs as set forth in the Caltrans “Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates” effective at the time the work is performed. (The Caltrans equipment rental rates are available on the internet at
http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/construc/equipmnt.html.) If the equipment is not listed in Caltrans LS&ERR, then the Rental Rate Blue Book shall be used. When using the Blue Book, the hourly rate for any period less than 7 days shall be the weekly rate divided by 40, plus the Operating Cost.

Except as noted herein below, this equipment hourly rate plus the estimated operating cost per hour from the Blue Book will be paid for each hour the equipment actually performs the Extra Work. Daily records listing the equipment units and their respective operators, identification code, and actual usage on the Work under the Change Order, as certified at the end of each workday (or work shift if the Work is being performed in multiple work shift sequence) by the Inspector shall be the record upon which actual equipment use shall be based. For multiple shift work sequences, the Caltrans overtime factor shall be applied (When using the Blue Book one-half the Non-Operating Cost will be deducted for second and third shifts. The Non-Operating Costs are the Blue Book monthly or weekly/40 rates, as applicable.). It is agreed that this rate shall represent payment in full for all the Contractor’s direct costs.

CHANGE ORDERS 01254-13
a. When Idle:

Payment for equipment necessary to be on the site to complete the Work, but not in actual use due solely to the impact of the changed work, shall be paid per the table in Caltrans Standard
Specifications Section 9-1.03A(3b), provided that its presence and necessity on the site has been documented by the Inspector, and further provided that the equipment was idled solely by actions of the City. Idle equipment time will only be paid as a function of delays specifically directed or caused by the City's actions. In no event shall the idle time claimed in a day for a particular piece of equipment exceed the normal work schedule established for the project - usually eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week, and excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays. For multiple shift work sequence, the allowable idle equipment rate shall not be allowed, for second or third shifts. It is agreed that this rate shall represent payment in full for all the Contractor’s direct costs.

3. Equipment Haulage and Set Up Costs
Documented and actual equipment haulage and set up costs shall be paid for, if applicable as set forth in Subsection B.3.

4. Other Equipment Cost Guides
In the event that a piece of equipment used on a Change Order is not listed in Caltrans or the Blue Book, costs may be derived from the Associated General Contractor’s of America Equipment Ownership Guide, the Associated Equipment Dealers Guide, or the Equipment Rate Guide published by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers as adjusted appropriately for the type of work and use and the regional area of the Work under this Contract.

H. Records
At any time should the Contractor deviate substantially from the schedule, method and sequence of operation, equipment, cost or pricing data furnished by the Contractor and agreed to by the City in connection with the Change Order or should the City determine that any price negotiated in connection with the Change Order is defective due to such deviation or the fault of the Contractor, the City reserves the right to reduce the Change Order cost and reissue the Change Order at the amount in which the City determines to be the actual costs to complete the change.

CHANGE ORDERS 01254-14
Whenever any material or process is indicated or specified by patent or a proprietary name, or by name of a manufacturer in the Change Order, such direction shall not relieve the Contractor’s responsibility or obligation to perform work in accordance with the contract requirements. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for, and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures, coordination of all portions of the contract and Change Order work.

The Contractor shall on a weekly basis submit an approximate accounting of the amount expended on the Time and Materials work to date and an estimate of the Impact to the time of performance of work.

I. Partial Payments for Time and Materials Work.

Progress payments for Time and Materials work shall only be made if the anticipated cost of the changed work is in excess of $50,000 and/or the time to perform the changed work will exceed two (2) months duration. To receive payments for Time and Materials work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer an invoice of the daily reports which were verified by the Inspector, with details and documents, verifying the Contractor’s and Subcontractor's actual costs incurred for the Time and Materials work as set forth in Subsections B through H. Costs shall be submitted within thirty (30) calendar days after the T&M work has been satisfactorily completed unless an extension of time for submittal is authorized in writing by the Inspector.

END OF SECTION
SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01298-1
SECTION 01298 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

1.1 GENERAL
A. The Schedule of Values shall be used as a basis for determining progress payments on a lump sum contract or any designated lump sum bid item. The Schedule of Values shall be a schedule of cost loaded construction activities equal, in total, to the lump sum bid and shall be in such form and sufficient detail to correctly represent a reasonable apportionment of the lump sum. Prior to submitting an invoice for payment, the CONTRACTOR shall have submitted a detailed Schedule of Values and obtained approval from the ENGINEER.

B. Each lump sum bid item on the Schedule of Work and Prices, as set forth in the Bid must be broken down separately. The breakdown of each lump sum bid item must cover the cost of construction required by the contract documents for that item. The sum of the values for the construction activities, within a bid item, must equal the total bid amount for that item. The breakdown shall include subcontract amounts which shall not deviate from the amounts submitted in the Bid Proposal.

The CONTRACTOR shall provide certification from the Subcontractors certifying the subcontract amounts.

C. Each activity in the Schedule of Values shall delineate one construction activity.

For example, the placement of concrete between construction joints, the construction of an electrical duct bank or pipeline between points A & B. The costing for each activity should include all costs for the labor and materials or equipment required to complete the activity. For example, concrete construction activities should include all costs for the forming, placing of reinforcement, placing concrete and curing. The cost for pipeline construction activities should include materials, equipment and installation including pipeline supports or thrust blocks. The excavation and backfill for a pipeline or structure may be separate activities. The Contract Price breakdown shall include the itemized costs for the plant establishment and any maintenance services to be performed before the final project acceptance is made. No non-construction activity shall be cost loaded.

D. The CONTRACTOR shall use cost loaded construction activities from the Construction Schedule as a Schedule of Values. Each construction activity shall be encoded to its bid item and a sort provided for each bid item totaling the cost loaded amount. The total of the Cost Loaded amounts for each bid item shall equal the amount bid for that item. The total of the Schedule of Values shall equal the current Contract value at all times. At any time during the progress of the Work of the Contract the INSPECTOR reserves the right to review the cost loading of the Schedules of Values and direct necessary revisions. When requested by the INSPECTOR, the CONTRACTOR shall provide all information necessary to substantiate the cost loading.

SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01298-2
E. Attached are samples of the Schedule of Values. The City will provide project specific Schedule of Values for the CONTRACTOR to use throughout the project at the Preconstruction Meeting. The Schedule of Values must be used by the CONTRACTOR at the time of each progress payment.

END OF SECTION
SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01298-3
SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01298-4
SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01298-5
SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01298-6

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01321-1
SECTION 01321 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

1. THE REQUIREMENT
A. It is expressly understood and agreed that the time of beginning, the rate of progress, and the time of completion of the Work are of the essence of this Contract.

B. The CONTRACTOR’S representative in charge of scheduling is required to attend all meetings pertaining to scheduling and progress of the Work.

C. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER 3 hard copies and the electronic file of the CONTRACTOR'S Construction Schedule (the schedule) at the time of the preconstruction meeting. The schedule shall be either a Critical Path Method (CPM) Network or a detailed Bar Chart with the critical path clearly shown. If the CPM network option is used, then Primavera Project Management or Microsoft Project shall be the scheduling software. If a detail Bar Chart is used, Microsoft Excel shall be the software utilized. The schedule shall include the following:

1. Activity ID.

2. Activity description.

3. Start date for each activity.

4. Finish date for each activity.

5. Original duration.

6. Predecessor.

7. Successor.

8. Percent complete.

9. Remaining Ddys.

A minimum of seven (7) calendar days for review of each schedule. Schedule activities shall be of sufficient detail to assure adequate planning has been done for proper execution of the Work and such that, in the sole judgement of the ENGINEER, it provides an appropriate basis for monitoring progress. The schedule shall begin with the date of issuance of the Notice to Proceed and conclude with the date of Final Completion shown in the Contract. Submittal and approval of the schedule in accordance with the requirements of this Section is a condition precedent to the issuance of any payments under this Contract. Once the schedule is approved it will become the baseline schedule and must be shown and compared on all subsequent schedule submittals.

D. Float, slack time, or contingency within the schedule (i.e., the difference in time between the project's early completion date and the required Contract Completion date), and total float within the schedule, is not for the exclusive use of either the CITY or the CONTRACTOR but is a jointly owned expiring resource available to and shared by both parties. Pursuant to this float sharing requirement, use of float CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01321-2
suppression techniques shall be cause for rejection of the schedule and any revisions or updates.

E. Time extensions shall not be granted nor delay damages paid until a delay occurs which is beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the CONTRACTOR and its Subcontractors or Suppliers, at any tier, and which extends actual performance of the Work beyond the current Contract completion date and the completion date projected by the current, approved, updated schedule. If the delay occurs along a path, which the current approved Construction Schedule update projects late completion prior to addition of any CITY caused delay, then the time extension allowed will be only for the additional delay demonstrated by the approved Time Impact Analysis. Time extensions shall be granted only if they are clearly demonstrated by the CONTRACTOR through the submittal, within seven (7) calendar days after the delay occurs, of a Time Impact Analysis which demonstrates the estimated impact on the end date of the Work; is based upon the updated Construction Schedule current as of the month the delay occurred; and demonstrates that the delay cannot be mitigated, offset, or eliminated through such actions as revising the intended sequence of Work or other means.

If a time extension if granted by the CITY, the updated schedule reflecting the change shall become the baseline and be reflected schedule and must be shown and compared on all subsequent schedule submittals.

Since float time within the Construction Schedule is jointly owned, it is acknowledged that CITY caused delays on the project may be offset by CITY caused time savings (e.g. critical path submittals returned in less time than allowed by the Contract or approval of substitution requests which result in a savings of time to the CONTRACTOR). In such an event, the CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive a time extension or delay damages until all CITY caused time savings are exceeded, and the Contract completion date is also exceeded.

F. If the initial schedule submitted shows completion of Work more than thirty (30) calendar days in advance of the Contract completion date, the ENGINEER may, at no cost to the CITY, decrease the Contract duration by issuance of a Change Order which changes appropriate Milestone Date(s) and the Contract completion date to the completion date reflected on the schedule. Any approved schedule, revision, or update having an early completion date shall show the time between the early completion date and the Contract completion date as "project float".

G. Comments made by the ENGINEER on the schedule during review will not relieve the CONTRACTOR from compliance with all requirements of the Contract. The ENGINEER may request that the CONTRACTOR and all major Subcontractors (defined herein as being any Subcontractor, Sub-Subcontractor, or Supplier with five (5) percent or more of the value of the Contract) participate in CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01321-3
review of any schedule submission. All revisions shall be submitted within seven (7) calendar days after the ENGINEER’S review.

H. Two copies of an updated schedule shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for approval with the submittal of each CONTRACTOR'S monthly payment request or the monthly payment request will be withheld. For those activities started but not yet completed at the time of submittal, the updated schedule shall reflect the percentage complete, as agreed between the CONTRACTOR and the INSPECTOR, and an estimate of the remaining duration. The monthly update of the schedule shall include an updated bar chart with logic arrows or network diagram and include the same additional data as required by Section 1.C. If the CPM network option is used, the schedule shall be calculated using remaining durations and the progress override option. The monthly update shall also include a complete, hard copy list of all the changes made from the previously approved submittal. If the schedule is done using Primavera, use a Claim Digger report for the list of changes.

I. The submittal of an updated schedule which meets the requirements of this Section, accurately reflects the status of the Work (for all previously accepted activities), and incorporates all approved changes into the schedule, shall be a condition precedent to the processing of the monthly payment application. (Actual and/or forecast dates for status of additional submittal cycles shall be added without the prior approval of the Engineer.) Updated schedules shall also be submitted at such other times as the ENGINEER may direct. Upon approval of a Change Order or issuance of a notice to proceed with a change, the approved change shall be reflected in the next schedule update.

J. If completion of any part of the Work, delivery of equipment or materials, or submittal of CONTRACTOR submittals is behind schedule and will impact the end date of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a written recovery plan acceptable to the ENGINEER for completing the Work by the current Contract completion date, if requested by the ENGINEER.

K. As a condition precedent to the release of any retained funds, the CONTRACTOR shall, after substantial completion of the Work has been achieved, submit a certified, final schedule which accurately reflects the manner in which the project was constructed and includes actual start and completion dates for all activities on the schedule.

END OF SECTION
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01321-4

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHY 01322-1
SECTION 01322 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHY

1.1 GENERAL
A. Required: Provide photographs taken at the Jobsite at the specified stages of Contracted Work in accordance with provisions of this Section.

1. The Contractor shall provide the City with photos with addresses identifying each property location, the direction the photograph was taken (facing North, South etc).

2. Take first photographs just before CONTRACTOR starts any work operations at the Jobsite.

3. Take final photographs when all Contracted Work has been completed, regardless of time interval since previous photographs were taken.

1.2 SUBMITTALS
Except as otherwise directed by the ENGINEER, submit all photographs electronically on a CD/DVD organized by phase of construction and location.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Photographs and prints to be of professional quality; clear, in focus, with high resolution and sharpness, and with minimum distortion.

END OF SECTION
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHY 01322-2

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CONSTRUCTION STATUS REPORTS 01323-1
SECTION 01323 CONSTRUCTION STATUS REPORTS

1.1 REQUIREMENTS
A. Daily Status Report
The Contractor shall complete a daily report indicating manpower, major equipment, subcontractors, unusual occurrences and etc., involved in the performance of the work. The daily report shall be completed on forms prepared by the Contractor and approved by the City and shall be submitted to the Project Manager at the conclusion of each work week.

The Contractor shall also have workers on the project sign in and out each day on the City of Redlands Daily Sign In Sheet which shall state the name, times in and out and the work performed by each worker on the project each day. The completed Daily Sign In Sheets shall be submitted to the City of Redlands Project Manager at the end of each work week. Failure to submit daily reports and daily sign in sheets to the Project Manager on a weekly basis will result in a possible and temporary suspension of work until reports are submitted.

B. Weekly Status Report
During the construction phase of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall submit weekly written status reports to the ENGINEER and the INSPECTOR. The report shall contain a record of inspections and tests, not performed by CITY forces, for all Work accomplished subsequent to the previous report and shall include the following information:

1. Type of work under way during the time frame of the report (e.g., earthwork, concrete work, structural steel erection, equipment manufacturing, component installation).

2. Inspections and tests, and location of inspections and tests that were made.

3. Results of inspections.

4. Reports of tests performed, including those specified, with the results of the tests, and acceptance criteria, including failures and remedial action to be taken. Test results, including all computations, shall be attached to the report form. Where test results cannot be completed by the time the report is submitted, a notation shall be made that the test was performed, including the approximate expected date that test results will be reported.

5. Report of any nonconforming items/activities. Nonconformance report forms designed solely for this purpose shall be utilized.

CONSTRUCTION STATUS REPORTS 01323-2

6. Results of inspections of material and equipment done upon their arrival at the Jobsite and prior to their incorporation into the Work. This includes, but is not limited to, compliance with approved submittals, damage, and proper storage requirements.

7. Offsite quality control activities.

8. Instructions received from the ENGINEER or INSPECTOR.

9. In all cases, the report must be verified and signed by the CONTRACTOR'S representative. The verification is to contain the statement that all supplies and materials incorporated in the Work are in compliance with the terms of the Contract except where noted.

C. 3 Week Look Ahead Schedule
During the construction phase of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall submit 3 Week Look Ahead reports to the ENGINEER at the weekly progress meetings or as directed by the ENGINEER. The report shall include the following information:

1. Type of work under way during the time frame of the report (e.g., earthwork, concrete work, structural steel erection, equipment manufacturing, component installation).

D. Miscellaneous Submittals
CONTRACTOR shall prepare a Daily Construction Report recording the following information concerning events at the job-site and submit original copies to the ENGINEER at weekly intervals for approval:

1. List of Subcontractors and Sub-Subcontractors at the site, types of works and job location.

2. Count of CONTRACTOR’S personnel at the site, name, type of work, hours completed and job location.

3. Construction equipments at the site.

4. High and low temperatures, general weather conditions.

END OF SECTION
SUBMITTALS 01330-1
SECTION 01330 SUBMITTALS

1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish a schedule and list of all required submittals to the ENGINEER, including required submittals by all Subcontractors.

B. Wherever called for in these Specifications or on the plans, or where required by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the ENGINEER for review, two (2) hard copies and one electronic (PDF) copy of each submittal.

The term "submittal" as used herein shall be understood to include detail design calculations, design drawings, shop drawings, fabrication and installation drawings, erection drawings, lists, graphs, operating instructions, catalog sheets, data sheets, samples, and similar items. Unless otherwise required, said submittals shall be submitted to the ENGINEER at a time sufficiently early to allow review of same by the ENGINEER and to accommodate the rate of Construction Progress required under the Contract without delaying the Contract Work and with due regard for the possibility of resubmittals. All submittals shall be in English.

C. All design or shop drawings or other submittals shall be accompanied by a transmittal form for each submittal. Any submittal not accompanied by such a form may be returned, at the ENGINEER'S discretion, for resubmittal.

D. Normally, a separate transmittal form shall be used for each specific item or class of material or equipment for which a submittal is required. Transmittal of a submittal of various items using a single transmittal form will be permitted only when the items taken together constitute a manufacturer's "package" or are so functionally related that expediency indicates a review of the group or package as a whole. A multiple-page submittal shall be collated into sets, and each set shall be stapled or bound, as appropriate, prior to transmittal to the ENGINEER.

E. Shop Drawings shall show in detail the size, sections, and dimensions of all the member(s); the arrangement and construction of all connections and joints; all holes, straps, and other fittings required for attaching work and other pertinent details. When required, engineering computations shall be submitted. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for delivering reviewed copies of shop Drawings to all others whose work is dependent thereon. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain at the site of the Project, at all times, a complete file of approved Shop Drawings and manufacturers' data for this Project.

F. Except as may otherwise be provided herein, the ENGINEER will return prints of each submittal to the CONTRACTOR, with its comments noted thereon, within twenty (20) calendar days following their receipt by the ENGINEER. It is considered reasonable that the CONTRACTOR shall make a complete and acceptable submittal to the ENGINEER by the second submission of a submittal SUBMITTALS 01330-2
item. The CITY reserves the right to withhold moneys due the CONTRACTOR to cover additional costs of the ENGINEER'S review beyond the second submittal. Submittal will be returned to the CONTRACTOR with one of four (4) markings:

1. If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked "NO EXCEPTIONS," formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required.

2. If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked "EXCEPTIONS NOTED," formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required, unless specifically requested.

3. If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked "RETURNED FOR CORRECTION," the Contractor shall revise said submittal and shall resubmit the originally required number of copies of said revised submittal to the Engineer.

4. If a submittal is returned to the Contractor marked "NOT ACCEPTABLE," the Contractor shall revise said submittal and shall resubmit the originally required number of copies of said revised submittal to the Engineer.

G. All Work for which Shop Drawings are required shall be performed in accordance with the reviewed and approved copies. Fabrication of an item shall not commence before the ENGINEER has reviewed the pertinent submittal and returned the copies to the CONTRACTOR marked either "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN," or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED”. Revisions indicated on submittals shall be considered as changes necessary to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents and shall not be taken as the basis for claims for extra work.

H. All CONTRACTOR submittals shall be carefully reviewed by an authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR prior to submission to the ENGINEER.

Each submittal shall be dated, signed, and certified by the CONTRACTOR as being correct and in strict conformance with the Contract Documents. No consideration for review by the ENGINEER of any CONTRACTOR’S submittal will be made for any items which have not been so certified by the CONTRACTOR. All noncertified submittals will be returned to the CONTRACTOR without action taken by the ENGINEER, and any delays caused thereby shall be the total responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.

I. Should the Shop Drawings or manufacturers data (for submittals required by the Standard Specifications or the specifications) show variations from the Contract requirements, the CONTRACTOR shall make specific mention of such variations in the letter of transmittal, in order that, if acceptable, suitable action may be taken for proper adjustment of the Contract; otherwise the SUBMITTALS 01330-3
CONTRACTOR will not be relieved of the responsibility for executing the work in accordance with the Contract Documents, and the approved submittals.

J. The ENGINEER’S review of CONTRACTOR’S submittal shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the entire responsibility for the correctness of details and dimensions and conformance to the Specifications. The CONTRACTOR shall assume all responsibility and risk for any misfits due to any errors in the submittal. Any fabrication or other work performed in advance of the receipt of accepted submittals shall be entirely at the CONTRACTOR’S risk and expense.

The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the dimensions and the design of adequate connections and details.

K. CONTRACTOR’S Coordination:

1. ENGINEER will return and will not review unrelated submittals.

2. The CONTRACTOR may be required to provide drawings, setting diagrams and similar information necessary for proper coordination of Contracted Work. Such data shall remain between the CONTRACTOR and CONTRACTOR’S Subcontractor and will not be reviewed by the ENGINEER unless specifically called for in the Contract Documents.

3. ENGINEER will not review any required Structural Shop Drawings, Structural Calculations, etc., not prepared or signed by a State of California licensed ENGINEER.

4. ENGINEER will return and will not review any submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until such other submittals or required information is received by the Consultant or ENGINEER.

L. CONTRACTOR’S Submittals: CONTRACTOR’S submittals required for performance of Contracted Work, shall include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Schedule of Values for all Lump Sum items within the Proposal.

2. Construction Schedule and Notification to ENGINEER of completion of each milestone or percentage increment of the Work as required.

3. Submittal Schedule

4. Daily Construction Reports

5. Shop Drawings and Structural Calculations

6. Manufacturer’s Data and Specifications
SUBMITTALS 01330-4

7. Samples

8. Templates

9. Certificate of Compliance

10. Construction Photographs

11. Substitutions

12. Record Drawings and Record Project Manual

13. Operation & Maintenance Manuals

14. Stock Materials, Spare Parts, Tools

15. Material Testing Results

16. Maintenance Logs and Maintenance Schedule
M. CONTRACTOR shall conform to the provisions of the Contract Document and as may be specifically directed by the ENGINEER.

1. Preparation and processing of submittals shall be coordinated with Contracted Work operations, which include fabrication, purchasing and delivery of work items so as not to delay Contracted Work operations.

2. In each copy of the Submittal, mark every applicable material, product, equipment, manufacturer’s data, product information, color samples, rating or values, part and model numbers, etc. by red color circle. Each of the submittal items must be clearly distinguishable from other unrelated or similar items listed in the Manufacturer’s Catalog or Technical Specifications, Manuals, etc.

N. Coordination and Submittals:

1. Carefully review and coordinate all aspects of each item being submitted.

2. Carefully review contract drawings and technical sections, verify all work as laid out or indicated meeting the applicable codes and standards.

3. Ensure ample time for reviewing and processing of the submittals by the CITY or other authorized agencies, delays resulting from improper and untimely submittals shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.

SUBMITTALS 01330-5

4. Verify that all such submittal items conform to the Project Manual requirements noted in the Technical Sections.

5. Verify all site conditions and provide all required dimensions and measurements in Shop Drawings.

6. Where necessary, review the CITY’S comments, make changes and resubmit to local governing agencies for approval. Furnish the ENGINEER copies of the approved plans or drawings for review.

O. CONTRACTOR shall affix to each submittal, the CONTRACTOR’S signature certifying that required coordination has been performed and include on an attached label for processing and recording action taken, noting the following:

1. Name of the Project

2. Date of the Submittal

3. Name and address of Consultant

4. Name and address of the CONTRACTOR

5. Name and address of the Subcontractor(s)

6. Name and address of the Supplier

7. Name and address of the Manufacturer

8. Reference to Specification Section Number and Title

9. Reference to Drawing Sheet Number and detail(s)

10. Submittal Number

11. Priority Number and expected return date

END OF SECTION
SUBMITTALS 01330-6

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SUBMITTALS 01330-7
SUBMITTALS 01330-8
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL PROGRAM 01572-1
SECTION 01572 EROSION CONTROL PLAN
Contractor shall comply with all laws, codes, ordinances and requirements of governing agencies regarding the discharge of pollutants, air and water pollution control and any other requirements for this project. Within 5 days of the Notice to Proceed, Contractor shall submit two (2) hardcopies of the draft Erosion Control Plan to the City for review. Any corrections or changes shall be made to the Erosion Control Plan, approved by the Engineer and implemented prior to any construction work on this project. The plan shall be updated as necessary or required for compliance purposes.

Payment for work on this item shall be made as a percentage of work completed at each monthly payment. All work under this item shall be as shown on the approved drawing accepted by the City prior to any work on the project. The Contractor shall have all work installed and inspected by the City prior to any work on the project.

Full compensation for this item shall be in accordance with all state and federal NPDES rules, regulations, requirements and laws and shall constitute all work for providing, installing, maintaining and removing all work as required for all excavations, earthwork, grading, grinding, paving, concrete, runoff containment, and any other work performed within the project boundaries.

END OF SECTION
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL PROGRAM 01572-2

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CONSTRUCTION INFORMATION SIGNS 01581-1
SECTION 01581 CONSTRUCTION INFORMATION SIGNS

1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
The City shall provide the Contractor with all required construction information signs for the project. The signs shall be installed at the locations noted in the plans, if included, or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. If the project consists of numerous sites, the construction information signs shall be relocated to each site as work progresses. The construction signs shall be installed the same day work commences on any construction site. If the sign is not installed prior to construction work beginning at a subsequent site, the City will install the information signs at the Contractor’s expense.

The installation of each sign shall be the responsibility of the contractor to include mounting posts, hardware and any related incidentals to ensure the sign is placed in a safe and secure manner. For any sign required for multiple site projects, where the sign is frequently relocated and not anticipated to be installed in the ground on posts, the Contractor shall provide a Type III barricade for mounting. The contractor shall obtain approval from the Engineer following installation of the construction information sign. If the signs are installed in the ground with posts, proper vertical clearance shall be provided. The minimum vertical clearance shall be six feet within a parkway area and seven feet within the sidewalk.

The construction information sign shall remain visible at all times. The contractor shall replace stolen signs at their expense and maintain the signs, ensuring all graffiti, soil, paint, etc. is removed from the sign immediately. Upon completion of the project, each sign shall be removed and returned to the City. If the sign is not returned to the City at the completion of the project in the original condition, the cost of the sign shall be withheld from the final progress payment.

The Contractor shall notify Underground Service Alert (Dig alert) at least 2 working days, but not more than 14 calendar days, prior to performing any excavation.

Full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment, materials, and tools required to perform the tasks noted above, and as ordered by the Engineer, shall be considered as being included in the various Contract items of work and no separate or additional compensation will be allowed, therefore.

END OF SECTION
CONSTRUCTION INFORMATION SIGNS 01581-2

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
MOBILIZATION 01721-1
SECTION 01721 MOBILIZATION

1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. General
Whether Mobilization is included as a Contract Bid Item in the Bid Proposal Form or specified as part of the lump sum in the Contract Documents, the cost of labor, equipment, materials and incidentals for doing all the work in mobilization (in advance of construction operations and not directly attributable to any specific bid item) shall be included in the Contract Price Breakdown and progress payment estimate. If there is no mobilization bid item the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the INSPECTOR for approval the Contract Price Breakdown with the amount established for mobilization.

Mobilization shall include, but not be limited to, the following items, all as required for the proper performance and completion of the Work:

1. Obtaining all permits, licenses, insurance, and bonds. Providing copies to the ENGINEER.

2. Moving onto the Jobsite all of CONTRACTOR’S plant and equipment as required.

3. Erecting temporary buildings and other construction facilities.

4. Installing temporary construction power and wiring.

5. Establishing fire protection system for its temporary facilities.

6. Developing construction water supply.

7. Providing field office trailers for the CONTRACTOR, complete with all specified equipment, furnishings, utility services and required approvals from the CITY.

8. Providing sanitary facilities or connecting to onsite sanitary facilities as specified.

9. Providing for potable water facilities as specified. This includes a means by which all on site CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor or supplier personnel can wash their hands with soap.

10. Arranging for, and erection of, CONTRACTOR’S work and storage yards and sheds.

MOBILIZATION 01721-2

11. Submitting all required Subcontractor insurance certificates and bonds.

12. Posting all CAL/OSHA required notices and establishment of safety programs.

13. Furnishing of Construction Schedule, Contract Price Breakdown and Submittal Schedules.

14. Erecting all temporary fencing, including removal and disposal of existing temporary fencing.

END OF SECTION
SURVEYING 01722-1
SECTION 01722 SURVEYING
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. General

1. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all surveys required to layout the Work and for the accuracy of all survey work for construction.

The CONTRACTOR shall include the cost of all such survey work in their Bid. The CONTRACTOR shall have all construction surveying performed by a `Licensed Land Surveyor' or a `Civil Engineer’ registered by the State of California to perform such work. The ENGINEER reserves the right to verify all survey work done by the CONTRACTOR.

2. The CONTRACTOR shall preserve the initial survey control points for the duration of their usefulness. Monumentation that is subject to disturbance or destruction shall be located and referenced prior to construction and relocated and referenced if necessary after construction, in accordance with the following requirements.

B. Construction Surveys

1. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all reference stakes and form checks necessary for construction and inspection of improvements. All construction staking shall be documented in cut sheets and provided to the ENGINEER. This staking may include but is not limited to: removals, joins, rough grade, slope, utilities, storm drains, sewers, curbs, walks, paving, wall and building stakes; and any other staking necessary for construction and inspection.

C. Reference Or Grade Stakes

1. A reference or grade stake shall be set for each grade change or angle point shown on the plan, standard plan, and shop drawing, in addition to the normal staking interval.

D. Form Checks

1. Forms shall be checked when durable points may be disturbed, removed, or are impractical to be used to verify the design location. The measured location shall be recorded in the survey field notes. All variations from the plan location shall be brought to the attention of the ENGINEER.

SURVEYING 01722-2
E. Staking Intervals and Offset Stake Lines

1. All staking intervals shall be in accordance as directed by the Engineer.

Stake lines shall be set at an offset distance from the improvement to ensure proper grade, station, and alignment.

F. Utility Stakes

1. The CONTRACTOR shall provide stakes for all utilities, public or private, that require location or relocation, unless otherwise stated.

G. Additional Survey Work

1. The CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish additional survey work, such as profiles, restakes, Change Orders, etc., at the request of the ENGINEER or the INSPECTOR.

H. Accuracy

1. The CONTRACTOR shall use appropriate surveying methods to obtain the following standards: For fixed works (i.e. cast-in-place concrete; asphalt pavement, pipes and drains; and other items determined by the ENGINEER) the following survey standards shall be used. The absolute horizontal accuracy, in relationship to the Engineer’s control, shall be such that the semimajor axis of its 95% error ellipse is ±0.015 foot or less. The absolute vertical accuracy, in relationship to the Engineer’s control, shall be such that its standard deviation is ±0.015 foot or less. The relative horizontal accuracy of survey points within the Project shall be such that the semimajor axis of its 95% error ellipse is ±0.015 foot or less. The relative vertical accuracy of survey points within the Project shall be such that its standard deviation is ±0.015 foot or less.

2. For excavation purposes, the following survey standards shall be used.

The absolute horizontal accuracy, in relationship to the Engineer’s control, shall be such that the semimajor axis of its 95% error ellipse is ±0.1 foot or less. The absolute vertical accuracy, in relationship to the Engineer’s control, shall be such that its standard deviation is ±0.1 foot or less. The relative horizontal accuracy of survey points within the Project shall be such that semimajor axis of the 95% error ellipse is ±0.1 foot or less. The relative vertical accuracy of survey points within the Project shall be such that its standard deviation is ±0.1 foot or less.

I. Survey/Inspector

1. The CONTRACTOR shall provide to the INSPECTOR those
measurements and control points necessary to determine the location and SURVEYING 01722-3
conformance to the plan, line, and grade of the improvements necessary for inspection purposes.

J. Survey Notes

1. The CONTRACTOR shall supply and keep notes on CITY standard format note sheets. The ENGINEER may request copies of, and otherwise review, survey notes at any time during the construction phase of the Project. Upon completion of the Project, the original survey notes shall become the property of the CITY and shall be delivered to the ENGINEER.

PART 2 – MONUMENT PRESERVATION GUIDELINES
A. New & Reconstruction Projects

1. Prior to Construction
a. The public survey records are to be researched for the location of all possible survey monuments within the scope of the project and copies shall be furnished to the survey crew.
b. The survey crew shall diligently search for all survey monuments of record above or below the surface, within the road right-of-way. It is suggested that this search would include the use of a metal detector. When the detector indicates the possibility of a buried survey monument, then digging below the surface to uncover the monument is required.
c. The survey crew shall properly reference all found survey monuments, which may be disturbed or covered during construction, to stable surface points. d. The authorized surveyor shall properly complete a Corner Record or Record of Survey for the monuments noted in item c, above. Prior to the start of any construction work, the original or a print of the Corner Record or Record of Survey shall be submitted to the County Surveyor for review, signature and filing. A copy shall also be provided to the City prior to the start of construction to provide documentation that the requirement is met.

2. After Construction and Prior to Notice of Completion a. All covered and disturbed monuments shall be reset with the same or more durable type of monument as the original, in the surface of the construction.

Key monuments shall be a minimum 1” inside diameter iron pipe of appropriate length.
b. A monument box or other protective structure is recommended to be placed around key monuments (section corners, quarter section corners). c. The authorized surveyor shall properly complete a Corner Record or Record of Survey for all set monuments with a change in character, including tag SURVEYING 01722-4
number, and submit it to the County Surveyor for review, signature and filing.

A copy shall also be provided to the City prior to the Notice of Completion to provide documentation that the requirement is met.

B. Overlay Projects

1. Prior To Construction
a. The public survey records are to be researched for the location of all possible survey monuments within the scope of the project and copies shall be furnished to the survey crew.
b. The survey crew shall diligently search for all survey monuments of record and on the surface of the road. It is suggested the search would include the use of a metal detector. When the detector indicates the possibility of a buried survey monument, then digging below the surface to uncover the monument within 2” of the road surface is recommended.
c. The survey crew shall properly reference found survey monuments, which may be disturbed or covered during construction, to stable surface points. d. The authorized surveyor shall properly complete a Corner Record or Record of Survey for the monuments noted in item 3, above. Prior to the start of any construction work, the original or a print of the Corner Record or Record of Survey shall be submitted to the County Surveyor for review, signature and filing. A copy shall also be provided to the City prior to the start of construction to provide documentation that the requirement is met.

2. After Construction and Prior to Notice of Completion a. All covered or disturbed monuments and surface monuments are reset in the new road surface, or a new monument is set in the new road surface above the buried one.
b. All existing monument boxes will be adjusted to grade or replaced, as appropriate.
c. A monument box or other protective structure should be placed around key monuments (section corners, quarter section corners).
d. The authorized surveyor shall properly complete a Corner Record or Record of Survey for all set monuments and existing monuments with a change in character, including tag number and submits it to the County Surveyor for review, signature and filing. A copy shall also be provided to the City prior to the Notice of Completion to provide documentation that the requirement is met.

SURVEYING 01722-5
C. Slurry Seal Projects

1. Prior To Construction
a. The public survey records are to be researched for the location of all possible survey monuments within the scope of the project and copies furnished to for the survey crew.
b. All monument boxes shall be located and steps taken to ensure that the survey monuments inside are readily accessible upon completion of the project. c. The survey crew shall diligently search for survey monuments on the surface of the roadway and identify said monuments recovered in the field to ensure that they will be protected. The survey crew shall inventory the monuments recovered in the field in a manner that allows for their recovery and inspection after construction.

2. After Construction and Prior to Notice of Completion a. All monument boxes shall be inspected, and appropriate action taken when needed, to ensure that the survey monuments inside are readily accessible. b. The survey crew shall review the inventory of found monuments by field inspection to ensure that all survey monuments are clean and exposed. Those monuments covered after construction is completed shall be uncovered.

D. Monument Tie Preservation

1. Prior To Construction
a. All existing survey monument ties within the scope of the project shall be researched and identified prior to construction. Surveyor may obtain existing tie sheets from the City as available.
b. If it is determined that all ties for a survey monument may be disturbed during construction, the Surveyor shall relocate the monument ties prior to construction, within improvements that will not be disturbed, and file the revised tie sheet with the City. A minimum of three tie points should reference each centerline monument, whenever possible.

2. After Construction and Prior to Notice of Completion a. If it is determined that the result of construction will not disturb all survey monument ties for a specific monument, the Surveyor shall replace all monument ties disturbed during construction per the following guidelines:
i. Monument ties shall be placed during the finishing process of the concrete improvements.

SURVEYING 01722-6
ii. Monument ties shall be set below the elevation of the adjacent top of curb to provide protection from any future cleaning, maintenance or work around the tie.
iii. A minimum of three tie points should reference each centerline monument, whenever possible.
b. Once the construction is complete, the Surveyor shall prepare a revised tie sheet, and file with the City for all monument ties disturbed during the construction.

END OF SECTION
POTHOLING 01732-1
SECTION 01732 POTHOLING

1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct exploratory excavations by potholing to verify or to discover the actual locations and the size of existing underground utilities and improvements. The CONTRACTOR shall take care not to damage existing facilities during potholing operations. Any utility or existing facility (including those located by Underground Service Alert - USA) within 3 feet of any trench or excavation shall be potholed prior to starting the contract work in the vicinity.

Potholing shall be done in each given area where excavation work is to occur at least fourteen (14) calendar days in advance of any excavation or construction in that area, to avoid possible delay in the progress of the Work.

B. Potholing shall consist of excavations at the locations of utilities or other underground facilities indicated on the Drawings, located by USA, or as directed by the ENGINEER. All costs of potholing operations for the utilities indicated on the Drawings shall be included in the CONTRACTOR’S Bid.

C. If an allowance for “Additional Potholing” has been established and included in the SCHEDULE OF WORK AND PRICES, this allowance shall only be used to reimburse the CONTRACTOR for potholing utilities not shown or otherwise referenced on the drawings, or as directed by the ENGINEER. If the total cost of the Work directed under the Additional Potholing allowance differ from the amount set forth in the SCHEDULE OF WORK AND PRICES, the Contract Price shall be adjusted by a Change Order. The adjustment shall be the difference between the total actual costs and the amount included in the Bid, as an additional amount due to the CONTRACTOR or a credit to the CITY, as appropriate.

D. In addition to the potholes indicated on the Drawings, or directed by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR may opt to do further potholing deemed necessary at no additional cost to the CITY.

E. Potholing operations shall conform to all applicable requirements as to sidewall slopes, sheeting and shoring, and all other excavation and trenching provisions specified herein.

F. Potholes shall be identified and protected in accordance with the Engineer’s instructions, the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH) Standards.

G. The CONTRACTOR’S proposed method of potholing and schedule for potholing shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for approval, at least thirty (30) days prior to the commencement of operation. Any utilities damaged during potholing shall be immediately reported to the ENGINEER and INSPECTOR and repairs made immediately in accordance with the specifications.

POTHOLING 01732-2
H. A complete log of all potholes shall be kept by the CONTRACTOR, showing specific locations and dimensions of trenches. The log shall be verified by the INSPECTOR prior to the backfilling of the potholes. The verified log will be submitted to the ENGINEER and the INSPECTOR within two (2) working days after completion of potholing in each area. Payment for potholing utilities not shown or otherwise referenced on the drawings, or as directed by the ENGINEER will not be made unless these potholes are listed on the verified log.

I. The CONTRACTOR shall record the coordinates, elevations and dimensions of all utilities and improvements verified or discovered by potholing. The records shall be submitted to the ENGINEER within two (2) working days after the completion of potholing in each area. The records shall also include dates of the potholing operations and any additional discovered information or pertinent data.

J. Upon completion of potholing in each area, and after verification of the logs by the INSPECTOR, potholes shall be immediately backfilled and compacted in accordance with the specifications or restored as directed by the ENGINEER.

END OF SECTION
DEMOBILIZATION 01740-1
SECTION 01740 DEMOBILIZATION

1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. General
Whether Demobilization is included as a Contract Bid Item in the Bid Proposal Form or specified as part of the lump sum in the Contract Documents, the cost of labor, equipment, materials and incidentals for doing all the work in demobilization (upon completion of all contract work and not directly attributable to any specific bid item) shall be included in the Contract Price Breakdown and progress payment estimate. If there is no demobilization bid item the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the INSPECTOR for approval the Contract Price Breakdown with the amount established for demobilization.

Demobilization shall include, but not be limited to, the following items, all as required for the proper performance and completion of the Work:

1. Moving off of the Jobsite all of CONTRACTOR’S plant and equipment as required.

2. Dismantling and removing all temporary buildings and other construction facilities.

3. Dismantling and removing all temporary construction power and wiring.

4. Removing all sanitary facilities from the work site.

5. Remove all waste, debris, and rubbish caused by construction operations within the work area, adjacent properties and public roads.

6. Materials and equipment shall be removed from the site as soon as they are no longer necessary. Before the final inspection, the site shall be cleared of equipment, unused materials and rubbish so as to present a satisfactory clean and neat appearance. All cleanup costs shall be included in the CONTRACTOR’S Bid.

7. Dismantling and removal of all temporary fencing.

8. Provide City with all required As-Built drawings.

9. All required Corner Records have been filed with the County and all copies provided to the City per Section 01722 Surveying.

10. All items noted within the final inspection (“Punchlist”) have been completed to the satisfaction of the City.

DEMOBILIZATION 01740-2

11. All project photographs as required within Section 01322 Construction Progress Photography have been provided.

12. Notice of Completion (NOC) will not be filed until all work is complete per this Section 01740.

END OF SECTION

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
PROTECTING EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 02222-1
SECTION 02222 PROTECTING EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL
A. Description
This section includes materials and procedures for protecting existing underground utilities.

B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere

1. General Conditions
PART 2 - MATERIALS
A. Replacement in Kind
Except as indicated below or as specifically authorized by the Owner's Representative, reconstruct utilities with new material of the same size, type, and quality as that removed.

B. Vitrified Clay Sewer Pipe and Couplings
For sewer pipe 8 inches in diameter or under, replacement shall consist of plain-end pipe conforming to ASTM C 700. Compression couplings shall conform to ASTM C 594, band seal couplings or equal. Use at least two lengths of pipe in crossing the trench section as shown on the details in the drawings.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. General

1. Replace in kind street improvements, such as curbs and gutters, barricades, traffic islands, signalization, fences, signs, etc., that are cut, removed, damaged, or otherwise disturbed by the construction.

2. Where utilities are parallel to or cross the construction but do not conflict with the permanent work to be constructed, follow the procedures given below and as indicated in the drawings. Notify the utility owner 48 hours in advance of the crossing construction and coordinate the construction schedule with the utility owner's requirements. For utility crossings not shown in the drawings, refer to the General Conditions and the instructions of the Owner's Representative for guidance.

PROTECTING EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 02222-2

3. Determine the true location and depth of utilities and service connections which may be affected by or affect the work. Determine the type, material, and condition of these utilities. In order to provide sufficient lead time to resolve unforeseen conflicts, order materials and take appropriate measures to ensure that there is no delay in work.

4. Expose utilities 1,300 feet in advance of the pipeline construction.

B. Procedures

1. Protect in Place: Protect utilities in place, unless abandoned, and maintain the utility in service, unless otherwise specified in the drawings or in the specifications.

2. Cut and Plug Ends: Cut abandoned utility lines and plug the ends. Plug storm drains and sewers with an 8-inch wall of brick and mortar. Cap waterlines with a cast-iron cap or install a 3-foot-long concrete plug. Dispose of the cut pipe as unsuitable material.

3. Remove and Reconstruct: Where so indicated in the drawings or as required by the Owner's Representative, remove the utility and, after passage, reconstruct it with new materials. Provide temporary service for the disconnected utility.

C. Compaction

1. Utilities Protected in Place: Backfill and compact under and around the utility so that no voids are left.

2. Utilities Reconstructed: Prior to replacement of the utility, backfill the trench and compact to an elevation 1 foot above the top of the ends of the utility. Excavate a cross trench of the proper width for the utility and lay, backfill, and compact.

3. Alternative Construction--Sand Slurry: Sand slurry consisting of one sack (94 pounds) of portland cement per cubic yard of sand and sufficient moisture for workability may be substituted for other backfill materials to aid in reducing compaction difficulties. Submit specific methods and procedures for the review of the Owner's Representative prior to construction.

4. The protection of the utility during construction.

D. Thrust Blocks on Waterlines
Note that restrained joints is the required method of controlling thrust restraint on this project except where shown on the plans or as approved otherwise by the City of Redlands.

1. The Contractor's attention is called to thrust blocks delineated in the drawings for waterlines throughout the project whose thrust is in the direction of the new excavation and, therefore, may be affected by the construction. These waterlines are PROTECTING EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 02222-3
owned and operated by the Owner. Protect thrust blocks in place or shore to resist the thrust by a means approved by the Owner and reconstruct. If the thrust blocks are exposed or rendered to be ineffective in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, reconstruct them to bear against firm unexcavated or backfill material.

2. Provide firm support by backfilling that portion of the trench for a distance of 2 feet on each side of the thrust block to be reconstructed from the pipe bedding to the pavement subgrade, with either:
a. Sand-cement slurry (94 pounds of cement per cubic yard). b. The native material compacted to a relative compaction of 95%.

3. Then excavate the backfill material for construction of the thrust block.

4. Test compaction of the backfill material before pouring any concrete thrust block.

Use Class 560-C-3250 concrete for reconstruction.

E. Adjacent Parallel Utilities

1. The Contractor's attention is called to utilities throughout the project that are parallel to the proposed utility.

2. The position of these utilities is just outside the new construction. Protect these utilities from any disturbances and repair the lines and associated vaults and appurtenances if they are damaged in any way. All costs incurred for protection of these lines or any costs incurred due to the presence of the lines, whether or not they lie within the new construction, shall be borne in full by the Contractor.

END OF SECTION

PAINTING AND COATING 09900-1
SECTION 09900 METAL SURFACE PAINTING AND COATING
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. Description
This section includes materials and application of painting and coating systems for the following surfaces:

1. Submerged metal.

2. Exposed metal.

3. Buried metal.

For coating specifications pertaining to welded steel reservoirs, see Section 09902, Welded Steel Tank Coating.

B. Submittals

1. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the Section 01330.

2. Submit manufacturer’s data sheets showing the following information:
a. Percent solids by volume.
b. Minimum and maximum recommended dry-film thickness per coat for prime, intermediate, and finish coats.
c. Recommended surface preparation.
d. Recommended thinners.
e. Statement verifying that the specified prime coat is recommended by the manufacturer for use with the specified intermediate and finish coats. f. Application instructions including recommended equipment and temperature limitations.
g. Curing requirements and instructions.

3. Submit color swatches.

4. Submit certificate identifying the type and gradation of abrasives used for surface preparation.

5. Submit material safety data sheets for each coating.

PAINTING AND COATING 09900-2
PART 2 - MATERIALS
A. Painting and Coating Systems
The following index lists the various painting and coating systems by service and generic type:

PAINT COATINGS SYSTEM INDEX
No. Title Generic Coating
Submerged Metal Coating Systems

7. Submerged Metal, Potable or Nonpotable Water Epoxy
Exposed Metal Coating Systems

10. Exposed Metal, Corrosive Environment High-build epoxy (two-coat system) with polyurethane
topcoat
Buried Metal Coating Systems

21. Buried Metal Epoxy

24. Buried Metal Corrosion-resisting grease
Coating Systems for Non-Ferrous Metals

54. Aluminum Insulation from Concrete and Carbon
Steel
Epoxy
These systems are specified in detail in the following paragraphs. For each coating, the required surface preparation, prime coat, intermediate coat (if required), topcoat, and coating thicknesses are described. Mil thicknesses shown are minimum dry-film thicknesses.

B. Submerged Metal Coating Systems

1. System No. 7--Submerged Metal, Potable or Nonpotable Water:

Type: Epoxy.

Service Conditions: For use with structures, valves, piping, or equipment immersed in potable or nonpotable water.

Surface Preparation: SSPC SP-10.

PAINTING AND COATING 09900-3
Coating System: Apply the manufacturer’s recommended number of coats to attain the specified minimum coating thickness. Products: Devoe Bar-Rust 233H, Tnemec Series N140, Sherwin-Williams Tank Clad HS B62-80, Carboline Super Hi-Gard 891, Ameron 395, International Interline 785HS, Wisconsin Protective Coating Corp. Plasite 7133 or 9133, Keysite 740, Scotchkote 306, Engard 460 HS, or equal; 16 mils total. Color of topcoat: white.

C. Exposed Metal Coating Systems

1. System No. 10--Exposed Metal, Corrosive Environment:

Type: High-build epoxy finish coat having a minimum volume solids of 60%, with an inorganic zinc prime coat.

Service Conditions: For use with metal structures or pipes subjected to water condensation; chemical fumes, such as hydrogen sulfide; salt spray; and chemical contact.

Surface Preparation: SSPC SP-10.

Prime Coat: Self-curing, two-component inorganic zinc-rich coating recommended by the manufacturer for overcoating with a high-build epoxy finish coat. Minimum zinc content shall be 12 pounds per gallon. Apply to a thickness of 3 mils. Products:

Tnemec 90-96, Devoe Catha-Coat 304 or 304V, International Interzinc 180HS, Ameron 9HS, Engard 519, Carboline 11 HS, Sherwin-Williams Zinc-Clad II Plus, or equal.

Finish Coat: Tnemec 104, ICI Devoe Devran 224 HS, International Interguard 760HS, Ameron 385, Engard 460 HS, Carboline 888 or 890, Sherwin-Williams Macropoxy 646 B58-600, or equal; 5 mils.

D. Buried Metal Coating Systems

1. System No. 21--Buried Metal:

Type: High solids epoxy or phenolic epoxy having a minimum volume solids of 80% (ASTM D 2697).

Service Conditions: Buried metal, such as valves, flanges, bolts, nuts, structural steel, and fittings.

Surface Preparation: SSPC SP-10.

Coating System: Apply three or more coats of Ameron 400, Tnemec 104 HS, Engard 480 HS, ICI Devoe Bar-Rust 233H, Carboline 890LT, Sherwin-Williams PAINTING AND COATING 09900-4
Tank Clad HS B62-80 series, or equal; 30 mils total. Maximum thickness of an individual coating shall not exceed the manufacturer’s recommendation.

2. System No. 24--Buried Metal:

Type: Corrosion-resisting grease.

Service Conditions: Buried metal, such as bolts, bolt threads, tie rods, and nuts.

Surface Preparation: SSPC SP-3 or SP-6.

Coating: NO-OX-ID GG-2 as manufactured by Sanchem, Inc. Apply to a minimum thickness of 1/4 inch.

E. Coating Systems for Non Ferrous Metals

1. System No. 54--Aluminum Insulation from Concrete and Carbon Steel:

Type: High solids epoxy or phenolic epoxy having a minimum volume solids of 80% (ASTM D 2697).

Service Conditions: Coat areas of aluminum grating, stairs, structural members or aluminum fabrications, in contact with concrete or carbon steel with this system.

Surface Preparation: Solvent or steam cleaning per SSPC SP-1; do not use alkali cleaning. Then dust blast.

Coating System: Apply three or more coats of Ameron 400, Tnemec 100, ICI Devoe Bar-Rust 233H, Sherwin-Williams Macropoxy B58-600, or equal; 30 mils total.

Maximum thickness of an individual coating shall not exceed the manufacturer’s recommendation.

F. Abrasives for Surface Preparation

1. Abrasives used for preparation of ferrous (excluding stainless steel) surfaces shall be one of the following:
a. 16 to 30 or 16 to 40 mesh silica sand or mineral grit. b. 20 to 40 mesh garnet.
c. Crushed iron slag, 100% retained on No. 80 mesh.
d. SAE Grade G-40 or G-50 iron or steel grit.

PAINTING AND COATING 09900-5
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. Weather Conditions

1. Do not paint in the rain, wind, snow, mist, and fog or when steel or metal surface temperatures are less than 5°F above the dew point.

2. Do not apply paint when the relative humidity is above 85%.

3. Do not paint when temperature of metal to be painted is above 120°F.

4. Do not apply alkyd, inorganic zinc, silicone aluminum, or silicone acrylic paints if air or surface temperature is below 40°F or expected to be below 40°F within 24 hours.

5. Do not apply epoxy, acrylic latex, and polyurethane paints on an exterior or interior surface if air or surface temperature is below 60°F or expected to drop below 60°F in 24 hours.

B. Surface Preparation Procedures

1. Remove oil and grease from metal surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP-1. Use clean cloths and cleaning solvents and wipe dry with clean cloths. Do not leave a film or greasy residue on the cleaned surfaces before abrasive blasting.

2. Do not abrasive blast or prepare more surface area in one day than can be coated in one day; prepare surfaces and apply coatings the same day. Remove sharp edges, burrs, and weld spatter.

3. For carbon steel, do not touch the surface between the time of abrasive blasting and the time the coating is applied. Apply coatings within two hours of blasting or before any rust bloom forms.

4. Surface preparation shall conform with the SSPC specifications as follows:

PAINTING AND COATING 09900-6
Solvent Cleaning SP-1
Hand Tool Cleaning SP-2
Power Tool Cleaning SP-3
White Metal Blast Cleaning SP-5
Commercial Blast Cleaning SP-6
Brush-Off Blast Cleaning SP-7
Pickling SP-8
Near-White Blast Cleaning SP-10
Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal SP-11
Surface Preparation and Cleaning of Steel and Other
Hard Materials by High- and Ultrahigh-Pressure Water
Jetting Prior to Recoating
SP-12
Surface Preparation of Concrete SP-13

5. Wherever the words “solvent cleaning,” “hand tool cleaning,” “wire brushing,” or “blast cleaning” or similar words are used in these specifications or in paint manufacturer’s specifications, they shall be understood to refer to the applicable SSPC (Steel Structure Painting Council), surface preparation specifications listed above.

6. For carbon steel surfaces, after abrasive blast cleaning, the height of the surface profile shall be 2 to 3 mils. If this cannot be achieved with the surface preparation named in the painting system, SSPC SP-5 may be required. Verify the surface profile by measuring with an impresser tape acceptable to the Owner’s Representative. Perform a minimum of one test per 100 square feet of surface area.

Testing shall be witnessed by the Owner’s Representative. The impresser tape used in the test shall be permanently marked with the date, time, and locations where the test was made. Test results shall be promptly presented to the Owner’s Representative.

7. Do not apply any part of a coating system before the Owner’s Representative has reviewed the surface preparation. If coating has been applied without this review, if directed by the Owner’s Representative, remove the applied coating by abrasive blasting and reapply the coat in accordance with this specification.

C. Abrasive Blast Cleaning

1. Use dry abrasive blast cleaning for metal surfaces. Do not use abrasives in automatic equipment that have become contaminated. When shop or field blast cleaning with handheld nozzles, do not recycle or reuse blast particles.

2. After blast cleaning and prior to application of coating, dry clean surfaces to be coated by dusting, sweeping, and vacuuming to remove residue from blasting.

Apply the specified primer or touch-up coating within the period of an eight-hour PAINTING AND COATING 09900-7
working day. Do not apply coating over damp or moist surfaces. Reclean prior to application of primer or touch-up coating any blast cleaned surface not coated within said eight-hour period.

3. Keep the area of the work in a clean condition and do not permit blasting particles to accumulate and constitute a nuisance or hazard.

4. During sandblast cleaning, prevent damage to adjacent coatings. Schedule blast cleaning and coating such that dust, dirt, blast particles, old coatings, rust, mill scale, etc., will not damage or fall upon wet or newly coated surfaces.

D. Procedures for Items Having Shop-Applied Prime Coats

1. After application of primer to surfaces, allow coating to cure for a minimum of two hours before handling to minimize damage.

2. When loading for shipment to the project site, use spacers and other protective devices to separate items to prevent damaging the shop-primed surfaces during transit and unloading. If wood spacers are used, remove wood splinters and particles from the shop-primed surfaces after separation. Use padded chains or ribbon binders to secure the loaded items and minimize damage to the shop-primed surfaces.

3. Cover shop-primed items 100% with protective coverings or tarpaulins to prevent deposition of road salts, fuel residue, and other contaminants in transit.

4. Handle shop-primed items with care during unloading, installation, and erection operations to minimize damage. Do not place or store shop-primed items on the ground or on top of other work unless ground or work is covered with a protective covering or tarpaulin. Place shop-primed items above the ground upon platforms, skids, or other supports.

E. Field Touch-Up of Shop-Applied Prime Coats

1. Remove oil and grease surface contaminants on metal surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP-1. Use clean rags wetted with a degreasing solution, rinse with clean water, and wipe dry.

2. Remove dust, dirt, salts, moisture, chalking primers, or other surface contaminants that will affect the adhesion or durability of the coating system. Use a high-pressure water blaster or scrub surfaces with a broom or brush wetted with a solution of trisodium phosphate, detergent, and water. Before applying intermediate or finish coats to inorganic zinc primers, remove any soluble zinc salts that have formed by means of scrubbing with a stiff bristle brush. Rinse scrubbed surfaces with clean water.

3. Remove loose or peeling primer and other surface contaminants not easily removed by the previous cleaning methods in accordance with SSPC SP-7. Take care that remaining primers are not damaged by the blast cleaning operation. Remaining PAINTING AND COATING 09900-8
primers shall be firmly bonded to the steel surfaces with blast cleaned edges feathered.

4. Remove rust, scaling, or primer damaged by welding or during shipment, storage, and erection in accordance with SSPC SP-10. Take care that remaining primers are not damaged by the blast cleaning operation. Areas smaller than 1 square inch may be prepared per SSPC SP-11. Remaining primers shall be firmly bonded to the steel surfaces with cleaned edges feathered.

5. Use repair procedures on damaged primer that protects adjacent primer. Blast cleaning may require the use of lower air pressure, smaller nozzles, and abrasive particle sizes, short blast nozzle distance from surface, shielding, and/or masking.

6. After abrasive blast cleaning of damaged and defective areas, remove dust, blast particles, and other debris by dusting, sweeping, and vacuuming; then apply the specified touch-up coating.

7. Surfaces that are shop primed with inorganic zinc primers shall receive a field touch-up of organic zinc primer per System No. 18 to cover scratches or abraded areas.

8. Surfaces that are shop primed shall receive a field touch-up of the same primer used in the original prime coat.

F. Painting Systems

1. All materials of a specified painting system, including primer, intermediate, and finish coats, shall be produced by the same manufacturer. Thinners, cleaners, driers, and other additives shall be as recommended by the paint manufacturer for the particular coating system.

2. Deliver paints to the jobsite in the original, unopened containers.

G. Paint Storage and Mixing

1. Store and mix materials only in areas designated for that purpose by the Owner’s Representative. The area shall be well-ventilated, with precautionary measures taken to prevent fire hazards. Post “No Smoking” signs. Storage and mixing areas shall be clean and free of rags, waste, and scrapings. Tightly close containers after each use. Store paint at an ambient temperature from 50°F to 100°F.

2. Prepare multiple-component coatings using all of the contents of the container for each component as packaged by the paint manufacturer. Do not use partial batches.

Do not use multiple-component coatings that have been mixed beyond their pot life.

Provide small quantity kits for touch-up painting and for painting other small areas.

Mix only the components specified and furnished by the paint manufacturer. Do not intermix additional components for reasons of color or otherwise, even within the same generic type of coating.

PAINTING AND COATING 09900-9
H. Procedures for the Application of Coatings

1. Conform to the requirements of SSPC PA-1. Follow the recommendations of the coating manufacturer including the selection of spray equipment, brushes, rollers, cleaners, thinners, mixing, drying time, temperature and humidity of application, and safety precautions.

2. Stir, strain, and keep coating materials at a uniform consistency during application.

Power mix components. For multiple component materials, premix each component before combining. Apply each coating evenly, free of brush marks, sags, runs, and other evidence of poor workmanship. Use a different shade or tint on succeeding coating applications to indicate coverage where possible. Finished surfaces shall be free from defects or blemishes.

3. Do not use thinners unless recommended by the coating manufacturer. If thinning is allowed, do not exceed the maximum allowable amount of thinner per gallon of coating material. Stir coating materials at all times when adding thinner. Do not flood the coating material surface with thinner prior to mixing. Do not reduce coating materials more than is absolutely necessary to obtain the proper application characteristics and to obtain the specified dry-film thicknesses.

4. Remove dust, blast particles, and other debris from blast cleaned surfaces by dusting, sweeping, and vacuuming. Allow ventilator fans to clean airborne dust to provide good visibility of working area prior to coating applications. Remove dust from coated surfaces by dusting, sweeping, and vacuuming prior to applying succeeding coats.

5. Apply coating systems to the specified minimum dry-film thicknesses as measured from above the peaks of the surface profile.

6. Apply primer immediately after blast cleaning and before any surface rusting occurs, or any dust, dirt, or any foreign matter has accumulated. Reclean surfaces by blast cleaning that have surface colored or become moist prior to coating application.

7. Apply a brush coat of primer on welds, sharp edges, nuts, bolts, and irregular surfaces prior to the application of the primer and finish coat. Apply the brush coat prior to and in conjunction with the spray coat application. Apply the spray coat over the brush coat.

8. Before applying subsequent coats, allow the primer and intermediate coats to dry for the minimum curing time recommended by the manufacturer. In no case shall the time between coats exceed the manufacturer’s recommendation.

9. Each coat shall cover the surface of the preceding coat completely, and there shall be a visually perceptible difference in applied shade or tint of colors.

PAINTING AND COATING 09900-10

10. Applied coating systems shall be cured at 75°F or higher for 48 hours. If temperature is lower than 75°F, curing time shall be in accordance with printed recommendations of the manufacturer, unless otherwise allowed by the Owner’s Representative.

11. Assembled parts shall be disassembled sufficiently before painting or coating to ensure complete coverage by the required coating.

I. Surfaces Not To Be Coated
Do not paint the following surfaces unless otherwise noted in the drawings or in other specification sections. Protect during the painting of adjacent areas:

1. Concrete walkways.

2. Mortar-coated pipe and fittings.

3. Stainless steel.

4. Metal letters.

5. Glass.

6. Roofings.

7. Fencing.

8. Copper tubing, red brass piping, and PVC piping except where such piping occurs in rooms where the walls are painted or required for color coding.

9. Electrical fixtures except for factory coatings.

10. Nameplates.

11. Grease fittings.

12. Brass and copper, submerged.

13. Buried pipe, unless specifically required in the piping specifications.

14. Fiberglass items, unless specifically required in the FRP specifications.

15. Aluminum handrail, stairs, and grating.

J. Protection of Surfaces Not To Be Painted
Remove, mask, or otherwise protect hardware, lighting fixtures, switchplates, aluminum surfaces, machined surfaces, couplings, shafts, bearings, nameplates on machinery, and other surfaces not intended to be painted. Provide drop cloths to prevent paint materials PAINTING AND COATING 09900-11
from falling on or marring adjacent surfaces. Protect working parts of mechanical and electrical equipment from damage during surface preparation and painting process. Mask openings in motors to prevent paint and other materials from entering the motors.

K. Surfaces To Be Coated
The exact coating to be applied in any location is not designated by the descriptive phrases in the coating system titles such as “corrosive environment,” “buried metal,” or “submerged metal.” Coat surfaces with the specific coating systems as described below:

1. Coat aboveground and exposed piping or piping in vaults and structures as described in the various piping specifications. Color of finish coat shall be as selected by the Owner.

2. Coat valves as described in the various valve specifications.

3. Coat buried flanges, nuts and bolts, valves, flexible pipe couplings, exposed rebar in thrust blocks, and valve boxes per System No. 21. Coat buried bolt threads, tie bolt threads, and nuts per System No. 24.

L. Dry-Film Thickness Testing

1. Measure coating thickness specified for metal surfaces with a magnetic-type dryfilm thickness gauge. Provide certification that the gauge has been calibrated by a certified laboratory within the past six months. Provide dry-film thickness gauge as manufactured by Mikrotest or Elcometer.

2. Test the finish coat of metal surfaces (except zinc primer and galvanizing) for holidays and discontinuities with an electrical holiday detector, low-voltage, wetsponge type. Provide measuring equipment. Provide certification that the gauge has been calibrated by a certified laboratory within the past six months. Provide detector as manufactured by Tinker and Rasor or K-D Bird Dog.

3. For metal surfaces, make five separate spot measurements (average of three readings) spaced evenly over each 100 square feet of area (or fraction thereof) to be measured. Make three readings for each spot measurement of either the substrate or the paint. Move the probe or detector a distance of 1 to 3 inches for each new gauge reading. Discard any unusually high or low reading that cannot be repeated consistently. Take the average (mean) of the three readings as the spot measurement. The average of five spot measurements for each such 100 square foot area shall not be less than the specified thickness. No single spot measurement in any 100 square foot area shall be less than 80%, nor more than 120%, of the specified thickness. One of three readings which are averaged to produce each spot measurement may underrun by a greater amount.

4. Perform tests in the presence of the Owner’s Representative.

PAINTING AND COATING 09900-12
M. Repair of Improperly Coated Surfaces
If the item has an improper finish color or insufficient film thickness, clean and topcoat the surface with the specified paint material to obtain the specified color and coverage.

Sandblast or power-sand visible areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint, feathering the edges. Then prime and finish coat in accordance with the specifications. Work shall be free of runs, bridges, shiners, laps, or other imperfections.

N. Cleaning

1. During the progress of the work, remove discarded materials, rubbish, cans, and rags at the end of each day’s work.

2. Thoroughly clean brushes and other application equipment at the end of each period of use and when changing to another paint or color.

3. Upon completion of painting work, remove masking tape, tarps, and other protective materials, using care not to damage finished surfaces.

END OF SECTION
GENERAL PIPING REQUIREMENTS 15050-1
SECTION 15050 GENERAL PIPING REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. Description
This section describes the general requirements for selecting piping materials; selecting the associated bolts, nuts, and gaskets for flanges for the various piping services in the project; and miscellaneous piping items.

B. Submittals

1. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330.

2. Submit affidavit of compliance with referenced standards (e.g., AWWA, ANSI, ASTM, etc.).

3. Submit certified copies of mill test reports for bolts and nuts, including coatings if specified. Provide recertification by an independent domestic testing laboratory for materials originating outside of the United States.

4. Submit manufacturer's data sheet for gaskets supplied showing dimensions and bolting recommendations.

5. Submit manufacturer's data sheet for insulating unions, showing recommended installation procedures.

C. Definitions of Buried and Exposed Piping

1. Buried piping is piping buried in the soil, commencing at the wall or beneath the slab of a structure. Where a coating is specified, provide the coating up to the structure wall. Piping encased in concrete is considered to be buried. Do not coat encased pipe.

2. Exposed piping is piping in any of the following conditions or locations:
a. Above ground.
b. Inside buildings, vaults, or other structures.
c. In underground concrete trenches or galleries.

GENERAL PIPING REQUIREMENTS 15050-2
PART 2 - MATERIALS
A. Materials Selection and Alternative Materials

1. The drawings may show alternative piping materials for certain services. In such cases, the same pipe material shall be used for all pipe sizes in all locations for the given piping service. Do not intermix piping materials.

B. Thread Forming for Stainless Steel Bolts
Form threads by means of rolling, not cutting or grinding.

C. Bolts and Nuts for Flanges for Steel and Ductile Iron Piping

1. Bolts and nuts for buried or submerged Class 150 flanges shall conform to ASTM A307 Grade B.

2. Not used

3. Bolts and nuts used in flange insulation kits shall conform to ASTM A307 Grade B.

4. Provide washers for each nut. Washers shall be of the same material as the nuts.

D. Lubricant for Stainless Steel Bolts and Nuts
Not used
E. Gaskets for Flanges for Steel and Ductile-Iron Piping and Fittings in Water Service Gaskets shall be ring type, 1/8-inch thick, non-asbestos, aramid fibers with nitrile binder.

Gaskets shall have "nominal" pipe size inside diameters not the inside diameters per ANSI B16.21. Products: Garlock Blue-Gard 3000, Tripac #5000 or equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. Installing Flanged Piping

1. Set pipe with the flange bolt holes straddling the pipe horizontal and vertical centerline. Install pipe without springing, forcing, or stressing the pipe or any adjacent connecting valves or equipment. Before bolting up, align flange faces to the design plane within 1/16 inch per foot measured across any diameter. Align flange boltholes within 1/8-inch maximum offset.

2. Clean flanges by wire brushing before installing flanged fittings. Clean flange bolts and nuts by wire brushing, lubricate carbon steel bolts with oil and graphite, and tighten nuts uniformly and progressively.

GENERAL PIPING REQUIREMENTS 15050-3

3. Bolt lengths shall extend completely through their nuts. Any which fail to do so shall be considered acceptably engaged if the lack of complete engagement is not more than one thread.

4. Do not use more than one gasket between contact faces in assembling a flanged joint.

5. If flanges leak under pressure testing, loosen or remove the nuts and bolts, reset or replace the gasket, reinstall or retighten the bolts and nuts, and retest the joints.

Joints shall be watertight.

END OF SECTION
GENERAL PIPING REQUIREMENTS 15050-4

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
MANUAL, CHECK, PRESSURE REDUCING, AND PROCESS VALVES 15100-1 SECTION 15100 MANUAL, CHECK, PRESSURE REDUCING, AND PROCESS VALVES
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. Description
This section includes materials, testing, and installation of manually operated valves, check valves, pressure reducing, and process valves including gate and butterfly valves.

B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere

1. Painting and Coating: 09900.

2. General Piping Requirements: 15050.

3. Air-Release and Vacuum-Relief Valves: 15108.

4. Pressure Testing of Piping: 15144.

C. Submittals

1. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330.

2. Submit manufacturer's catalog data and detail construction sheets showing all valve parts. Describe each part by material of construction, specification (such as AISI, ASTM, SAE, or CDA), and grade or type.

3. Show valve dimensions including laying lengths. Show port sizes. Show dimensions and orientation of valve actuators, as installed on the valves. Show location of internal stops for gear actuators. State differential pressure and fluid velocity used to size actuators. For worm gear actuators, state the radius of the gear sector in contact with the worm and state the handwheel diameter.

4. Show valve linings and coatings. Submit manufacturer's catalog data and descriptive literature.

5. Submit copies of a report verifying that the valve interior linings and exterior coatings have been tested for holidays and lining thickness. Describe test results and repair procedures for each valve. Do not ship valves to project site until the reports have been returned by the Owner's Representative as approved.

6. For butterfly valves, show the clear diameter or size of the port. Show the actual area of the port as a percentage of the area as calculated for the nominal valve size.

MANUAL, CHECK, PRESSURE REDUCING, AND PROCESS VALVES 15100-2 PART 2 - MATERIALS
A. General

1. Install valves complete with operating handwheels or levers, chainwheels, extension stems, floor stands, gear actuators, operating nuts, chains, and wrenches required for operation.

2. Valves shall have the name of the manufacturer and the size of the valve cast or molded onto the valve body or bonnet or shown on a permanently attached plate.

3. For buried locations, valves with mechanical joint ends may be substituted for the flanged ends specified provided the mechanical joint ends are compatible with the pipe ends.

B. Valve Actuators

1. Provide 2-inch AWWA operating nuts for buried and submerged valves.

2. Provide enclosed gear actuators on butterfly, ball, and plug valves 8 inches and larger, unless electric valve actuators are shown in the drawings. Gear actuators for valves 8 inches through 20 inches shall be of the worm and gear, or of the traveling nut type.

3. Provide gear actuators on gate valves 14 inches and larger, unless electric valve actuators are shown in the drawings. Gear actuators shall be of the bevel or spur gear type. Provide grease case. Gearing shall comply with AWWA C500.

4. Design gear actuators assuming that the differential pressure across the plug or disc is equal to the pressure rating of the valve and assuming a line fluid temperature range of 50°F to 100°F unless otherwise required in the detailed valve specifications.

5. Gear actuators shall be enclosed, oil lubricated, with seals provided on shafts to prevent entry of dirt and water into the actuator. Gear actuators for valves located above ground or in vaults and structures shall have handwheels. The actuators for valves in exposed service shall contain a dial indicating the position of the valve disc or plug. Gear actuators for buried or submerged valves shall have 2-inch-square AWWA operating nuts.

6. For buried or submerged service, provide watertight shaft seals and watertight valve and actuator cover gaskets. Provide totally enclosed actuators designed for buried or submerged service.

7. Traveling nut and worm and gear actuators shall be of the totally enclosed design so proportioned as to permit operation of the valve under full differential pressure rating of the valve with a maximum pull of 80 pounds on the handwheel or crank.

MANUAL, CHECK, PRESSURE REDUCING, AND PROCESS VALVES 15100-3 Provide stop limiting devices in the actuators in the open and closed positions.

Actuators shall be of the self-locking type to prevent the disc or plug from creeping.

Design actuator components between the input and the stop-limiting devices to withstand without damage a pull of 200 pounds for handwheel or chainwheel actuators and an input torque of 300 foot-pounds for operating nuts when operating against the stops.

8. Handwheel diameters for traveling nut actuators shall not exceed 8 inches for valves 12 inches and smaller and shall not exceed 12 inches for valves 20 inches and smaller.

9. Self-locking worm gear shall be a one-piece design of gear bronze material (ASTM B 427; or ASTM B 584, Alloy C86200), accurately machine cut. Actuators for eccentric and lubricated plug valves may use ductile-iron gears provided the gearing is totally enclosed with spring-loaded rubber lip seals on the shafts. The worm shall be hardened alloy steel (ASTM A 322, Grade G41500 or G41400; or ASTM A 148, Grade 105-85), with thread ground and polished. Support worm gear shaft at each end by ball or tapered roller bearings. The reduction gearing shall run in a proper lubricant. The handwheel diameter shall be no more than twice the radius of the gear sector in contact with the worm. Worm gear actuators shall be Limitorque Model HBC, EIM Series W, or equal.

10. Design actuators on buried valves to produce the required torque on the operating nut with a maximum input of 150 foot-pounds.

11. Valve actuators, handwheels, or levers shall open by turning counterclockwise.

C. Cast-Iron Valve Boxes for Buried Valves

1. Valve cans shall be slip can type, 8” diameter with extension as manufactured by R.K. Industries, 20 GA. Galvanized steel, or approved equal. Cast iron gate cap to be manufactured by Dayton Foundry, or approved equal, and shall be marked “Water”. For detail see drawing A-20514, which is included in the Appendix.

2. Coat buried cast-iron pieces per Section 09900, System No. 21.

D. Extension Stems for Buried and Submerged Valve Actuators

1. Where the depth of the valve is such that its centerline is more than 4 feet below grade, provide operating extension stems to bring the operating nut to a point 6 inches below the surface of the ground and/or box cover. Where the valve is submerged, provide operating extension stems to bring the operating nut to 6 inches above the water surface. Extension stems shall be steel, solid core, and shall be complete with 2-inch-square operating nut. The connections of the extension stems to the operating nuts and to the valves shall withstand without damage a pull of 300 foot-pounds.

2. Extension stem diameters shall be as tabulated below:

MANUAL, CHECK, PRESSURE REDUCING, AND PROCESS VALVES 15100-4 Valve Size
(inches)
Minimum Extension
Stem Diameter
(inches)
6 1
8 1-1/8
10, 12 1-1/4
14 1-3/8
16, 18 1-1/2
E. Bolts and Nuts for Flanged Valves
Bolts and nuts for flanged valves shall be as described in Section 15050.

F. Gaskets for Flanges
Gaskets for flanged end valves shall be as described in Section 15050.

G. Painting and Coating

1. Coat metal valves located above ground or in vaults and structures the same as the adjacent piping.

2. Coat buried metal valves at the place of manufacture per Section 09900, System No.

21. 3. Coat submerged metal valves, stem guides, extension stems, and bonnets at the place of manufacture per Section 09900, System No. 7.

4. Line the interior metal parts of metal valves 4 inches and larger, excluding seating areas and bronze and stainless steel pieces, per Section 09900, System No. 7. Apply lining at the place of manufacture.

5. Test the valve interior linings and exterior coatings at the factory with a low-voltage (22.5 to 80 volts, with approximately 80,000-ohm resistance) holiday detector, using a sponge saturated with a 0.5% sodium chloride solution. The lining shall be holiday free.

6. Measure the thickness of the valve interior linings per Section 09900. Repair areas having insufficient film thickness per Section 09900.

H. Packing, O-Rings, and Gaskets
Unless otherwise stated in the detailed valve specifications, packing, O-rings, and gaskets shall be one of the following nonasbestos materials:

MANUAL, CHECK, PRESSURE REDUCING, AND PROCESS VALVES 15100-5

1. Teflon.

2. Kevlar aramid fiber.

3. Acrylic or aramid fiber bound by nitrile. Products: Garlock "Bluegard," Klinger "Klingersil C4400," or equal.

4. Buna-N (nitrile).

I. Rubber Seats
Rubber seats shall be made of a rubber compound that is resistant to free chlorine and monochloramine concentrations up to 10 mg/l in the fluid conveyed.

J. Valves

1. Gate Valves:
a. Not Used

2. Ductile-Iron Resilient Wedge Gate Valves 4 inches Through 36 inches (AWWA C515):

Valves shall comply with AWWA C515 and the following. Valves shall be of the bolted-bonnet type with nonrising stems. Valve stems shall be Type 304 or 316 stainless steel or cast, forged, or rolled bronze. Provide operating nut for buried valves. Provide handwheel for exposed valves. Stem nuts shall be made of solid bronze. Bronze for internal working parts, including stems, shall not contain more than 2% aluminum nor more than 7% zinc. Bronze shall conform to ASTM B 62 or ASTM B 584 (Alloy C83600), except the stem bronze shall have a minimum tensile strength of 60,000 psi, a minimum yield strength of 30,000 psi, and a minimum of 10% elongation in 2 inches (ASTM B 584 or B 763, Alloy C87600 or C99500).

Body bolts shall be 316 stainless steel. End connections for exposed valves shall be flanged. End connections for buried valves shall be mechanical joint or push-on type.

Provide reduction thrust bearings above the stem collar. Stuffing boxes shall be Oring seal type with two rings located in stem above thrust collar. Each valve shall have a smooth unobstructed waterway free from any sediment pockets.

Valves shall be lined and coated at the place of manufacture with either fusionbonded epoxy or heat-cured liquid epoxy. Minimum epoxy thickness shall be 8 mils.

Manufacturers: Clow, Mueller, American Flow Control, Waterous, Kennedy, or equal.

3. Butterfly Valves:

MANUAL, CHECK, PRESSURE REDUCING, AND PROCESS VALVES 15100-6 a. Thrust Bearings for Butterfly Valves:

Provide thrust bearings to hold the valve disc in the center of the valve seat.

No bearings shall be mounted inside the valve body within the waterway. Do not use thrust bearings in which a metal bearing surface on the disc rubs in contact with an opposing metal surface on the inside of the body. b. Bronze Components in Butterfly Valves:

Bronze components in contact with water shall comply with the following requirements:

Constituent Content
Zinc 7% maximum
Aluminum 2% maximum
Lead 8% maximum
Copper + Nickel + Silicon 83% minimum
c. Actuator Sizing for Butterfly Valves:

Actuators shall be sized to produce valve shaft output torques equivalent to at least 75% of the torsional shear stress of the minimum required shaft diameters.
d. Port Sizes for Butterfly Valves:

For valves 24 inches and smaller, the actual port diameter shall be at least 93% of the nominal valve size. For valves larger than 24 inches, the port diameter shall not be more than 1.25 inches smaller than the nominal valve size. The dimension of the port diameter shall be the clear waterway diameter plus the thickness of the rubber seat.
e. Corrosion-Resistant Materials in Butterfly Valves:

Where AWWA C504 requires “corrosion resistant” material, such material shall be one of the following:
(1) Bronze as described above.
(2) Type 304 or 316 stainless steel.
(3) Monel (UNS N04400).
(4) Synthetic nonmetallic material.

MANUAL, CHECK, PRESSURE REDUCING, AND PROCESS VALVES 15100-7 f. Seating Surfaces in Butterfly Valves:

Seating surfaces shall be stainless steel or nickel-copper per AWWA C504 or nickel-chromium alloy containing a minimum of 72% nickel and a minimum of 14% chromium.
g. Flanged, Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves 4 Inches and Larger, Class 150B:

Butterfly valves shall be short body, flanged type for exposed valves and valves in vaults or structures, and either flanged or mechanical joint for buried valves. Valve shall conform to AWWA C504, Class 150B. Minimum working differential pressure across the valve disc shall be 150 psi. Flanged ends shall be Class 125, ANSI B16.1. Valve shafts shall be Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. Valve shafts shall be stub shaft or one-piece units extending completely through the valve disc. Materials of construction shall be as follows:

Component Material Specification
Body Cast iron or ductile
iron
AWWA C 504
Exposed body
capscrews and bolts
and nuts
Stainless steel ASTM A 276, Type 304 or
316
Discs Cast iron, ductile
iron, or Ni-Resist
AWWA C504
Disc fasteners, seat
retention segments,
and seat fastening
devices
Stainless steel ASTM A 276, Type 304 or
316
Seat material Buna-N --
Where the rubber seat is applied to the disc, it shall be bonded to a stainless steel seat retaining ring which is clamped to the disc by Type 304 or 316 stainless steel screw fasteners. The rubber valve seat shall be secured to or retained in the valve body. Valves shall be Pratt, DeZurik Series BAW, M&H, or equal.

4. Pressure Reducing Valves:
a. A water pressure reducing valve with integral strainer shall be installed as shown on the plans, in the locations directed by the Owner, where the supply main pressure exceeds 60 psi to reduce it to 50 psi or lower. The valve shall include a bronze body suitable for water supply pressures up to 400 psi.

Provision shall be made to permit the bypass flow of water around the valve back into the main when pressures, due to thermal expansion on the outlet side MANUAL, CHECK, PRESSURE REDUCING, AND PROCESS VALVES 15100-8 of the valve, exceed the pressure in the main. Valves with built-in bypass check valves are acceptable. Valve shall be a Watts Regulator Company Series N35B, or equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. Joints

1. Bolt holes of flanged valves shall straddle the horizontal and vertical centerlines of the pipe run to which the valves are attached. Clean flanges by wire brushing before installing flanged valves. Clean flange bolts and nuts by wire brushing, lubricate threads with oil and graphite, and tighten nuts uniformly and progressively. If flanges leak under pressure testing, loosen or remove the nuts and bolts, reseat or replace the gasket, reinstall or retighten the bolts and nuts, and retest the joints.

Joints shall be watertight.

2. Clean threaded joints by wire brushing or swabbing. Apply Teflon joint compound or Teflon tape to pipe threads before installing threaded valves. Joints shall be watertight.

B. Installing Buried Valves

1. Connect the valve, coat the flanges, apply tape wrapping or polyethylene encasement, and place and compact the backfill to the height of the valve stem.

2. Place block pads under the extension pipe to maintain the valve box vertical during backfilling and repaving and to prevent the extension pipe from contacting the valve bonnet.

3. Mount the upper slip pipe of the extension in mid position and secure with backfill around the extension pipe. Pour the concrete ring allowing a depression so the valve box cap will be flush with the pavement surface.

4. In streets without concrete curbs and in open areas, install the valve box as for a paved area with concrete curb except include a marker post. Cut the marker post from 4-inch by 4-inch dense structural grade Douglas fir No. 2 surfaced on four sides to a length of 5 feet. Chamfer the top. Set the post in concrete, 2 feet into the ground, away from traffic, and to the side of the pipeline. Coat with a seal and finish coat of white alkyd exterior paint. On the side facing the valve, letter in black the word "VALVE" and the distance in feet from the marker post to the valve box cap.

C. Field Coating Buried Valves

1. Coat flanges of buried valves and the flanges of the adjacent piping, and the bolts and nuts of flanges and mechanical joints, per Section 09900, System No. 24.

MANUAL, CHECK, PRESSURE REDUCING, AND PROCESS VALVES 15100-9 D. Installing Extension Stem Guide Brackets
Install at 6- to 8-foot centers. Provide at least two support brackets for stems longer than 10 feet, with one support near the bottom of the stem and one near the top.

E. Mounting Gear Actuators
The valve manufacturer shall select and mount the gear actuator and accessories on each valve and stroke the valve from fully open to fully closed prior to shipment.

F. Field Installation of Gear Actuator
Provide the actuator manufacturer's recommended lubricating oil in each actuator before commencing the field testing.

G. Valve Leakage Testing
Test valves for leakage at the same time that the connecting pipelines are tested. See Section 15144 for pressure testing requirements. Protect or isolate any parts of valves, actuators, or control and instrumentation systems whose pressure rating is less than the pressure test. Valves shall show zero leakage. Repair or replace any leaking valves and retest.

H. Valve Field Testing

1. Operate manual valves through three full cycles of opening and closing. Valves shall operate from full open to full close without sticking or binding. Do not backfill buried valves until after verifying that valves operate from full open to full closed. If valves stick or bind, or do not operate from full open to full closed, repair or replace the valve and repeat the tests.

2. Gear actuators shall operate valves from full open to full close through three cycles without binding or sticking. The pull required to operate handwheel- or chainwheeloperated valves shall not exceed 80 pounds. The torque required to operate valves having 2-inch AWWA nuts shall not exceed 150 ft-lbs. If actuators stick or bind or if pulling forces and torques exceed the values stated previously, repair or replace the actuators and repeat the tests. Operators shall be fully lubricated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations prior to operating.

END OF SECTION
MANUAL, CHECK, PRESSURE REDUCING, AND PROCESS VALVES 15100-10

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
AIR-RELEASE AND VACUUM-RELIEF VALVES 15108-1
SECTION 15108 AIR-RELEASE AND VACUUM-RELIEF VALVES
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. Description
This section includes materials and installation of combination air-release valves, for water service.

B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere

1. Painting and Coating: 09900.

2. Pressure Testing of Piping: 15144.

C. Submittals

1. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the Special Conditions.

2. Submit manufacturer's catalog data and detail drawings showing all valve parts and describe by material of construction, specification (such as AISI, ASTM, SAE, or CDA), and grade or type. Show linings and coatings.

PART 2 - MATERIALS
A. Valve Design and Operation

1. Valve design shall comply with AWWA C512, except as modified herein. Class 150 valves shall have a maximum working pressure of at least 150 psi. Class 300 valves shall have a maximum working pressure of at least 300 psi. Class 500 valves shall have a maximum working pressure of at least 500 psi.

2. Combination air valves 3 inches and smaller shall have a float with lever arm to actuate a poppet valve. A needle shall be attached to the float arm. The poppet valve shall serve to admit large quantities of air when the pipeline drains. The needle shall serve to release small quantities of air as the pipeline fills or as air accumulates in the pipeline.

B. Materials of Construction

1. Materials of construction for combination air valves for water service shall be as follows:

AIR-RELEASE AND VACUUM-RELIEF VALVES 15108-2
Item Material Specification
Body and cover Cast iron ASTM A 48, Class 35; or
ASTM A 126, Class B
Float, lever or
linkage, air release
mechanism, poppet,
guide rod, guide
bushings, fasteners,
other internal metal
parts
Stainless steel AISI Type 316
Plugs Bronze See paragraph 5 below
Seat, plunger, needle Buna-N --

2. Bronze shall have the following chemical characteristics:

Constituent Content
Zinc 7% maximum
Aluminum 2% maximum
Lead 8% maximum
Copper + Nickel + Silicon 83% minimum

3. Rubber seats shall be made of a rubber compound that is resistant to free chlorine and monochloramine concentrations up to 10 mg/l in the fluid conveyed.

4. Body and cover bolts, nuts, and capscrews shall be Type 316 stainless steel.

C. Seating
Valves shall seat driptight at a pressure of 1 psi.

D. Valve End Connections

1. Valves 2 inches and smaller shall have threaded ends. Valves 3 inches and larger shall have flanged ends.

2. Flanges for Class 150 valves shall comply with ANSI B16.1, Class 125. Flanges for Class 300 valves shall comply with ANSI B16.1, Class 250.

3. Threaded ends shall comply with ANSI B1.20.1.

AIR-RELEASE AND VACUUM-RELIEF VALVES 15108-3
E. Valves

1. Combination Air Valves, Single Body, Class 300: Valves shall have a maximum working pressure of 300 psi. Valves shall be APCO series 140C & 150C, Val-Matic series 200C, Crispin UL10, UL20, UL30, UL41, C61 & C81, or approved equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. Lining and Coating

1. Coat cast-iron valves per Section 09900, System No. 10. Apply the specified prime and finish coats at the place of manufacture.

2. Coat interior surfaces of cast-iron valves at the place of manufacture per Section 09900, System No. 7. Do not coat seating areas and plastic, bronze, stainless steel, or other high alloy parts.

B. Installation

1. Clean flanges by wire brushing before installing flanged valves. Clean flange bolts and nuts by wire brushing, lubricate threads with oil and graphite, and tighten nuts uniformly and progressively. If flanges leak under pressure testing, loosen or remove the nuts and bolts, reseat or replace the gasket, reinstall or retighten the bolts and nuts, and retest the joints. Joints shall be watertight.

2. Clean threaded joints by wire brushing or swabbing. Apply Teflon joint compound or Teflon tape to pipe threads before installing threaded valves. Joints shall be watertight.

C. Valve Pressure Testing
Test valves at the same time that the connecting pipelines are pressure tested. See Section 15144 for pressure testing requirements. Protect or isolate any parts of valves, operators, or control and instrumentation systems whose pressure rating is less than the test pressure.

D. Air and Vacuum Valve
Construct Air and Vacuum Valve per City of Redlands standard detail A-20515.

END OF SECTION
AIR-RELEASE AND VACUUM-RELIEF VALVES 15108-4

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
PIPE COUPLINGS 15122-1
SECTION 15122 PIPE COUPLINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. Description
This section includes materials and installation of flexible gasketed sleeve-type compression pipe couplings for steel and ductile iron pipe; and couplings for connecting different pipe materials.

B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere

1. Painting and Coating: 09900.

2. Pressure Testing of Piping: 15144.

C. Submittals

1. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330.

2. Submit manufacturer's catalog data on flexible pipe couplings. Show manufacturer's model or figure number for each type of coupling or joint for each type of pipe material for which couplings are used. Show coatings.

3. Submit manufacturer's recommended torques to which the coupling bolts shall be tightened for the flexible gasketed sleeve-type compression pipe couplings.

4. Show materials of construction by ASTM reference and grade. Show dimensions.

5. Show number, size, and material of construction of tie rods and lugs for each thrust harness on the project.

PART 2 - MATERIALS
A. Coupling System Design and Component Unit Responsibility Gaskets, bolts, nuts, glands, end rings, and hardware for pipe couplings of all types shall be furnished by the manufacturer of the pipe coupling and shall be designed as an integral system by the pipe coupling manufacturer. Gaskets shall be designed for the coupling and appropriately sized to provide a watertight seal at the design pressure and temperature.

Gaskets, bolts, nuts, glands, end rings, and hardware for pipe couplings shall be shipped with the pipe coupling and shall be clearly labeled indicating the origin of the material, including place and date of manufacture. Manufacturer's printed installation instructions shall be packaged with each pipe coupling.

PIPE COUPLINGS 15122-2
B. Steel Flexible Pipe Couplings

1. Steel couplings shall have center sleeves and end rings made of carbon Type 304 stainless steel conforming to AWWA C219, Section 4. Minimum center sleeve length shall be 5 inches for pipe sizes 3/4 inch through 4-1/2 inches, 7 inches for pipe sizes 5 inches through 24 inches, and 10 inches for pipe sizes larger than 24 inches.

2. Sleeve bolts shall be ASTM A307 Grade A per AWWA C219, Section 4.

3. Steel end rings shall be cast, forged, or hot rolled in one piece. Do not use rings fabricated from two or more shapes.

4. Wall thickness of sleeve shall be at least that specified for the size of pipe in which the coupling is to be used.

C. Ductile-Iron Flexible Pipe Couplings

1. Couplings shall have center sleeves and end rings made of ductile iron conforming to AWWA C219, Section 4.

2. Sleeve bolts ASTM A307 Grade A per AWWA C219, Section 4.

D. Flexible Pipe Couplings for Plain-End Steel Pipe
Couplings shall be steel, Dresser Style 38, Smith-Blair Type 411, Romac Style 501, or equal.

E. Flexible Pipe Couplings for Plain-End Ductile-Iron Pipe

1. Couplings for pipe 12 inches and smaller shall be cast iron, Dresser Style 153, Smith-Blair Type 441, Romac Style 501, or equal.

2. Couplings for pipe larger than 12 inches shall be cast iron or steel, Dresser Style 38 or 153, Smith-Blair Style 411, Romac Style 501, or equal.

F. Restrained Pipe Couplings for Plain-End Ductile-Iron and PVC Pipe Couplings shall be a ductile iron mechanical joint solid sleeve by Tyler Union or approved equal with restrained joints per Section 15240.

G. Transition Couplings
Couplings for connecting different pipes having different outside diameters shall be steel:

Dresser Style 62 or 162, Smith-Blair Series 413, Romac Style 501, or equal. Couplings shall have an internal full circumference ring pipe stop at the midpoint of the coupling. ID of coupling pipe stop shall equal ID of smaller diameter pipe.

PIPE COUPLINGS 15122-3
H. Flanged Coupling Adapters for Steel Pipe
Adapters for steel pipe shall be steel: Dresser Style 128, Smith-Blair Type 913, or equal.

Flange ends shall match the flange of the connecting pipe; see detail piping specifications.

I. Flanged Coupling Adapters for Cast- and Ductile-Iron Pipe

1. Adapters for cast- and ductile-iron pipe 12 inches and smaller shall be cast iron:

Dresser Style 127, Smith-Blair Series 912, or equal.

2. Adapters for cast- and ductile-iron pipe larger than 12 inches shall be steel: Dresser Style 128, Smith-Blair Type 913, or equal.

3. Flange ends shall match the flange of the connecting pipe; see detail piping specifications.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. Installation of Flexible Pipe Couplings

1. Clean oil, scale, rust, and dirt from pipe ends. Clean gaskets in flexible pipe couplings before installing.

2. Lubricate bolt threads with graphite and oil prior to installation.

B. Painting and Coating

1. Coat buried flexible pipe couplings (including joint harness assemblies), transition couplings, segmented sleeve couplings, and flanged coupling adapters per Section 09900, System No. 21. Coat buried bolt threads, tie bolt threads, and nuts per Section 09900, System No. 24. Then wrap the couplings with cold-applied wax tape per Section 09952 and with polyethylene wrap per Section 09954.

2. Line flexible pipe couplings and segmented sleeve couplings with epoxy per Section 09900, System No. 7.

C. Hydrostatic Testing
Hydrostatically test flexible pipe couplings, expansion joints, segmented sleeve couplings, and expansion compensators in place with the pipe being tested. Test in accordance with Section 15144.

END OF SECTION
PIPE COUPLINGS 15122-4

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CORPORATION STOPS AND SERVICE SADDLES 15123-1
SECTION 15123 CORPORATION STOPS AND SERVICE SADDLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. Description
This section includes materials and installation of service saddles and corporation stops.

Note that per California Senate Bill AB 1953, all service brass (except service saddles) installed in any public water system starting January 1, 2010, shall contain no more than

0.25% lead by weight.

B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere

1. Painting and Coating: 09900.

2. Pressure Testing of Piping: 15144.

3. AWWA C800
C. Submittals

1. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the Special Conditions.

2. Submit manufacturer's catalog data and descriptive literature showing dimensions and materials of construction by ASTM reference and grade. Show coatings.

PART 2 - MATERIALS
A. Corporation Stops
Corporation stops shall be bronze (ASTM B 62). All corporation stops shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with AWWA C800, latest revision.

Corporation stops shall be Jones J-1937, or approved equal, for 3/4" up to 2”.

B. Service Saddles for Ductile-Iron, and PVC (AWWA C900 and C909) Pipe

1. Type 1 service saddles shall be of the double-strap type. Bodies shall be malleable iron (ASTM A 47 or A 197). Straps shall be forged steel (ASTM A 105, A 181, or A 182). Tap sizes on the outlet shall be 3/4 inch through 2 inches to accommodate the connecting piping or corporation stops. Service saddles shall be Dresser Style 91, Rockwell Type 313, or equal.

2. Type 2 service saddles shall be of the double-strap type. Straps and bodies shall be bronze or silicon bronze. Tap sizes on the outlet shall be 3/4 inch through 2 inches CORPORATION STOPS AND SERVICE SADDLES 15123-2
to accommodate the connecting piping or corporation stops. Service saddles shall be James Jones J-979 (for ductile-iron and AC pipe), J-969 (for PVC pipe), Mueller, or equal.

3. Use Type 2 saddles unless plans direct otherwise.

C. Service Saddles for Schedule 40 and 80 PVC Pipe
Service saddles shall be malleable iron (ASTM A 47 or A 197) or bronze (ASTM B 61 or B 62), using interlocking lugs and a single bolt to hold the saddle in place. Tap sizes on the outlet shall be 3/4 inch or 1 inch to accommodate the connecting piping or corporation stops. Service saddles shall be Dresser Style 194, Rockwell Models 395 or 397, or equal.

D. Service Saddles with Grooved-End Outlet for Steel Pipe Service saddles with grooved-end outlets for use on steel pipe having outside diameters conforming to ANSI B36.10 shall have malleable iron (ASTM A 47 or A 197) or ductileiron (ASTM A 536) bodies. Gasket shall conform to ASTM D 2000. Bolts shall conform ASTM A 193, Grade B8, Class 2. Provide a locating collar in the upper housing to engage the tapped outlet hole in the pipe and provide a rigid, nonrotating position. Working pressure shall be at least 300 psi. Outlets shall be grooved end, conforming to AWWA C606, Table 3. Service saddles shall be Victaulic Style 920 or equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. Installation of Service Saddles
Install service saddles with the gaskets seated on the pipe so that zero leakage is obtained.

Tighten bolts to the torque recommended by the manufacturer.

B. Painting and Coating of Service Saddles

1. Coat service saddles located above ground or in vaults and structures the same as the piping to which they are attached. Apply prime coat at factory. Color of finish coat shall match the color of the pipe to which the service saddle is connected.

END OF SECTION
DISINFECTION OF PIPING 15141-1
SECTION 15141 DISINFECTION OF PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. Description
This section describes requirements for disinfection by chlorination of potable and recycled water mains, services, pipe appurtenances and connections.

B. Referenced Standards
The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for.

AWWA B300 - Standard for Hypochlorites
AWWA B301 - Standard for Liquid Chlorine
AWWA C651 - Disinfecting Water Mains
C. Related Work Specified Elsewhere
AWWA Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater WAS Standard Specifications 15000, 15044, 15056, 15057, 15061, and 15064 D. Service Application

1. All water mains and appurtenances taken out of service for inspection, repairs, or other activity that might lead to contamination shall be disinfected before they are returned to service.

2. All new water mains and temporary pipelines shall be disinfected prior to connection to the City of Redlands existing system.

3. All components incorporated into a connection to the City of Redlands existing system shall be disinfected prior to installation.

E. Submittals

1. A written disinfection and dechlorination plan, including all methods and equipment to be used, shall be signed by the person responsible for performing the work and shall be submitted to the City for approval prior to starting disinfection operations.

DISINFECTION OF PIPING 15141-2
F. Delivery, Storage and Handling

1. Chlorination and dechlorination shall be performed by competent individuals knowledgeable and experienced in the operation of the necessary application and safety equipment in accordance with applicable Federal, State and Local laws and regulations. The transport, storage and handling of these materials shall be performed in accordance with Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1910.120 Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response, CFR 49.172 Hazardous Materials Regulations, and the General Industry Safety Orders of the California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 5194.

G. Concurrent Disinfection and Hydrostatic Testing

1. The specified disinfection of the pipelines may not be performed concurrently with the hydrostatic testing in accordance with Section 15144.

H. Connection To Existing Mains

1. Prior to connection to existing mains, disinfection and bacteriological testing shall be performed in accordance with this specification.

2. City of Redlands authorization for connection to the existing system shall be given only on the basis of acceptable hydrostatic, disinfection and bacteriological test results.

PART 2 - MATERIALS
A. Liquid Chlorine (Gas)

1. Liquid chlorine contains 100-percent available chlorine and is packaged in steel containers in net weights of 68.1kg (150 lb.) or 907.2kg (1 ton).

2. Liquid chlorine shall be used with appropriate gas flow chlorinators, heaters, and injectors to provide a controlled, high-concentration solution feed to the water. The chlorinators and injectors shall be the vacuum-operated type.

I. Sodium Hypochlorite (Liquid)

1. Sodium hypochlorite is available in liquid form in glass or plastic containers, ranging in size from 0.95 L (1 Qt.) to 18.93 L (5 Gal). The solution contains approximately 10% to 15% available chlorine.

J. Tablet Or Granular Hypochlorite

1. Tablet or granular hypochlorite shall not be used at any time.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
DISINFECTION OF PIPING 15141-3
A. General

1. Any planned disinfection activities for a given week may not occur past 12:00 PM on Thursday unless otherwise authorized by the City representative. The City may adjust this requirement for holidays or special conditions as needed.

2. Disinfection of pipelines shall not proceed until all appurtenances and any necessary sample ports have been installed and the City of Redlands Water Quality Control Officer provides authorization.

3. Every effort shall be made to keep the water main and its appurtenances clean and dry during the installation process.

4. All piping, valves, fittings, and appurtenances which become contaminated during installation shall be cleaned, rinsed with potable water, and then sprayed or swabbed with a 5 percent sodium hypochlorite disinfecting solution prior to installation.

5. Water mains under construction that become flooded by storm water, runoff, or ground water shall be cleaned by draining and flushing with metered potable water until clear water is evident. Upon completion, the entire main shall be disinfected using a method approved by the City of Redlands Water Quality Control Officer.

6. City of Redlands Water Quality Control Officer shall be present at the time of disinfection and must be given at least 48 hours notice of the activity.

B. Methods

1. Liquid Chorine (Gas)
a. Only vacuum-operated equipment shall be used. Direct-feed chlorinators, which operate solely from gas pressure in the chlorine cylinder, shall not be permitted. The equipment shall incorporate a backflow prevention device at the point of connection to the potable water source used to fill the line being tested.
b. The chlorinating agent shall be applied at the beginning of the system to be chlorinated and shall be injected through a corporation stop, a hydrant, or other approved connection to ensure treatment of the entire system being disinfected.
c. Only a certified, licensed chlorination and testing contractor shall perform gas chlorination work. The chlorination contractor must also possess a Grade II Treatment Plant Operator Certification from the State of California if required by The City of Redlands Engineer.

2. Sodium Hypochlorite Solution (Liquid)
DISINFECTION OF PIPING 15141-4
a. Sodium hypochlorite solution shall be used for cleaning and swabbing piping and appurtenances immediately prior to installation and for disinfecting all components of connections to the City of Redlands existing system. b. Sodium hypochlorite solution may be used for the initial disinfection of newly installed water mains. The solution shall be applied at a terminus of the system to be chlorinated using an injector which can adjust the amount of solution being injected into the piping system. The solution shall be injected in the appropriate concentration to achieve the specified concentration range of chlorine throughout the entire piping system. Where pumping equipment is used in conjunction with an injector, an integral backflow prevention device shall be installed and connected to the potable water supply. c. Water trucks, pumping equipment, piping, appurtenances and all other disinfection equipment in contact with potable water shall be disinfected prior to use.
d. Sodium hypochlorite solution may also be used to increase the total chlorine residual if the concentration from the initial chlorination of the system is found to be low.
e. The solution shall be added to the system in sufficient amounts at appropriate locations to ensure that the disinfecting solution is present at a concentration within the specified range throughout the piping system.

C. Procedure For Disinfecting Water Mains and Appurtenances

1. The pipeline shall be filled at a rate not to exceed 1,135 liters per minute (300 GPM) or a velocity of 0.3m per second (1 foot per second), whichever is less.

2. Disinfection shall result in an initial total chlorine concentration of 100-mg/l. Not to exceed 110-mg/l or less than 90-mg/l. This concentration shall be evenly distributed throughout the system to be disinfected.

3. All valves shall be operated with the disinfection solution present in the pipeline.

All appurtenances such as air-vacuum relief valves, blowoffs, hydrants, backflow prevention devices, and water service laterals shall be flushed with the treated water a sufficient length of time to insure a chlorine concentration within the specified range in all components of each appurtenance. (Note the limitations for discharge of chlorinated water outlined below.)

4. The City of Redlands Water Quality Control Officer will verify the presence of the disinfection solution throughout the system by sampling and testing for acceptable chlorine concentrations at the various appurtenances and/or at the test ports provided by the Contractor. Areas of the system found to be below the specified chlorine concentration level shall receive additional flushing as noted above and/or additional disinfection solution as necessary. (Note the limitations for discharge of chlorinated water outlined below.) Addition of disinfection solution after the initial DISINFECTION OF PIPING 15141-5
charging of the line shall be made by either the liquid chlorine (gas) method, or the sodium hypochlorite method as directed by the City of Redlands Water Quality Control Officer.

5. The chlorinated water shall be retained in the system for a minimum of 24 hours, except when disinfecting steel cement mortar lined and coated pipelines, which require a retention time of 4 hours.

6. The City of Redlands Water Quality Control Officer will test the total chlorine residual. The system shall contain a total chlorine residual of not less than 80% of the initial total chlorine residual before the soaking period began. If the total chlorine residual has decreased more than 20%, the system shall be flushed in accordance with the procedure detailed herein and shall be re-disinfected.

7. Following a successful retention period as determined by the City of Redlands Water Quality Control Officer, the chlorinated water shall be flushed from the system at its extremities and at each appurtenance, using potable water from a source designated by the City of Redlands Water Quality Control Officer.

The minimum water velocity during flushing shall be 0.9 meters per second (3 feet per second) or as directed by the City of Redlands Water Quality Control Officer.

Flushing shall continue until the replacement water in the new system is equal in chlorine residual to the potable source of supply and the turbidity level is 0.5 NTU’s or less as verified by the City of Redlands. (Note the limitations for discharge of chlorinated water are outlined below.)

8. The City of Redlands Water Quality Control Officer will perform bacteriological sampling and testing as specified herein.

D. Discharge of Chlorinated Water

1. Indiscriminate onsite disposal or discharge to sewer systems, storm drains, drainage courses or surface waters is prohibited. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to file a Notice of Intent and obtain a General Waste Discharge Requirement Permit for Discharges of Hydrostatic Test Water and Potable Water to Surface Waters, Storm Drains or Other Conveyance Systems, for any discharge. The Contractor shall be solely responsible including any monitoring and reporting as required. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of the State Water Resources Control Board and the San Bernardino County Regional Water Quality Control Board. The Contractor shall provide copies of all reports and monitoring information including time and place of discharge to the City of Redlands.

Failure to comply with these provisions is a violation of federal and state law. The Contractor hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the City of Redlands, its Counsel members, officers, agents, employees and authorized volunteers from and against any and all claims, demands, losses or liabilities of any kind or nature which City of Redlands, its counsel members, officers, agents, employees and authorized DISINFECTION OF PIPING 15141-6
volunteers may sustain or incur for noncompliance arising out of or in connection with the Project.

2. The environment to which the chlorinated water is to be discharged shall be examined by the Developer and the City of Redlands Inspector. Where necessary, federal, state and local regulatory agencies should be contacted to determine special provisions for the disposal of chlorinated water. Chlorinated water cannot be discharged into any storm drain.

3. Chlorine neutralization is required in all locations a reducing agent shall be applied to the water as it exits the piping system. The Developer shall monitor the chlorine residual at piping effluent during the discharge operations.

The various methods of dechlorination available can remove residual chlorine to concentrations below standard analytical methods of detection, 0. 1 mg/l, with a neutral pH, which will assure compliance with the effluent limit. The Contractor will perform all necessary tests to ensure that the total residual chlorine effluent limitations are met and signed certified copies of all test results are submitted to the City of Redlands.

4. In locations where no hazard to the environment is evident based on the joint examination described above, the chlorinated water may be broadcast for dust control on the surface of the immediate site. Care shall be exercised in broadcasting the water to prevent runoff.

E. Bacteriological Testing
The City of Redlands will perform bacteriological sampling and testing of all new system installations. The testing methodology employed by the City of Redlands shall be as set forth in "Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater" (current edition). Testing requirements are as set forth in the California Domestic Water Quality and Monitoring Regulations and commensurate with current requirements for surface water testing. The City of Redlands will analyze the samples for the presence of coliform bacteria and heterotrophic-type bacteria (heterotrophic plate count). The evaluation criteria employed by the City of Redlands for a passing test sample is as follows:

1. Coliform: Absent sample, or

2. Heterotrophic plate count (HPC): 500 colony forming units/ml or less. (The requirement for HPC testing may be waived at the sole discretion of the Water Quality Control Officer.)
F. Redisinfection
If the initial disinfection fails to produce satisfactory bacteriological test results, the pipeline system shall be re-flushed and re-sampled. If the second set of samples does not produce satisfactory results, the pipeline system shall be re-chlorinated, flushed, and re-sampled. The DISINFECTION OF PIPING 15141-7
chlorination, flushing, and sampling procedure shall continue until satisfactory results are obtained. Redisinfection and retesting shall be at the Contractor's expense.

G. Disinfecting Tie-Ins and Connections
Pipes, fittings, valves and all other components incorporated into connections with the City of Redlands existing system shall be spray disinfected or swabbed with a liquid chlorine solution in accordance with AWWA C651 and as specified herein. Upon connection to the main, the line shall be flushed as directed by the City of Redlands Water Quality Control Officer. Disinfection by this method is generally limited to assemblies of 6m (20') or less in length. Alternate methods such as "predisinfection" prior to installation in accordance with AWWA C651 may be required at the discretion of the City of Redlands Water Quality Control Officer.

END OF SECTION
DISINFECTION OF PIPING 15141-8

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING 15144-1
SECTION 15144 PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. Description
This section specifies the hydrostatic, and leakage testing of pressure piping for water distribution and transmission mains.

B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere

1. Disinfection of Piping: 15141.

C. Submittals

1. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Requirements.

2. Submit test bulkhead locations and design calculations, pipe attachment details, and methods to prevent excessive pipe wall stresses.

3. Submit five copies of the test records to the Owner's Representative upon completion of the testing.

D. Test Pressures
Test pressures for the various services and types of piping are shown in Subsection 3.K.

E. Testing Records
Provide records of each piping installation during the testing. These records shall include:

1. Date and times of test.

2. Identification of pipeline, or pipeline section tested or retested.

3. Identification of pipeline material.

4. Identification of pipe specification.

5. Test fluid.

6. Test pressure at low point in pipeline, or pipeline section.

7. Remarks: Leaks identified (type and location), types of repairs, or corrections made.

8. Certification by Contractor that the leakage rate measured conformed to the specifications.

PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING 15144-2
PART 2 - MATERIALS
A. Manual Air-Release Valves for Buried Piping
Provide temporary manual air-release valves at test bulkheads for pipeline test. Construct the pipe outlet in the same manner as for a permanent air valve and after use, seal with a blind flange, pipe cap, or plug and coat the same as the adjacent pipe.

B. Test Bulkheads
Design and fabricate test bulkheads per Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Materials shall comply with Part UCS of said code. Design pressure shall be at least 2.0 times the specified test pressure for the section of pipe containing the bulkhead. Limit stresses to 70% of yield strength of the bulkhead material at the bulkhead design pressure. Include air-release and water drainage connections.

C. Testing Fluid

1. Testing fluid shall be water.

2. For potable water pipelines, obtain and use only potable water for hydrostatic testing.

3. Submit request for use of water from waterlines of Owner 48 hours in advance.

4. The Contractor may obtain the water from the Owner. See the General Conditions, Section 7-8.5 for more information.

D. Testing Equipment
Provide calibrated pressure gauges, pipes, bulkheads, pumps, chart recorder, and meters to perform the hydrostatic testing.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. Testing Preparation

1. Pipes shall be in place, backfilled, and anchored before commencing pressure testing.

2. For buried piping, the pipe may be partially backfilled and the joints left exposed for inspection during an initial leakage test. Perform the final pressure test, however, after completely backfilling and compacting the trench.

3. Provide any temporary piping needed to carry the test fluid to the piping that is to be tested. After the test has been completed and demonstrated to comply with the PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING 15144-3
specifications, disconnect and remove temporary piping. Do not remove exposed vent and drain valves at the high and low points in the tested piping; remove any temporary buried valves and cap the associated outlets. Plug taps or connections to the existing piping from which the test fluid was obtained.

4. Provide temporary drain lines needed to carry testing fluid away from the pipe being tested. Remove such temporary drain lines after completing the pressure testing.

Drain the pipes after they have been tested.

5. Prior to starting the test, the Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative.

6. All appurtenances must be installed on the pipeline prior to pressure testing, service laterals shall be tested to the angle meter stop.

B. Cleaning

1. Before conducting hydrostatic tests, flush pipes with water to remove dirt and debris. Maintain a flushing velocity of at least 3 fps for water testing. Flush pipes for time period as given by the formula
T = 2L
3 in which:

T = flushing time (seconds)
L = pipe length (feet).

C. Testing and Disinfection Sequence for Potable Water Piping

1. Perform required disinfection after hydrostatic testing, except when pipeline being tested is connected to a potable waterline.

2. Locate and install test bulkheads, valves, connections to existing pipelines, and other appurtenances in a manner to provide an air gap separation between existing potable water pipelines and the pipeline being tested. Disinfect water and pipeline being tested before hydrostatic testing when connected to a potable waterline.

D. Length of Test Section for Buried Piping
The maximum length of test section for buried pipe of 12 inches or smaller in diameter is 3,500 feet; for buried pipe larger than 12 inches, 1 mile. Provide intermediate test bulkheads where the pipeline length exceeds these limits.

PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING 15144-4
E. Initial Pipeline Filling for Hydrostatic Testing
Maximum rate of filling shall not cause water velocity in pipeline to exceed 1 fps. Filling may be facilitated by removing automatic air valves and releasing air manually.

F. Testing New Pipe Which Connects to Existing Pipe
Prior to testing new pipelines which are to be connected to existing pipelines, isolate the new line from the existing line by means of test bulkheads, spectacle flanges, or blind flanges. After the new line has been successfully tested, remove test bulkheads or flanges and connect to the existing piping.

All bulkheads, flanges and the extents of testing shall be included in the Connection Submittal as described in Section 01110 of the General Requirements.

G. Hydrostatic Testing of Aboveground or Exposed Piping

1. Open vents at high points of the piping system to purge air while the pipe is being filled with water. Venting during system filling may also be provided by temporarily loosening flanges.

2. Subject the piping system to the test pressure indicated. Maintain the test pressure for a minimum of two (2) hours or for as long as required for proper inspection of the joint. Examine joints, fittings, valves, and connections for leaks. The piping system shall show zero leakage or weeping. Correct leaks and retest until zero leakage is obtained.

H. Hydrostatic Testing of Buried Piping

1. Where any section of the piping contains concrete thrust blocks or encasement, do not make the pressure test until at least 10 days after the concrete has been placed.

When testing mortar-lined or PVC piping, fill the pipe to be tested with water and allow it to soak for at least 24 hours to absorb water before conducting the pressure test.

2. Apply and maintain the test pressure by means of a positive displacement hydraulic force pump.

3. Maintain the test pressure for not less than two (2) hours, and for as much longer as necessary for proper inspection of the joint, by restoring it whenever it drops an amount of 5 psi.

4. After the test pressure is reached, use a meter to measure the additional water added to maintain the pressure. This amount of water is the loss due to leakage in the piping system. The allowable leakage volume is defined by the formula:

PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING 15144-5
L = HND(P)1/2
C
in which:

L = allowable leakage (gallons)
H = specified test period (hours)
N = number of rubber-gasketed joints in the pipe tested D = diameter of the pipe (inches)
P = specified test pressure (psig)
C = 7,400

5. The allowable leakage for buried piping having threaded, brazed, or welded (including solvent welded) joints shall be zero.

6. Repair and retest any pipes showing leakage rates greater than that allowed in the above criteria.

I. Repetition of Test
If the actual leakage exceeds the allowable, locate and correct the faulty work and repeat the test. Restore the work and all damage resulting from the leak and its repair. Eliminate visible leakage.

J. Bulkhead and Test Facility Removal
After a satisfactory test, remove the testing fluid, remove test bulkheads and other test facilities, and restore the pipe coatings.

K. Test Pressure

1. Testing pressure (psig) shall be 225 or as specified on the drawings.

END OF SECTION
PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING 15144-6

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
DUCTILE-IRON PIPE 15240-1
SECTION 15240 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. Description
This section describes materials, testing, and installation of ductile-iron pipe and fittings 30 inches and smaller.

B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere

1. Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting: SSPWC Sections 200, 300, and 306

2. Painting and Coating: 09900.

3. General Piping Requirements: 15050.

4. Flexible Pipe Couplings and Expansion Joints: 15122.

5. Corporation Stops and Service Saddles: 15123.

6. Disinfection of Piping and Structures: 15141.

7. Pressure Testing of Piping: 15144.

C. Submittals

1. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the Special Conditions.

2. Provide an affidavit of compliance with standards referenced in this specification, e.g., AWWA C151. Submit copy of report of pressure tests for qualifying the designs of all sizes and types of AWWA C153 fittings that are being used in the project. The pressure test shall demonstrate that the minimum safety factor described in AWWA C153, Section 5.5 is met.

3. Provide the following information:
a. Mortar lining thickness.
b. Wall thickness.
c. Show deflections at push-on and mechanical joints.
d. Submit joint and fitting details and manufacturer’s data sheets.

4. Submit calculations and test data proving that the proposed restrained joint arrangement can transmit the required forces with a minimum safety factor of 1.5.

DUCTILE-IRON PIPE 15240-2

5. Submit certificate that cement for mortar lining complies with ASTM C 150, designating type.

6. Submit test report on physical properties of rubber compound used in the gaskets.

7. Submit drawing or manufacturer's data sheet showing flange facing, including design of facing serrations.

D. Measurement and Payment
See Section 01200.

PART 2 - MATERIALS
A. Pipe
Pipe shall be cast ductile (nodular) iron, conforming to AWWA C151. Provide pipe in nominal 18- or 20-foot laying lengths.

B. Pipe Marking
Plainly mark each length of straight pipe and each fitting at the bell end to identify the design pressure class, the ductile-iron wall thickness, and the date of manufacture. Mark the spigot end of restrained joint pipe to show clearly the required depth of insertion into the bell.

C. Design Criteria

1. Obtain the following information from the contract documents:
a. Elevation of the pipe invert and of the completed ground. b. Alignment of the pipeline.
c. Field test hydraulic gradient elevation (HGL).
d. Nominal internal diameter, ID.
e. Design internal pressure class.
f. Joint types(s).

D. Pipe Wall Thickness

1. Minimum wall thicknesses for pipe having grooved-end joints shall be as shown in the following table:

DUCTILE-IRON PIPE 15240-3
Pipe and Fitting Sizes
(inches) Wall Thickness*
16 and smaller Special Class 53
18 Special Class 54
20 Special Class 55
24 to 36 Special Class 56
*Special Class and Pressure Class per AWWA C151.

2. Minimum wall thickness for pipe having push-on or mechanical joints, restrained joints, plain ends, or cast flange ends shall be Class 150, unless otherwise shown in the drawings.

3. Minimum wall thickness for pipe having threaded flanges shall be Special Class 53.

4. Minimum pipe wall thickness required for corporation stops and tapped outlets shall be in accordance with Table A.1 of AWWA C151 for three full threads for design pressures up to 250 psi and four full threads for design pressures over 250 to 350 psi.

E. Fittings

1. Fittings 48 inches and smaller shall conform to AWWA C110 with a minimum pressure rating of 250 psi. Material shall be ductile iron. Flanges shall be flat faced.

2. Mechanical joint fittings conforming to AWWA C153 may be used in lieu of AWWA C110 fittings.

3. Grooved-end fittings shall conform to AWWA C110 with grooved ends conforming to AWWA C606, radius cut rigid joints. Fitting material shall conform to ASTM A 48, Class 30; ASTM A 126, Class B; or ASTM A 536, Grade 65-42-

10. Wall thickness of ductile-iron (ASTM A 536) fittings shall conform to AWWA C110 or C153; wall thickness of cast-iron fittings shall conform to AWWA C110.

Fittings and couplings shall be furnished by the same manufacturer.

4. Material for fittings with welded-on bosses shall have a Charpy notch impact value of minimum 10 ft-lbs under the conditions defined in AWWA C151. Test completed welds by the liquid penetrant method per ASTM E 165.

F. Flanges

1. Flanges shall be solid back, Class 125 per AWWA C115. Flanges on pipe shall be either cast or threaded. Material shall be ductile iron.

2. Flanged pipe and fittings shall be shop fabricated, not field fabricated. Threaded flanges shall comply with AWWA C115. Flanges shall be individually fitted and machine tightened in the shop, then machined flat and perpendicular to the pipe DUCTILE-IRON PIPE 15240-4
barrel. Flanges shall be backfaced parallel to the face of flange. Prior to assembly of the flange onto the pipe, apply a thread compound to the threads to provide a leak-free connection. There shall be zero leakage through the threads at a hydrostatic test pressure of 250 psi without the use of the gasket.

G. Pipe Lining--Cement Mortar

1. Line pipe interior and fittings with cement-mortar per AWWA C104. Lining thickness shall be the single thickness listed in AWWA C104, Section 4.7. Lining material shall conform to ASTM C 150, Type II.

2. Line blind flanges per Section 09900, System No. 7.

3. Loose areas of cement-mortar lining are not acceptable. Remove and reconstruct lining in areas where quality is defective, such as sand pockets, voids over sanded areas, blisters, drummy areas, cracked areas, and thin spots. Longitudinal cracks in excess of 1/32 inch in width or where crack extends to metal shall be repaired.

Repair all cracks larger than 1/16 inch per AWWA C104.

H. Grooved-End Couplings

1. Grooved-end pipe couplings shall be ductile iron, ASTM A 536 (Grade 65-45-12).

Gaskets shall be halogenated butyl rubber or EPDM and shall conform to ASTM D 2000.

2. Bolts in exposed service shall conform to ASTM A 193, Grade B8, Class 2. Bolts in buried or submerged service shall be ASTM A 193, Grade B8, Class 2.

3. Couplings for pipe 24 inches and smaller shall conform to AWWA C606 for flexible radius ductile-iron pipe, except where rigid radius couplings are required to connect to fittings. Couplings for pipe sizes 30 and 36 inches shall be in accordance with the coupling manufacturer's published literature for tolerances and dimensions for flexible and rigid radius cut joints. Couplings shall be Victaulic Style 31, Gustin-Bacon No. 500, or equal.

4. Couplings for pipe larger than 36 inches shall conform to AWWA C606 for shouldered end pipe. Couplings shall be Victaulic Style 44 or equal.

5. Grooved-end adapter flanges for piping 24 inches and smaller having an operating pressure of 150 psi and less shall be Victaulic Style 341 or 342 or equal. Flange dimensions shall conform to ANSI B16.1, Class 125.

6. Grooved-end transition couplings for connecting ductile-iron pipe 12 inches and smaller to steel pipe shall be Victaulic Style 307 or equal.

I. Gaskets for Flanges
See Section 15050.

DUCTILE-IRON PIPE 15240-5
J. Gaskets for Mechanical, Push-On, and Restrained Joints Synthetic rubber in accordance with AWWA C111.

K. Bolts and Nuts for Flanges
See Section 15050.

L. Outlets and Nozzles

1. Provide outlets 2 inches and smaller by tapping the pipe and attaching a service clamp as specified in Section 15123 or use a threaded welded-on boss. Use Type 2 clamps for exposed piping. Use Type 2 clamps for buried and submerged piping.

2. For outlets larger than 2 inches, use a tee with a flanged outlet.

M. Joints

1. Joints in aboveground or submerged piping or piping located in vaults and structures shall be grooved end or flanged.

2. Joints in buried piping shall be of the push-on type per AWWA C111 except where flanged joints are required to connect to valves, meters, and other equipment.

Provide unrestrained buried joints except where restrained joints are specifically shown in the drawings.

3. Restrained joints for piping 6 inches and larger shall be American Cast Iron Pipe "Lok-Ring" or "Flex-Ring," U.S. Pipe "TR-Flex," or equal. Field Lok 350 Gasket or approved equal and mechanical joint restraints as called out in Section 15240 Part 2.N may be used in lieu of restrained pipe joints.

4. Where thrust restraint is called for in the drawings, provide pipe with restrained joints capable of transmitting 1.5 times the thrust, as calculated by the following equation:

T = 1.5 * (0.785 * P * D2)
where:

P = Pressure class of pipe in psi.

D = Outside diameter of pipe in inches.

T = Thrust in pounds.

N. Mechanical Joint Restraint System Using Follower Ring and Wedges The restraining mechanism shall consist of a follower gland having a seal gasket and individually actuated wedges that increase their resistance to pullout as pressure or external forces increase. The system manufacturer shall provide all the components (follower ring, wedges, and gaskets) for the restraining device. The device shall be DUCTILE-IRON PIPE 15240-6
capable of full mechanical joint deflection during assembly, and the flexibility of the joint shall be maintained after burial. The joint restraint ring and its wedging components shall be constructed of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 60-42-10. The wedges shall be ductile iron, heat-treated to a minimum hardness of 370 BHN. Dimensions of the gland shall be such that it can be used with mechanical joint bells conforming to AWWA C111 and AWWA C153. The design shall use torque limiting twist-off nuts to provide actuation of the restraining wedges. The mechanical joint restraint shall be available in the size range of 3 through 48 inches. Minimum rated pressure shall be 350 psi for sizes 16 inches and smaller and 250 psi in sizes 18 inches and larger. Products: Megalug Series 1100 as manufactured by EBAA Iron, Inc., or equal.

O. Ductile-Iron Pipe Weldments

1. All welding to ductile-iron pipe, such as for bosses and joint restraint shall be done at the place of manufacture of the pipe. Perform welding by skilled welders experienced in the method and materials to be used.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. Delivery, Unloading, and Temporary Storage of Pipe at Site

1. Use unloading and installation procedures that avoid cracking of the lining.

2. Deliver the pipe alongside the pipe laying access road over which the pipe trailertractors can travel under their own power. Place the pipe in the order in which it is to be installed and secure it from rolling.

3. Do not move pipe by inserting any devices or pieces of equipment into the pipe barrel. Field repair linings damaged by unloading or installation procedures.

B. Sanitation of Pipe Interior

1. During laying operations, do not place tools, clothing, or other materials in the pipe.

2. When pipelaying is not in progress, close the ends of the installed pipe by a childand vermin-proof plug.

C. Installing Flanged Pipe and Fittings
Install in accordance with SSPWC Section 306 and as follows. Cut the bore of the gaskets such that the gaskets do not protrude into the pipe when the flange bolts are tightened.

D. Installing Grooved-End Pipe and Fittings
See Section 15050.

E. Installing Buried Piping

1. Install in accordance with Section 02223 and as follows.

DUCTILE-IRON PIPE 15240-7

2. When installing piping in trenches, do not deviate more than 1 inch from line or 1/4 inch from grade. Measure for grade at the pipe invert.

3. Provide thrust blocks at fittings per Drawings.

4. Assemble restrained joints per manufacturer's instructions.

F. Joint Deflections for Buried Pipe

1. Do not exceed the following deflection angles for unrestrained buried pipe joints:

Pipe Size
(inches)
Maximum Deflection (degrees)
Push-On Joint Mechanical Joint
4 4 6-1/2
6 4 5-1/2
8 4 4
10 4 4
12 4 4
14 4 3
16 4 3
18 4 2-1/2
20 4 2-1/2
24 4 2
30 4 N/A

2. For restrained joints, do not exceed 80% of the manufacturer's recommended maximum deflections.

3. Small angular changes (less than 7 degrees) in horizontal alignment defined in the drawings by a point of inflection (PI) with no accompanying curve data shall be approximated as a curve by deflecting by equal amounts equal length pipe segments to create a curve equally distributed on both sides of the given PI.

Accomplish a larger (greater than or equal to 7 degrees) change in horizontal alignment where a curve is not called for in the drawings through the use of an elbow placed at the station of the PI shown in the drawings. Provide thrust restraint as required in the drawings.

4. Small angular changes (less than 5 degrees) in vertical alignment may be accomplished by the use of pulled joints. For larger vertical deflections, place an elbow at the station and elevation of the vertical PI shown in the drawings. Provide thrust restraint as required in the drawings.

DUCTILE-IRON PIPE 15240-8

5. Assemble joints in accordance with AWWA C600 and the manufacturer's recommendations.

G. Installing Aboveground or Exposed Piping
See Section 15050.

H. Painting and Coating

1. Provide asphaltic coating on buried pipe per AWWA C151.

I. Polyethylene Encasement of Buried Pipe and Fittings
Not used.

J. Hydrostatic Testing

1. Test pressures are shown in Section 15144. Test in accordance with Section 15144.

END OF SECTION
Additional Technical Specifications
Division 00
Division 01
©2025 CDM Smith 251643-298407
All Rights Reserved May 2025
Redlands Joint Utilities LAB Building Seismic Performance Requirements Renovation & Expansion Final Design 018829 - 1
100% Design Submittal
SECTION 018829 - SEISMIC PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Architectural, fire suppression, plumbing, mechanical, and electrical building components and systems and non-building structures that are designed and constructed for seismic demands, unless specifically exempted in ASCE 7.

2. Design and provide complete seismic restraint systems.

3. Provide equipment and product Certifications to be submitted for review by the Engineer.

The following systems and components are Designated Seismic Systems and specifically require Certification.

B. Related Requirements:

1. 033010 – Miscellaneous Cast-in-Place Concrete.

2. 050519 – Post-Installed Anchors and Reinforcing Bars.

3. Architectural Components: Refer to various Sections in Division 02 through Division 14.

4. Fire Suppression Components: Refer to various Sections in Division 21.

5. Plumbing Components: Refer to various Sections in Division 22.

6. HVAC Components: Refer to various Sections in Division 23.

7. Electrical Components: Refer to various Sections in Division 26 through Division 28.

1.3 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS
A. Anchorage: Connection to structure typically through the use of welding, bolts, screws, anchor bolts, post-installed anchors or other fasteners selected to meet the Building Code.

B. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): The governmental agency or subagency that regulates the construction process. This may be a local building department, state agency, federal entity or other body or bodies having statutory authority.

C. Code or Building Code: Building Code currently in effect where the Project is located.

D. Designated Seismic System: Those architectural, electrical and mechanical systems and their components that require seismic design or qualification in accordance with ASCE 7 and for which the component importance factor, Ip, is 1.5 according to ASCE 7.

E. International Accreditation Service, Inc. (IAS).
©2025 CDM Smith 251643-298407
All Rights Reserved May 2025
Redlands Joint Utilities LAB Building Seismic Performance Requirements Renovation & Expansion Final Design 018829 - 2
100% Design Submittal
F. California Building Code (CBC).

G. International Code Council Evaluation Service (ICC-ES).

H. Inspection Agency: Organization or individual accredited to ISO 17020 and regularly engaged in factory inspection services for seismic restraint or qualification of non-structural components and equipment.

I. Nonstructural Component: A part or element of an architectural, electrical or mechanical system permanently attached to a structure including its supports and attachments.

J. Restraint/Bracing: Bracing or anchorage used to limit movement under seismic forces. Cables or rigid elements, i.e., strut, pipe, and angles, used to resist forces by uniaxial tension or compression. Term "bracing" may also be used to describe design to resist lateral forces through the use of wall or frame elements.

K. Seismic Deformations: Drifts, deflections and relative displacements determined in accordance with the applicable seismic requirements of the Building Code.